M1AFS250-PQ208I - Actel Corporation

July 2009 I

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs

Features and Benefits

High-Performance Reprogrammable Flash

Technology

• Advanced 130-nm, 7-Layer Metal, Flash-Based CMOS Process

• Nonvolatile, Retains Program when Powered Off

• Live at Power-Up (LAPU) Single-Chip Solution

• 350 MHz System Performance

Embedded Flash Memory

• User Flash Memory – 2 Mbits to 8 Mbits

– Configurable 8-, 16-, or 32-Bit Datapath

– 10 ns Access in Read-Ahead Mode

• 1 Kbit of Additional FlashROM

Integrated A/D Converter (ADC) and Analog I/O

• Up to 12-Bit Resolution and up to 600 Ksps

• Internal 2.56 V or External Reference Voltage

• ADC: Up to 30 Scalable Analog Input Channels

• High-Voltage Input Tolerance: –10.5 V to +12 V

• Current Monitor and Temperature Monitor Blocks

• Up to 10 MOSFET Gate Driver Outputs

– P- and N-Channel Power MOSFET Support

– Programmable 1, 3, 10, 30 µA, and 20 mA Drive Strengths

• ADC Accuracy is Better than 1%

On-Chip Clocking Support

• Internal 100 MHz RC Oscillator (accurate to 1%)

• Crystal Oscillator Support (32 KHz to 20 MHz)

• Programmable Real-Time Counter (RTC)

• 6 Clock Conditioning Circuits (CCCs) with 1 or 2 Integrated PLLs

– Phase Shift, Multiply/Divide, and Delay Capabilities

– Frequency: Input 1.5–350 MHz, Output 0.75–350 MHz

Low Power Consumption

• Single 3.3 V Power Supply with On-Chip 1.5 V Regulator

• Sleep and Standby Low-Power Modes

In-System Programming (ISP) and Security

• Secure ISP with 128-Bit AES via JTAG

•FlashLock

® to Secure FPGA Contents

Advanced Digital I/O

• 1.5 V, 1.8 V, 2.5 V, and 3.3 V Mixed-Voltage Operation

• Bank-Selectable I/O Voltages – Up to 5 Banks per Chip

• Single-Ended I/O Standards: LVTTL, LVCMOS

3.3 V / 2.5 V /1.8 V / 1.5 V, 3.3 V PCI / 3.3 V PCI-X, and

LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V Input

• Differential I/O Standards: LVPECL, LVDS, B-LVDS, M-LVDS

– Built-In I/O Registers

– 700 Mbps DDR Operation

• Hot-Swappable I/Os

• Programmable Output Slew Rate, Drive Strength, and Weak

Pull-Up/Down Resistor

• Pin-Compatible Packages across the Fusion Family

SRAMs and FIFOs

• Variable-Aspect-Ratio 4,608-Bit SRAM Blocks (×1, ×2, ×4, ×9,

and ×18 organizations available)

• True Dual-Port SRAM (except ×18)

• Programmable Embedded FIFO Control Logic

Soft ARM® Cortex™-M1 Fusion Devices (M1)

• ARM Cortex-M1–Enabled (without debug)

Pigeon Point ATCA IP Support (P1)

• Targeted to Actel's Pigeon Point® Board Management

Reference (BMR) Starter Kits

• In Partnership with Pigeon Point Systems

• ARM Cortex-M1 Enabled

MicroBlade Advanced Mezzanine Card Support (U1)

• Targeted to Advanced Mezzanine Card (AdvancedMC Designs)

• Designed in Partnership with MicroBlade

• 8051-Based Module Management Controller (MMC)

Fusion Family

Fusion Devices AFS090 AFS250 AFS600 AFS1500

ARM Cortex-M1* Devices M1AFS250 M1AFS600 M1AFS1500

Pigeon Point Devices P1AFS600 P1AFS1500

MicroBlade Devices U1AFS600

General

Information

System Gates 90,000 250,000 600,000 1,500,000

Tiles (D-flip-flops) 2,304 6,144 13,824 38,400

Secure (AES) ISP Yes Yes Yes Yes

PLLs 1122

Globals 18181818

Memory

Flash Memory Blocks (2 Mbits) 1 1 2 4

Total Flash Memory Bits 2M 2M 4M 8M

FlashROM Bits 1,024 1,024 1,024 1,024

RAM Blocks (4,608 bits) 6 8 24 60

RAM kbits 27 36 108 270

Analog and I/Os

Analog Quads 5 6 10 10

Analog Input Channels 15 18 30 30

Gate Driver Outputs 5 6 10 10

I/O Banks (+ JTAG) 4455

Maximum Digital I/Os 75 114 172 252

Analog I/Os 20 24 40 40

Note: *Refer to the Cortex-M1 product brief for more information.

v2.0

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs

II v2.0

Fusion Device Architecture Overview

Package I/Os: Single-/Double-Ended (Analog)

Figure 1-1 • Fusion Device Architecture Overview (AFS600)

Fusion Devices AFS090 AFS250 AFS600 AFS1500

ARM Cortex-M1 Devices M1AFS250 M1AFS600 M1AFS1500

Pigeon Point Devices P1AFS600 2, 3 P1AFS1500 2, 3

MicroBlade Devices U1AFS600 2

QN108 37/9 (16)

QN180 60/16 (20) 65/15 (24)

PQ208 193/26 (24) 95/46 (40)

FG256 75/22 (20) 114/37 (24) 119/58 (40) 119/58 (40)

FG484 172/86 (40) 223/109 (40)

FG676 252/126 (40)

Notes:

1. Fusion devices in the same package are pin compatible with the exception of the PQ208 package (AFS250 and AFS600).

2. MicroBlade devices are only offered in FG256.

3. Pigeon Point devices are only offered in FG484 and FG256.

VersaTile

CCC

I/Os

OSC

CC/PLL

Bank 0

Bank 4

Bank 2

Bank 1

Bank 3

SRAM Block

4,608-Bit Dual-Port SRAM

or FIFO Block

SRAM Block

4,608-Bit Dual-Port SRAM

or FIFO Block

Flash Memory Blocks Flash Memory BlocksADC

Analog

Quad

ISP AES

Decryption

User Nonvolatile

FlashROM Charge Pumps

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Analog

Quad

Product Ordering Codes

v2.0 III

Product Ordering Codes

Notes:

1. For Fusion devices, Quad Flat No Lead packages are only offered as RoHS compliant, QNG packages.

2. MicroBlade and Pigeon Point devices only support FG packages.

M1AFS600 FG

Part Number

Fusion Devices

Speed Grade

Blank = Standard

1 = 15% Faster than Standard

2 = 25% Faster than Standard

Package Type

QN =Quad Flat No Lead (0.5 mm pitch)

256 IG

Package Lead Count

Application (junction temperature range)

Blank = Commercial (0 to +85°C)

I = Industrial (–40 to +100°C)

PP = Pre-Production

ES = Engineering Silicon (room temperature only)

90,000 System Gates

AFS090 =

250,000 System Gates

AFS250 =

ARM-Enabled Fusion Devices

600,000 System Gates

AFS600 =

1,500,000 System Gates

AFS1500 =

MicroBlade Devices

600,000 System Gates

U1AFS600 =

Pigeon Point Devices

600,000 System Gates

P1AFS600 =

1,500,000 System Gates

P1AFS1500 =

250,000 System Gates

M1AFS250 =

600,000 System Gates

M1AFS600 =

1,500,000 System Gates

M1AFS1500 =

PQ =Plastic Quad Flat Pack (0.5 mm pitch)

FG =Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array (1.0 mm pitch)

Lead-Free Packaging Options

Blank = Standard Packaging

G = RoHS-Compliant (green) Packaging

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs

IV v2.0

Temperature Grade Offerings

Speed Grade and Temperature Grade Matrix

Contact your local Actel representative for device availability (http://www.actel.com/contact/offices/index.html).

Cortex-M1, Pigeon Point, and MicroBlade Fusion Device Information

This datasheet provides information for all Fusion (AFS), Cortex-M1 (M1), Pigeon Point (P1), and MicroBlade (U1) devices. The

remainder of the document will only list the Fusion (AFS) devices. Please apply relevant information to M1, P1, and U1

devices when appropriate. Please note the following:

• Cortex-M1 devices are offered in the same speed grades and packages as basic Fusion devices.

• Pigeon Point devices are only offered in –2 speed grade and FG484 and FG256 packages.

• MicroBlade devices are only offered in standard speed grade and the FG256 package.

Fusion Devices AFS090 AFS250 AFS600 AFS1500

ARM Cortex-M1 Devices M1AFS250 M1AFS600 M1AFS1500

Pigeon Point Devices P1AFS600 3P1AFS1500 3

MicroBlade Devices U1AFS600 4

QN108 C, I – – –

QN180 C, I C, I – –

PQ208 – C, I C, I –

FG256 C, IC, IC, IC, I

FG484 – – C, I C, I

FG676 – – – C, I

Notes:

1. C = Commercial Temperature Range: 0°C to 85°C Junction

2. I = Industrial Temperature Range: –40°C to 100°C Junction

3. Pigeon Point devices are only offered in FG484 and FG256.

4. MicroBlade devices are only offered in FG256.

Std.1–1 –22

C3✓✓✓

I4✓✓✓

Notes:

1. MicroBlade devices are only offered in standard speed grade.

2. Pigeon Point devices are only offered in –2 speed grade.

3. C = Commercial Temperature Range: 0°C to 85°C Junction

4. I = Industrial Temperature Range: –40°C to 100°C Junction

v2.0 1-1

1 – Fusion Device Family Overview

Introduction

The Actel Fusion® mixed-signal FPGA satisfies the demand from system architects for a device that

simplifies design and unleashes their creativity. As the world’s first mixed-signal programmable

logic family, Fusion integrates mixed-signal analog, flash memory, and FPGA fabric in a monolithic

device. Actel Fusion devices enable designers to quickly move from concept to completed design

and then deliver feature-rich systems to market. This new technology takes advantage of the

unique properties of Actel flash-based FPGAs, including a high-isolation, triple-well process and the

ability to support high-voltage transistors to meet the demanding requirements of mixed-signal

system design.

Actel Fusion mixed-signal FPGAs bring the benefits of programmable logic to many application

areas, including power management, smart battery charging, clock generation and management,

and motor control. Until now, these applications have only been implemented with costly and

space-consuming discrete analog components or mixed-signal ASIC solutions. Actel Fusion mixed-

signal FPGAs present new capabilities for system development by allowing designers to integrate a

wide range of functionality into a single device, while at the same time offering the flexibility of

upgrades late in the manufacturing process or after the device is in the field. Actel Fusion devices

provide an excellent alternative to costly and time-consuming mixed-signal ASIC designs. In

addition, when used in conjunction with the Actel Cortex-M1, Actel Fusion technology represents

the definitive mixed-signal FPGA platform.

Flash-based Fusion devices are live at power-up. As soon as system power is applied and within

normal operating specifications, Fusion devices are working. Fusion devices have a 128-bit flash-

based lock and industry-leading AES decryption, used to secure programmed intellectual property

(IP) and configuration data. Actel Fusion devices are the most comprehensive single-chip analog

and digital programmable logic solution available today.

To support this new ground-breaking technology, Actel has developed a series of major tool

innovations to help maximize designer productivity. Implemented as extensions to the popular

Actel Libero® Integrated Design Environment (IDE), these new tools allow designers to easily

instantiate and configure peripherals within a design, establish links between peripherals, create

or import building blocks or reference designs, and perform hardware verification. This tool suite

will also add comprehensive hardware/software debug capability as well as a suite of utilities to

simplify development of embedded soft-processor-based solutions.

General Description

The Actel Fusion family, based on the highly successful ProASIC®3 and ProASIC3E flash FPGA

architecture, has been designed as a high-performance, programmable, mixed-signal platform. By

combining an advanced flash FPGA core with flash memory blocks and analog peripherals, Fusion

devices dramatically simplify system design and, as a result, dramatically reduce overall system cost

and board space.

The state-of-the-art flash memory technology offers high-density integrated flash memory blocks,

enabling savings in cost, power, and board area relative to external flash solutions, while providing

increased flexibility and performance. The flash memory blocks and integrated analog peripherals

enable true mixed-mode programmable logic designs. Two examples are using an on-chip soft

processor to implement a fully functional flash MCU and using high-speed FPGA logic to offer

system and power supervisory capabilities. Live at power-up and capable of operating from a single

3.3 V supply, the Fusion family is ideally suited for system management and control applications.

The devices in the Fusion family are categorized by FPGA core density. Each family member

contains many peripherals, including flash memory blocks, an analog-to-digital-converter (ADC),

high-drive outputs, both RC and crystal oscillators, and a real-time counter (RTC). This provides the

Fusion Device Family Overview

1-2 v2.0

user with a high level of flexibility and integration to support a wide variety of mixed-signal

applications. The flash memory block capacity ranges from 2 Mbits to 8 Mbits. The integrated

12-bit ADC supports up to 30 independently configurable input channels. The on-chip crystal and

RC oscillators work in conjunction with the integrated phase-locked loops (PLLs) to provide

clocking support to the FPGA array and on-chip resources. In addition to supporting typical RTC

uses such as watchdog timer, the Fusion RTC can control the on-chip voltage regulator to power

down the device (FPGA fabric, flash memory block, and ADC), enabling a low-power standby mode.

The Actel Fusion family offers revolutionary features, never before available in an FPGA. The

nonvolatile flash technology gives the Fusion solution the advantage of being a secure, low-power,

single-chip solution that is live at power-up. Fusion is reprogrammable and offers time-to-market

benefits at an ASIC-level unit cost. These features enable designers to create high-density systems

using existing ASIC or FPGA design flows and tools.

Flash Advantages

Reduced Cost of Ownership

Advantages to the designer extend beyond low unit cost, high performance, and ease of use. Flash-

based Fusion devices are live at power-up and do not need to be loaded from an external boot

PROM. On-board security mechanisms prevent access to the programming information and enable

secure remote updates of the FPGA logic. Designers can perform secure remote in-system

reprogramming to support future design iterations and field upgrades, with confidence that

valuable IP cannot be compromised or copied. Secure ISP can be performed using the industry-

standard AES algorithm with MAC data authentication on the device. The Fusion family device

architecture mitigates the need for ASIC migration at higher user volumes. This makes the Fusion

family a cost-effective ASIC replacement solution for applications in the consumer, networking and

communications, computing, and avionics markets.

Security

As the nonvolatile, flash-based Fusion family requires no boot PROM, there is no vulnerable

external bitstream. Fusion devices incorporate FlashLock, which provides a unique combination of

reprogrammability and design security without external overhead, advantages that only an FPGA

with nonvolatile flash programming can offer.

Fusion devices utilize a 128-bit flash-based key lock and a separate AES key to secure programmed

IP and configuration data. The FlashROM data in Fusion devices can also be encrypted prior to

loading. Additionally, the flash memory blocks can be programmed during runtime using the

industry-leading AES-128 block cipher encryption standard (FIPS Publication 192). The AES standard

was adopted by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in 2000 and replaces the

DES standard, which was adopted in 1977. Fusion devices have a built-in AES decryption engine

and a flash-based AES key that make Fusion devices the most comprehensive programmable logic

device security solution available today. Fusion devices with AES-based security allow for secure

remote field updates over public networks, such as the Internet, and ensure that valuable IP

remains out of the hands of system overbuilders, system cloners, and IP thieves. As an additional

security measure, the FPGA configuration data of a programmed Fusion device cannot be read

back, although secure design verification is possible. During design, the user controls and defines

both internal and external access to the flash memory blocks.

Security, built into the FPGA fabric, is an inherent component of the Fusion family. The flash cells

are located beneath seven metal layers, and many device design and layout techniques have been

used to make invasive attacks extremely difficult. Fusion with FlashLock and AES security is unique

in being highly resistant to both invasive and noninvasive attacks. Your valuable IP is protected,

making secure remote ISP possible. A Fusion device provides the most impenetrable security for

programmable logic designs.

Single Chip

Flash-based FPGAs store their configuration information in on-chip flash cells. Once programmed,

the configuration data is an inherent part of the FPGA structure, and no external configuration

data needs to be loaded at system power-up (unlike SRAM-based FPGAs). Therefore, flash-based

Fusion FPGAs do not require system configuration components such as EEPROMs or

General Description

v2.0 1-3

microcontrollers to load device configuration data. This reduces bill-of-materials costs and PCB

area, and increases security and system reliability.

Live at Power-Up

Flash-based Fusion devices are Level 0 live at power-up (LAPU). LAPU Fusion devices greatly simplify

total system design and reduce total system cost by eliminating the need for CPLDs. The Fusion

LAPU clocking (PLLs) replaces off-chip clocking resources. The Fusion mix of LAPU clocking and

analog resources makes these devices an excellent choice for both system supervisor and system

management functions. LAPU from a single 3.3 V source enables Fusion devices to initiate, control,

and monitor multiple voltage supplies while also providing system clocks. In addition, glitches and

brownouts in system power will not corrupt the Fusion device flash configuration. Unlike SRAM-

based FPGAs, the device will not have to be reloaded when system power is restored. This enables

reduction or complete removal of expensive voltage monitor and brownout detection devices from

the PCB design. Flash-based Fusion devices simplify total system design and reduce cost and design

risk, while increasing system reliability.

Firm Errors

Firm errors occur most commonly when high-energy neutrons, generated in the upper atmosphere,

strike a configuration cell of an SRAM FPGA. The energy of the collision can change the state of the

configuration cell and thus change the logic, routing, or I/O behavior in an unpredictable way.

Another source of radiation-induced firm errors is alpha particles. For an alpha to cause a soft or

firm error, its source must be in very close proximity to the affected circuit. The alpha source must

be in the package molding compound or in the die itself. While low-alpha molding compounds are

being used increasingly, this helps reduce but does not entirely eliminate alpha-induced firm

errors.

Firm errors are impossible to prevent in SRAM FPGAs. The consequence of this type of error can be

a complete system failure. Firm errors do not occur in Fusion flash-based FPGAs. Once it is

programmed, the flash cell configuration element of Fusion FPGAs cannot be altered by high-

energy neutrons and is therefore immune to errors from them.

Recoverable (or soft) errors occur in the user data SRAMs of all FPGA devices. These can easily be

mitigated by using error detection and correction (EDAC) circuitry built into the FPGA fabric.

Low Power

Flash-based Fusion devices exhibit power characteristics similar to those of an ASIC, making them

an ideal choice for power-sensitive applications. With Fusion devices, there is no power-on current

surge and no high current transition, both of which occur on many FPGAs.

Fusion devices also have low dynamic power consumption and support both low power standby

mode and very low power sleep mode, offering further power savings.

Advanced Flash Technology

The Fusion family offers many benefits, including nonvolatility and reprogrammability through an

advanced flash-based, 130-nm LVCMOS process with seven layers of metal. Standard CMOS design

techniques are used to implement logic and control functions. The combination of fine granularity,

enhanced flexible routing resources, and abundant flash switches allows very high logic utilization

(much higher than competing SRAM technologies) without compromising device routability or

performance. Logic functions within the device are interconnected through a four-level routing

hierarchy.

Advanced Architecture

The proprietary Fusion architecture provides granularity comparable to standard-cell ASICs. The

Fusion device consists of several distinct and programmable architectural features, including the

following (Figure 1-1 on page 1-5):

• Embedded memories

– Flash memory blocks

–FlashROM

Fusion Device Family Overview

1-4 v2.0

– SRAM and FIFO

• Clocking resources

– PLL and CCC

– RC oscillator

– Crystal oscillator

– No-Glitch MUX (NGMUX)

• Digital I/Os with advanced I/O standards

• FPGA VersaTiles

• Analog components

– ADC

– Analog I/Os supporting voltage, current, and temperature monitoring

– 1.5 V on-board voltage regulator

– Real-time counter

The FPGA core consists of a sea of VersaTiles. Each VersaTile can be configured as a three-input

logic lookup table (LUT) equivalent or a D-flip-flop or latch (with or without enable) by

programming the appropriate flash switch interconnections. This versatility allows efficient use of

the FPGA fabric. The VersaTile capability is unique to the Actel families of flash-based FPGAs.

VersaTiles and larger functions are connected with any of the four levels of routing hierarchy. Flash

switches are distributed throughout the device to provide nonvolatile, reconfigurable interconnect

programming. Maximum core utilization is possible for virtually any design.

In addition, extensive on-chip programming circuitry allows for rapid (3.3 V) single-voltage

programming of Fusion devices via an IEEE 1532 JTAG interface.

Unprecedented Integration

Integrated Analog Blocks and Analog I/Os

Fusion devices offer robust and flexible analog mixed-signal capability in addition to the high-

performance flash FPGA fabric and flash memory block. The many built-in analog peripherals

include a configurable 32:1 input analog MUX, up to 10 independent MOSFET gate driver outputs,

and a configurable ADC. The ADC supports 8-, 10-, and 12-bit modes of operation with a

cumulative sample rate up to 600 k samples per second (Ksps), differential nonlinearity (DNL) < 1.0

LSB, and Total Unadjusted Error (TUE) of 0.72 LSB in 10-bit mode. The TUE is used for

characterization of the conversion error and includes errors from all sources, such as offset and

linearity. Internal bandgap circuitry offers 1% voltage reference accuracy with the flexibility of

utilizing an external reference voltage. The ADC channel sampling sequence and sampling rate are

programmable and implemented in the FPGA logic using Designer and Libero IDE software tool

support.

Two channels of the 32-channel ADCMUX are dedicated. Channel 0 is connected internally to VCC

and can be used to monitor core power supply. Channel 31 is connected to an internal temperature

diode which can be used to monitor device temperature. The 30 remaining channels can be

connected to external analog signals. The exact number of I/Os available for external connection

signals is device-dependent (refer to the "Fusion Family" table on page I for details).

With Fusion, Actel also introduces the Analog Quad I/O structure (Figure 1-1 on page 1-5). Each

quad consists of three analog inputs and one gate driver. Each quad can be configured in various

built-in circuit combinations, such as three prescaler circuits, three digital input circuits, a current

monitor circuit, or a temperature monitor circuit. Each prescaler has multiple scaling factors

programmed by FPGA signals to support a large range of analog inputs with positive or negative

polarity. When the current monitor circuit is selected, two adjacent analog inputs measure the

voltage drop across a small external sense resistor. For more information, refer to the "Analog

System Characteristics" section in the Device Architecture chapter of the datasheet for more

information. Built-in operational amplifiers amplify small voltage signals for accurate current

measurement. One analog input in each quad can be connected to an external temperature

Unprecedented Integration

v2.0 1-5

monitor diode. In addition to the external temperature monitor diode(s), a Fusion device can

monitor an internal temperature diode using dedicated channel 31 of the ADCMUX.

Figure 1-1 on page 1-5 illustrates a typical use of the Analog Quad I/O structure. The Analog Quad

shown is configured to monitor and control an external power supply. The AV pad measures the

source of the power supply. The AC pad measures the voltage drop across an external sense resistor

to calculate current. The AG MOSFET gate driver pad turns the external MOSFET on and off. The AT

pad measures the load-side voltage level.

Embedded Memories

Flash Memory Blocks

The flash memory available in each Fusion device is composed of one to four flash blocks, each 2

Mbits in density. Each block operates independently with a dedicated flash controller and

interface. Fusion flash memory blocks combine fast access times (60 ns random access and 10 ns

access in Read-Ahead mode) with a configurable 8-, 16-, or 32-bit datapath, enabling high-speed

flash operation without wait states. The memory block is organized in pages and sectors. Each

page has 128 bytes, with 33 pages comprising one sector and 64 sectors per block. The flash block

can support multiple partitions. The only constraint on size is that partition boundaries must

coincide with page boundaries. The flexibility and granularity enable many use models and allow

added granularity in programming updates.

Fusion devices support two methods of external access to the flash memory blocks. The first

method is a serial interface that features a built-in JTAG-compliant port, which allows in-system

programmability during user or monitor/test modes. This serial interface supports programming of

Figure 1-1 • Analog Quad

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Power Line Side Load Side

Pre-

scaler

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor/Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pre-

scaler

Pre-

scaler

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip Rpullup

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Fusion Device Family Overview

1-6 v2.0

an AES-encrypted stream. Secure data can be passed through the JTAG interface, decrypted, and

then programmed in the flash block. The second method is a soft parallel interface.

FPGA logic or an on-chip soft microprocessor can access flash memory through the parallel

interface. Since the flash parallel interface is implemented in the FPGA fabric, it can potentially be

customized to meet special user requirements. For more information, refer to the CoreCFI

Handbook. The flash memory parallel interface provides configurable byte-wide (×8), word-wide

(×16), or dual-word-wide (×32) data port options. Through the programmable flash parallel

interface, the on-chip and off-chip memories can be cascaded for wider or deeper configurations.

The flash memory has built-in security. The user can configure either the entire flash block or the

small blocks to prevent unintentional or intrusive attempts to change or destroy the storage

contents. Each on-chip flash memory block has a dedicated controller, enabling each block to

operate independently.

The flash block logic consists of the following sub-blocks:

• Flash block – Contains all stored data. The flash block contains 64 sectors and each sector

contains 33 pages of data.

• Page Buffer – Contains the contents of the current page being modified. A page contains 8

blocks of data.

• Block Buffer – Contains the contents of the last block accessed. A block contains 128 data

bits.

• ECC Logic – The flash memory stores error correction information with each block to

perform single-bit error correction and double-bit error detection on all data blocks.

User Nonvolatile FlashROM

In addition to the flash blocks, Actel Fusion devices have 1 Kbit of user-accessible, nonvolatile

FlashROM on-chip. The FlashROM is organized as 8×128-bit pages. The FlashROM can be used in

diverse system applications:

• Internet protocol addressing (wireless or fixed)

• System calibration settings

• Device serialization and/or inventory control

• Subscription-based business models (for example, set-top boxes)

• Secure key storage for secure communications algorithms

• Asset management/tracking

• Date stamping

• Version management

The FlashROM is written using the standard IEEE 1532 JTAG programming interface. Pages can be

individually programmed (erased and written). On-chip AES decryption can be used selectively over

public networks to securely load data such as security keys stored in the FlashROM for a user

design.

The FlashROM can be programmed (erased and written) via the JTAG programming interface, and

its contents can be read back either through the JTAG programming interface or via direct FPGA

core addressing.

The FlashPoint tool in the Actel Fusion development software solutions, Libero IDE and Designer,

has extensive support for flash memory blocks and FlashROM. One such feature is auto-generation

of sequential programming files for applications requiring a unique serial number in each part.

Another feature allows the inclusion of static data for system version control. Data for the

FlashROM can be generated quickly and easily using the Actel Libero IDE and Designer software

tools. Comprehensive programming file support is also included to allow for easy programming of

large numbers of parts with differing FlashROM contents.

SRAM and FIFO

Fusion devices have embedded SRAM blocks along the north and south sides of the device. Each

variable-aspect-ratio SRAM block is 4,608 bits in size. Available memory configurations are 256×18,

512×9, 1k×4, 2k×2, and 4k×1 bits. The individual blocks have independent read and write ports that

can be configured with different bit widths on each port. For example, data can be written

Unprecedented Integration

v2.0 1-7

through a 4-bit port and read as a single bitstream. The SRAM blocks can be initialized from the

flash memory blocks or via the device JTAG port (ROM emulation mode), using the UJTAG macro.

In addition, every SRAM block has an embedded FIFO control unit. The control unit allows the

SRAM block to be configured as a synchronous FIFO without using additional core VersaTiles. The

FIFO width and depth are programmable. The FIFO also features programmable Almost Empty

(AEMPTY) and Almost Full (AFULL) flags in addition to the normal EMPTY and FULL flags. The

embedded FIFO control unit contains the counters necessary for the generation of the read and

write address pointers. The SRAM/FIFO blocks can be cascaded to create larger configurations.

Clock Resources

PLLs and Clock Conditioning Circuits (CCCs)

Fusion devices provide designers with very flexible clock conditioning capabilities. Each member of

the Fusion family contains six CCCs. In the two larger family members, two of these CCCs also

include a PLL; the smaller devices support one PLL.

The inputs of the CCC blocks are accessible from the FPGA core or from one of several inputs with

dedicated CCC block connections.

The CCC block has the following key features:

• Wide input frequency range (fIN_CCC) = 1.5 MHz to 350 MHz

• Output frequency range (fOUT_CCC) = 0.75 MHz to 350 MHz

• Clock phase adjustment via programmable and fixed delays from –6.275 ns to +8.75 ns

• Clock skew minimization (PLL)

• Clock frequency synthesis (PLL)

• On-chip analog clocking resources usable as inputs:

– 100 MHz on-chip RC oscillator

– Crystal oscillator

Additional CCC specifications:

• Internal phase shift = 0°, 90°, 180°, and 270°

• Output duty cycle = 50% ± 1.5%

• Low output jitter. Samples of peak-to-peak period jitter when a single global network is

used:

– 70 ps at 350 MHz

– 90 ps at 100 MHz

– 180 ps at 24 MHz

– Worst case < 2.5% × clock period

• Maximum acquisition time = 150 µs

• Low power consumption of 5 mW

Global Clocking

Fusion devices have extensive support for multiple clocking domains. In addition to the CCC and

PLL support described above, there are on-chip oscillators as well as a comprehensive global clock

distribution network.

The integrated RC oscillator generates a 100 MHz clock. It is used internally to provide a known

clock source to the flash memory read and write control. It can also be used as a source for the PLLs.

The crystal oscillator supports the following operating modes:

• Crystal (32.768 KHz to 20 MHz)

• Ceramic (500 KHz to 8 MHz)

• RC (32.768 KHz to 4 MHz)

Each VersaTile input and output port has access to nine VersaNets: six main and three quadrant

global networks. The VersaNets can be driven by the CCC or directly accessed from the core via

Fusion Device Family Overview

1-8 v2.0

MUXes. The VersaNets can be used to distribute low-skew clock signals or for rapid distribution of

high-fanout nets.

Digital I/Os with Advanced I/O Standards

The Fusion family of FPGAs features a flexible digital I/O structure, supporting a range of voltages

(1.5 V, 1.8 V, 2.5 V, and 3.3 V). Fusion FPGAs support many different digital I/O standards, both

single-ended and differential.

The I/Os are organized into banks, with four or five banks per device. The configuration of these

banks determines the I/O standards supported. The banks along the east and west sides of the

device support the full range of I/O standards (single-ended and differential). The south bank

supports the Analog Quads (analog I/O). In the family's two smaller devices, the north bank

supports multiple single-ended digital I/O standards. In the family’s larger devices, the north bank

is divided into two banks of digital Pro I/Os, supporting a wide variety of single-ended, differential,

and voltage-referenced I/O standards.

Each I/O module contains several input, output, and enable registers. These registers allow the

implementation of the following applications:

• Single-Data-Rate (SDR) applications

• Double-Data-Rate (DDR) applications—DDR LVDS I/O for chip-to-chip communications

• Fusion banks support LVPECL, LVDS, BLVDS, and M-LVDS with 20 multi-drop points.

VersaTiles

The Fusion core consists of VersaTiles, which are also used in the successful Actel ProASIC3 family.

The Fusion VersaTile supports the following:

• All 3-input logic functions—LUT-3 equivalent

• Latch with clear or set

• D-flip-flop with clear or set and optional enable

Refer to Figure 1-2 for the VersaTile configuration arrangement.

Figure 1-2 • VersaTile Configurations

LUT-3

Data Y

CLK

Enable

CLR

D-FFE

Data Y

CLK

CLR

D-FF

LUT-3 Equivalent D-Flip-Flop with Clear or Set Enable D-Flip-Flop with Clear or Set

Read Next Operation

The Read Next operation is a feature by which the next block relative to the block in the Block

Buffer is read from the FB Array while performing reads from the Block Buffer. The goal is to

minimize wait states during consecutive sequential Read operations.

The Read Next operation is performed in a predetermined manner because it does look-ahead

reads. The general look-ahead function is as follows:

• Within a page, the next block fetched will be the next in linear address.

• When reading the last data block of a page, it will fetch the first block of the next page.

• When reading spare pages, it will read the first block of the next sector's spare page.

• Reads of the last sector will wrap around to sector 0.

• Reads of Auxiliary blocks will read the next linear page's Auxiliary block.

When an address on the ADDR input does not agree with the predetermined look-ahead address,

there is a time penalty for this access. The FB will be busy finishing the current look-ahead read

before it can start the next read. The worst case is a total of nine BUSY cycles before data is

delivered.

The Non-Pipe Mode and Pipe Mode waveforms for Read Next operations are illustrated in

Figure 2-40 and Figure 2-41.

Figure 2-40 • Read Next Waveform (Non-Pipe Mode, 32-bit access)

Figure 2-41 • Read Next WaveForm (Pipe Mode, 32-bit access)

CLK

REN

READNEXT

ADDR[17:0]

DATAWIDTH[1:0]

BUSY

STATUS[1:0]

RD[31:0]

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9

0 S0S1S2 S4S5S6 S8S9

0 D0D1D2

0D4 D5 D6 D8 D9

CLK

REN

READNEXT

ADDR[17:0]

BUSY

STATUS[1:0]

RD[31:0]

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

S0 S1 S2 S4 S5 S6

0D0D1D2

0D4D5D6

S7 0

0D7

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-54 v2.0

Unprotect Page Operation

An Unprotect Page operation will clear the protection for a page addressed on the ADDR input. It

is initiated by setting the UNPROTECTPAGE signal on the interface along with the page address on

ADDR.

If the page is not in the Page Buffer, the Unprotect Page operation will copy the page into the

Page Buffer. The Copy Page operation occurs only if the current page in the Page Buffer is not Page

Loss Protected.

The waveform for an Unprotect Page operation is shown in Figure 2-42.

The Unprotect Page operation can incur the following error conditions:

1. If the copy of the page to the Page Buffer determines that the page has a single-bit

correctable error in the data, it will report a STATUS = '01'.

2. If the address on ADDR does not match the address of the Page Buffer, PAGELOSSPROTECT

is asserted, and the Page Buffer has been modified, then STATUS = '11' and the addressed

page is not loaded into the Page Buffer.

3. If the copy of the page to the Page Buffer determines that at least one block in the page has

a double-bit uncorrectable error, STATUS = '10' and the Page Buffer will contain the

corrupted data.

Discard Page Operation

If the contents of the modified Page Buffer have to be discarded, the DISCARDPAGE signal should

be asserted. This command results in the Page Buffer being marked as unmodified.

The timing for the operation is shown in Figure 2-43. The BUSY signal will remain asserted until the

operation has completed.

Figure 2-42 • FB Unprotected Page Waveform

CLK

UNPROTECTPAGE

ADDR[17:0]

BUSY

STATUS[1:0]

Page

Valid

Figure 2-43 • FB Discard Page Waveform

CLK

DISCARDPAGE

BUSY

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-55

Flash Memory Block Characteristics

Figure 2-44 • Reset Timing Diagram

Table 2-25 • Flash Memory Block Timing

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std.

Units

tCLK2RD Clock-to-Q in 5-cycle read mode of the Read Data 7.99 9.10 10.70 ns

Clock-to-Q in 6-cycle read mode of the Read Data 5.03 5.73 6.74 ns

tCLK2BUSY Clock-to-Q in 5-cycle read mode of BUSY 4.95 5.63 6.62 ns

Clock-to-Q in 6-cycle read mode of BUSY 4.45 5.07 5.96 ns

tCLK2STATUS Clock-to-Status in 5-cycle read mode 11.24 12.81 15.06 ns

Clock-to-Status in 6-cycle read mode 4.48 5.10 6.00 ns

tDSUNVM Data Input Setup time for the Control Logic 1.92 2.19 2.57 ns

tDHNVM Data Input Hold time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tASUNVM Address Input Setup time for the Control Logic 2.76 3.14 3.69 ns

tAHNVM Address Input Hold time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUDWNVM Data Width Setup time for the Control Logic 1.85 2.11 2.48 ns

tHDDWNVM Data Width Hold time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSURENNVM Read Enable Setup time for the Control Logic 3.85 4.39 5.16 ns

tHDRENNVM Read Enable Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUWENNVM Write Enable Setup time for the Control Logic 2.37 2.69 3.17 ns

tHDWENNVM Write Enable Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUPROGNVM Program Setup time for the Control Logic 2.16 2.46 2.89 ns

tHDPROGNVM Program Hold time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUSPAREPAGE SparePage Setup time for the Control Logic 3.74 4.26 5.01 ns

tHDSPAREPAGE SparePage Hold time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUAUXBLK Auxiliary Block Setup Time for the Control Logic 3.74 4.26 5.00 ns

tHDAUXBLK Auxiliary Block Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSURDNEXT ReadNext Setup Time for the Control Logic 2.17 2.47 2.90 ns

tHDRDNEXT ReadNext Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUERASEPG Erase Page Setup Time for the Control Logic 3.76 4.28 5.03 ns

tHDERASEPG Erase Page Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUUNPROTECTPG Unprotect Page Setup Time for the Control Logic 2.01 2.29 2.69 ns

tHDUNPROTECTPG Unprotect Page Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUDISCARDPG Discard Page Setup Time for the Control Logic 1.88 2.14 2.52 ns

tHDDISCARDPG Discard Page Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUOVERWRPRO Overwrite Protect Setup Time for the Control Logic 1.64 1.86 2.19 ns

CLK

RESET

Active Low, Asynchronous

BUSY

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-56 v2.0

tHDOVERWRPRO Overwrite Protect Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUPGLOSSPRO Page Loss Protect Setup Time for the Control Logic 1.69 1.93 2.27 ns

tHDPGLOSSPRO Page Loss Protect Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUPGSTAT Page Status Setup Time for the Control Logic 2.49 2.83 3.33 ns

tHDPGSTAT Page Status Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUOVERWRPG Over Write Page Setup Time for the Control Logic 1.88 2.14 2.52 ns

tHDOVERWRPG Over Write Page Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSULOCKREQUEST Lock Request Setup Time for the Control Logic 0.87 0.99 1.16 ns

tHDLOCKREQUEST Lock Request Hold Time for the Control Logic 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tRECARNVM Reset Recovery Time 0.94 1.07 1.25 ns

tREMARNVM Reset Removal Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tMPWARNVM Asynchronous Reset Minimum Pulse Width for the

Control Logic

10.00 12.50 12.50 ns

tMPWCLKNVM Clock Minimum Pulse Width for the Control Logic 4.00 5.00 5.00 ns

tFMAXCLKNVM Maximum Frequency for Clock for the Control Logic –

for AFS1500/AFS600

80.00 80.00 80.00 MHz

Maximum Frequency for Clock for the Control Logic –

for AFS250/AFS090

100.00 80.00 80.00 MHz

Table 2-25 • Flash Memory Block Timing (continued)

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std.

Units

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-57

FlashROM

Fusion devices have 1 kbit of on-chip nonvolatile flash memory that can be read from the FPGA

core fabric. The FlashROM is arranged in eight banks of 128 bits during programming. The 128 bits

in each bank are addressable as 16 bytes during the read-back of the FlashROM from the FPGA core

(Figure 2-45).

The FlashROM can only be programmed via the IEEE 1532 JTAG port. It cannot be programmed

directly from the FPGA core. When programming, each of the eight 128-bit banks can be selectively

reprogrammed. The FlashROM can only be reprogrammed on a bank boundary. Programming

involves an automatic, on-chip bank erase prior to reprogramming the bank. The FlashROM

supports a synchronous read and can be read on byte boundaries. The upper three bits of the

FlashROM address from the FPGA core define the bank that is being accessed. The lower four bits

of the FlashROM address from the FPGA core define which of the 16 bytes in the bank is being

accessed.

The maximum FlashROM access clock is 20 MHz. Figure 2-46 shows the timing behavior of the

FlashROM access cycle—the address has to be set up on the rising edge of the clock for DOUT to be

valid on the next falling edge of the clock.

If the address is unchanged for two cycles:

• D0 becomes invalid 10 ns after the second rising edge of the clock.

• D0 becomes valid again 10 ns after the second falling edge.

If the address unchanged for three cycles:

• D0 becomes invalid 10 ns after the second rising edge of the clock.

• D0 becomes valid again 10 ns after the second falling edge.

• D0 becomes invalid 10 ns after the third rising edge of the clock.

• D0 becomes valid again 10 ns after the third falling edge.

Figure 2-45 • FlashROM Architecture

Bank Number

3 MSB of ADDR (READ)

Byte Number in Bank 4 LSB of ADDR (READ)

0123456789101112131415

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-58 v2.0

FlashROM Characteristics

Figure 2-46 • FlashROM Timing Diagram

Table 2-26 • FlashROM Access Time

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tSU Address Setup Time 0.53 0.61 0.71 ns

tHOLD Address Hold Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tCK2Q Clock to Out 21.42 24.40 28.68 ns

FMAX Maximum Clock frequency 15.00 15.00 15.00 MHz

tSU

tHOLD

Address

tCK2Q

D0 D0

tSU

tHOLD

tCK2Q

tSU

tHOLD

tCK2Q

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-59

SRAM and FIFO

All Fusion devices have SRAM blocks along the north side of the device. Additionally, AFS600 and

AFS1500 devices have an SRAM block on the south side of the device. To meet the needs of high-

performance designs, the memory blocks operate strictly in synchronous mode for both read and

write operations. The read and write clocks are completely independent, and each may operate at

any desired frequency less than or equal to 350 MHz. The following configurations are available:

• 4k×1, 2k×2, 1k×4, 512×9 (dual-port RAM—two read, two write or one read, one write)

• 512×9, 256×18 (two-port RAM—one read and one write)

• Sync write, sync pipelined/nonpipelined read

The Fusion SRAM memory block includes dedicated FIFO control logic to generate internal

addresses and external flag logic (FULL, EMPTY, AFULL, AEMPTY).

During RAM operation, addresses are sourced by the user logic, and the FIFO controller is ignored.

In FIFO mode, the internal addresses are generated by the FIFO controller and routed to the RAM

array by internal MUXes. Refer to Figure 2-47 for more information about the implementation of

the embedded FIFO controller.

The Fusion architecture enables the read and write sizes of RAMs to be organized independently,

allowing for bus conversion. This is done with the WW (write width) and RW (read width) pins. The

different D×W configurations are 256×18, 512×9, 1k×4, 2k×2, and 4k×1. For example, the write size

can be set to 256×18 and the read size to 512×9.

Both the write and read widths for the RAM blocks can be specified independently with the WW

(write width) and RW (read width) pins. The different D×W configurations are 256×18, 512×9,

1k×4, 2k×2, and 4k×1.

Refer to the allowable RW and WW values supported for each of the RAM macro types in

Table 2-27 on page 2-61.

When a width of one, two, or four is selected, the ninth bit is unused. For example, when writing 9-

bit values and reading 4-bit values, only the first four bits and the second four bits of each 9-bit

value are addressable for read operations. The ninth bit is not accessible.

Conversely, when writing 4-bit values and reading 9-bit values, the ninth bit of a read operation

will be undefined. The RAM blocks employ little-endian byte order for read and write operations.

Figure 2-47 • Fusion RAM Block with Embedded FIFO Controller

RCLK

WCLK

Reset

RBLK

REN

ESTOP

WBLK

WEN

FSTOP

RD[17:0]

WD[17:0]

RCLK

WCLK

RADD[J:0]

WADD[J:0]

REN

FREN FWEN WEN

FULL

AEMPTY

AFULL

EMPTY

RPIPE

RW[2:0]

WW[2:0]

RAM

CNT 12

AFVAL

AEVAL

SUB 12

CNT 12

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-60 v2.0

RAM4K9 Description

Figure 2-48 • RAM4K9

ADDRA11 DOUTA8

DOUTA7

DOUTA0

DOUTB8

DOUTB7

DOUTB0

ADDRA10

ADDRA0

DINA8

DINA7

DINA0

WIDTHA1

WIDTHA0

PIPEA

WMODEA

BLKA

WENA

CLKA

ADDRB11

ADDRB10

ADDRB0

DINB8

DINB7

DINB0

WIDTHB1

WIDTHB0

PIPEB

WMODEB

BLKB

WENB

CLKB

RAM4K9

RESET

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-61

The following signals are used to configure the RAM4K9 memory element:

WIDTHA and WIDTHB

These signals enable the RAM to be configured in one of four allowable aspect ratios (Table 2-27).

BLKA and BLKB

These signals are active low and will enable the respective ports when asserted. When a BLKx signal

is deasserted, the corresponding port’s outputs hold the previous value.

WENA and WENB

These signals switch the RAM between read and write mode for the respective ports. A LOW on

these signals indicates a write operation, and a HIGH indicates a read.

CLKA and CLKB

These are the clock signals for the synchronous read and write operations. These can be driven

independently or with the same driver.

PIPEA and PIPEB

These signals are used to specify pipelined read on the output. A LOW on PIPEA or PIPEB indicates

a nonpipelined read, and the data appears on the corresponding output in the same clock cycle. A

HIGH indicates a pipelined, read and data appears on the corresponding output in the next clock

cycle.

WMODEA and WMODEB

These signals are used to configure the behavior of the output when the RAM is in write mode. A

LOW on these signals makes the output retain data from the previous read. A HIGH indicates pass-

through behavior, wherein the data being written will appear immediately on the output. This

signal is overridden when the RAM is being read.

RESET

This active low signal resets the output to zero, disables reads and writes from the SRAM block, and

clears the data hold registers when asserted. It does not reset the contents of the memory.

ADDRA and ADDRB

These are used as read or write addresses, and they are 12 bits wide. When a depth of less than 4 k

is specified, the unused high-order bits must be grounded (Table 2-28).

Table 2-27 • Allowable Aspect Ratio Settings for WIDTHA[1:0]

WIDTHA1, WIDTHA0 WIDTHB1, WIDTHB0 D×W

00 00 4k×1

01 01 2k×2

10 10 1k×4

11 11 512×9

Note: The aspect ratio settings are constant and cannot be changed on the fly.

Table 2-28 • Address Pins Unused/Used for Various Supported Bus Widths

D×W

ADDRx

Unused Used

4k×1 None [11:0]

2k×2 [11] [10:0]

1k×4 [11:10] [9:0]

512×9 [11:9] [8:0]

Note: The "x" in ADDRx implies A or B.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-62 v2.0

DINA and DINB

These are the input data signals, and they are nine bits wide. Not all nine bits are valid in all

configurations. When a data width less than nine is specified, unused high-order signals must be

grounded (Table 2-29).

DOUTA and DOUTB

These are the nine-bit output data signals. Not all nine bits are valid in all configurations. As with

DINA and DINB, high-order bits may not be used (Table 2-29). The output data on unused pins is

undefined.

Table 2-29 • Unused/Used Input and Output Data Pins for Various Supported Bus Widths

D×W

DINx/DOUTx

Unused Used

4k×1 [8:1] [0]

2k×2 [8:2] [1:0]

1k×4 [8:4] [3:0]

512×9 None [8:0]

Note: The "x" in DINx and DOUTx implies A or B.

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-63

RAM512X18 Description

Figure 2-49 • RAM512X18

RADDR8 RD17

RADDR7 RD16

RADDR0 RD0

WD17

WD16

WD0

WW1

WW0

RW1

RW0

PIPE

REN

RCLK

RAM512X18

WADDR8

WADDR7

WADDR0

WEN

WCLK

RESET

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-64 v2.0

RAM512X18 exhibits slightly different behavior from RAM4K9, as it has dedicated read and write

ports.

WW and RW

These signals enable the RAM to be configured in one of the two allowable aspect ratios

(Table 2-30).

WD and RD

These are the input and output data signals, and they are 18 bits wide. When a 512×9 aspect ratio

is used for write, WD[17:9] are unused and must be grounded. If this aspect ratio is used for read,

then RD[17:9] are undefined.

WADDR and RADDR

These are read and write addresses, and they are nine bits wide. When the 256×18 aspect ratio is

used for write or read, WADDR[8] or RADDR[8] are unused and must be grounded.

WCLK and RCLK

These signals are the write and read clocks, respectively. They are both active high.

WEN and REN

These signals are the write and read enables, respectively. They are both active low by default.

These signals can be configured as active high.

RESET

This active low signal resets the output to zero, disables reads and/or writes from the SRAM block,

and clears the data hold registers when asserted. It does not reset the contents of the memory.

PIPE

This signal is used to specify pipelined read on the output. A LOW on PIPE indicates a nonpipelined

read, and the data appears on the output in the same clock cycle. A HIGH indicates a pipelined

read, and data appears on the output in the next clock cycle.

Clocking

The dual-port SRAM blocks are only clocked on the rising edge. SmartGen allows falling-edge-

triggered clocks by adding inverters to the netlist, hence achieving dual-port SRAM blocks that are

clocked on either edge (rising or falling). For dual-port SRAM, each port can be clocked on either

edge or by separate clocks, by port.

Fusion devices support inversion (bubble pushing) throughout the FPGA architecture, including the

clock input to the SRAM modules. Inversions added to the SRAM clock pin on the design schematic

or in the HDL code will be automatically accounted for during design compile without incurring

additional delay in the clock path.

The two-port SRAM can be clocked on the rising edge or falling edge of WCLK and RCLK.

If negative-edge RAM and FIFO clocking is selected for memory macros, clock edge inversion

management (bubble pushing) is automatically used within the Fusion development tools,

without performance penalty.

Table 2-30 • Aspect Ratio Settings for WW[1:0]

WW[1:0] RW[1:0] D×W

01 01 512×9

10 10 256×18

00, 11 00, 11 Reserved

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-65

Modes of Operation

There are two read modes and one write mode:

• Read Nonpipelined (synchronous—1 clock edge): In the standard read mode, new data is

driven onto the RD bus in the same clock cycle following RA and REN valid. The read address

is registered on the read port clock active edge, and data appears at RD after the RAM

access time. Setting PIPE to OFF enables this mode.

• Read Pipelined (synchronous—2 clock edges): The pipelined mode incurs an additional clock

delay from the address to the data but enables operation at a much higher frequency. The

read address is registered on the read port active clock edge, and the read data is registered

and appears at RD after the second read clock edge. Setting PIPE to ON enables this mode.

• Write (synchronous—1 clock edge): On the write clock active edge, the write data is written

into the SRAM at the write address when WEN is HIGH. The setup times of the write address,

write enables, and write data are minimal with respect to the write clock. Write and read

transfers are described with timing requirements in the "SRAM Characteristics" section on

page 2-66 and the "FIFO Characteristics" section on page 2-77.

RAM Initialization

Each SRAM block can be individually initialized on power-up by means of the JTAG port using the

UJTAG mechanism (refer to the "JTAG IEEE 1532" section on page 2-229 and the Fusion SRAM/FIFO

Blocks application note). The shift register for a target block can be selected and loaded with the

proper bit configuration to enable serial loading. The 4,608 bits of data can be loaded in a single

operation.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-66 v2.0

SRAM Characteristics

Timing Waveforms

Figure 2-50 • RAM Read for Flow-Through Output

Figure 2-51 • RAM Read for Pipelined Output

CLK

ADD

BLK_B

WEN_B

A0A1A2

D0D1D2

tCYC

tCKH tCKL

tAS tAH

tBKS

tENS tENH

tDOH1

tBKH

tCKQ1

CLK

ADD

BLK_B

WEN_B

A0A1A2

D0D1

tCYC

tCKH tCKL

tAS tAH

tBKS

tENS tENH

tDOH2

tCKQ2

tBKH

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-67

Figure 2-52 • RAM Write, Output Retained (WMODE = 0)

Figure 2-53 • RAM Write, Output as Write Data (WMODE = 1)

CYC

CKH

CKL

BKS

ENS

ENH

CLK

BLK_B

WEN_B

ADD

BKH

tCYC

tCKH tCKL

A0A1A2

tAS tAH

tBKS

tENS

tDS tDH

CLK

BLK_B

WEN_B

ADD

tBKH

(flow-through)

(Pipelined) DI0DI1

DI0DI1

DI1DI2

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-68 v2.0

Figure 2-54 • One Port Write / Other Port Read Same

Figure 2-55 • Write Access After Write onto Same Address

A0A2A3

A0A1A4

CLK1

ADD1

CLK2

ADD2

DI1 D0D2D3

D0D1

DO2

(flow-through)

DO2

(Pipelined)

tCKQ2

tCKQ1

tWRO

tAS tAH

tDS tDH

tAS tAH

CLK1

ADD1

WEN_B2

DI1

WEN_B1

CLK2

ADD2

DI2

DO2

(pass-through)

tAS tAH

tCCKH

tCKQ1

A0A0A4

tAS tAH

DO2

(pipelined)

tDS tDH

tCKQ2

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-69

Figure 2-56 • Read Access After Write onto Same Address

CLK1

ADD1

WEN_B2

DI1

WEN_B1

CLK2

ADD2

DO2

(pass-through)

DO2

(pipelined)

tAS tAH

tWRO

A0A1A4

tAS tAH

tDS tDH

tCKQ1

D0D1

DnD0

tCKQ2

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-70 v2.0

Figure 2-57 • Write Access After Read onto Same Address

Figure 2-58 • RAM Reset

CLK1

ADD1

CLK2

WEN_B1

DO1

(pipelined)

DO1

(pass-through)

ADD2

DI2

tCKQ1

WEN_B2

tAS tAH

tCKQ1

D2D3

tCKQ2

tCCKH

A0A1A3

tAS tAH

CLK

RESET_B

DO Dn

tCYC

tCKH tCKL

tRSTBQ

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-71

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-31 • RAM4K9

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tAS Address setup time 0.25 0.28 0.33 ns

tAH Address hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tENS REN_B, WEN_B setup time 0.14 0.16 0.19 ns

tENH REN_B, WEN_B hold time 0.10 0.11 0.13 ns

tBKS BLK_B setup time 0.23 0.27 0.31 ns

tBKH BLK_B hold time 0.02 0.02 0.02 ns

tDS Input data (DI) setup time 0.18 0.21 0.25 ns

tDH Input data (DI) hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tCKQ1 Clock HIGH to new data valid on DO (output retained, WMODE = 0) 1.79 2.03 2.39 ns

Clock HIGH to new data valid on DO (flow-through, WMODE = 1) 2.36 2.68 3.15 ns

tCKQ2 Clock HIGH to new data valid on DO (pipelined) 0.89 1.02 1.20 ns

tC2CWWH Address collision clk-to-clk delay for reliable write after write on same

address—Applicable to Rising Edge

0.30 0.26 0.23 ns

tC2CRWH Address collision clk-to-clk delay for reliable read access after write on

same address—Applicable to Opening Edge

0.45 0.38 0.34 ns

tC2CWRH Address collision clk-to-clk delay for reliable write access after read on

same address— Applicable to Opening Edge

0.49 0.42 0.37 ns

tRSTBQ RESET_B LOW to data out LOW on DO (flow-through) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

RESET_B LOW to Data Out LOW on DO (pipelined) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

tREMRSTB RESET_B removal 0.29 0.33 0.38 ns

tRECRSTB RESET_B recovery 1.50 1.71 2.01 ns

tMPWRSTB RESET_B minimum pulse width 0.21 0.24 0.29 ns

tCYC Clock cycle time 3.23 3.68 4.32 ns

FMAX Maximum frequency 310 272 231 MHz

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-72 v2.0

Table 2-32 • RAM512X18

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tAS Address setup time 0.25 0.28 0.33 ns

tAH Address hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tENS REN_B, WEN_B setup time 0.09 0.10 0.12 ns

tENH REN_B, WEN_B hold time 0.06 0.07 0.08 ns

tDS Input data (DI) setup time 0.18 0.21 0.25 ns

tDH Input data (DI) hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tCKQ1 Clock HIGH to new data valid on DO (output retained, WMODE = 0) 2.16 2.46 2.89 ns

tCKQ2 Clock HIGH to new data valid on DO (pipelined) 0.90 1.02 1.20 ns

tC2CRWH Address collision clk-to-clk delay for reliable read access after write on

same address—Applicable to Opening Edge

0.50 0.43 0.38 ns

tC2CWRH Address collision clk-to-clk delay for reliable write access after read on

same address— Applicable to Opening Edge

0.59 0.50 0.44 ns

tRSTBQ RESET_B LOW to data out LOW on DO (flow-through) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

RESET_B LOW to data out LOW on DO (pipelined) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

tREMRSTB RESET_B removal 0.29 0.33 0.38 ns

tRECRSTB RESET_B recovery 1.50 1.71 2.01 ns

tMPWRSTB RESET_B minimum pulse width 0.21 0.24 0.29 ns

tCYC Clock cycle time 3.23 3.68 4.32 ns

FMAX Maximum frequency 310 272 231 MHz

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-73

FIFO4K18 Description

Figure 2-59 • FIFO4KX18

FIFO4K18

RW2 RD17

RW1 RD16

RW0

WW2

WW1

WW0 RD0

ESTOP

FSTOP FULL

AFULL

EMPTY

AFVAL11

AEMPTY

AFVAL10

AFVAL0

AEVAL11

AEVAL10

AEVAL0

REN

RBLK

RCLK

WEN

WBLK

WCLK

RPIPE

WD17

WD16

WD0

RESET

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-74 v2.0

The following signals are used to configure the FIFO4K18 memory element:

WW and RW

These signals enable the FIFO to be configured in one of the five allowable aspect ratios

(Table 2-33).

WBLK and RBLK

These signals are active low and will enable the respective ports when LOW. When the RBLK signal

is HIGH, the corresponding port’s outputs hold the previous value.

WEN and REN

Read and write enables. WEN is active low and REN is active high by default. These signals can be

configured as active high or low.

WCLK and RCLK

These are the clock signals for the synchronous read and write operations. These can be driven

independently or with the same driver.

RPIPE

This signal is used to specify pipelined read on the output. A LOW on RPIPE indicates a

nonpipelined read, and the data appears on the output in the same clock cycle. A HIGH indicates a

pipelined read, and data appears on the output in the next clock cycle.

RESET

This active low signal resets the output to zero when asserted. It resets the FIFO counters. It also

sets all the RD pins LOW, the FULL and AFULL pins LOW, and the EMPTY and AEMPTY pins HIGH

(Table 2-34).

This is the input data bus and is 18 bits wide. Not all 18 bits are valid in all configurations. When a

data width less than 18 is specified, unused higher-order signals must be grounded (Table 2-34).

This is the output data bus and is 18 bits wide. Not all 18 bits are valid in all configurations. Like the

WD bus, high-order bits become unusable if the data width is less than 18. The output data on

unused pins is undefined (Table 2-34).

Table 2-33 • Aspect Ratio Settings for WW[2:0]

WW2, WW1, WW0 RW2, RW1, RW0 D×W

000 000 4k×1

001 001 2k×2

010 010 1k×4

011 011 512×9

100 100 256×18

101, 110, 111 101, 110, 111 Reserved

Table 2-34 • Input Data Signal Usage for Different Aspect Ratios

D×W WD/RD Unused

4k×1 WD[17:1], RD[17:1]

2k×2 WD[17:2], RD[17:2]

1k×4 WD[17:4], RD[17:4]

512×9 WD[17:9], RD[17:9]

256×18 –

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-75

ESTOP, FSTOP

ESTOP is used to stop the FIFO read counter from further counting once the FIFO is empty (i.e., the

EMPTY flag goes HIGH). A HIGH on this signal inhibits the counting.

FSTOP is used to stop the FIFO write counter from further counting once the FIFO is full (i.e., the

FULL flag goes HIGH). A HIGH on this signal inhibits the counting.

For more information on these signals, refer to the "ESTOP and FSTOP Usage" section on

page 2-76.

FULL, EMPTY

When the FIFO is full and no more data can be written, the FULL flag asserts HIGH. The FULL flag is

synchronous to WCLK to inhibit writing immediately upon detection of a full condition and to

prevent overflows. Since the write address is compared to a resynchronized (and thus time-

delayed) version of the read address, the FULL flag will remain asserted until two WCLK active

edges after a read operation eliminates the full condition.

When the FIFO is empty and no more data can be read, the EMPTY flag asserts HIGH. The EMPTY

flag is synchronous to RCLK to inhibit reading immediately upon detection of an empty condition

and to prevent underflows. Since the read address is compared to a resynchronized (and thus time-

delayed) version of the write address, the EMPTY flag will remain asserted until two RCLK active

edges after a write operation removes the empty condition.

For more information on these signals, refer to the "FIFO Flag Usage Considerations" section on

page 2-76.

AFULL, AEMPTY

These are programmable flags and will be asserted on the threshold specified by AFVAL and

AEVAL, respectively.

When the number of words stored in the FIFO reaches the amount specified by AEVAL while

reading, the AEMPTY output will go HIGH. Likewise, when the number of words stored in the FIFO

reaches the amount specified by AFVAL while writing, the AFULL output will go HIGH.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-76 v2.0

AFVAL, AEVAL

The AEVAL and AFVAL pins are used to specify the almost-empty and almost-full threshold

values, respectively. They are 12-bit signals. For more information on these signals, refer to

"FIFO Flag Usage Considerations" section.

ESTOP and FSTOP Usage

The ESTOP pin is used to stop the read counter from counting any further once the FIFO is empty

(i.e., the EMPTY flag goes HIGH). Likewise, the FSTOP pin is used to stop the write counter from

counting any further once the FIFO is full (i.e., the FULL flag goes HIGH).

The FIFO counters in the Fusion device start the count at 0, reach the maximum depth for the

configuration (e.g., 511 for a 512×9 configuration), and then restart at 0. An example application

for the ESTOP, where the read counter keeps counting, would be writing to the FIFO once and

reading the same content over and over without doing another write.

FIFO Flag Usage Considerations

The AEVAL and AFVAL pins are used to specify the 12-bit AEMPTY and AFULL threshold values,

respectively. The FIFO contains separate 12-bit write address (WADDR) and read address (RADDR)

counters. WADDR is incremented every time a write operation is performed, and RADDR is

incremented every time a read operation is performed. Whenever the difference between WADDR

and RADDR is greater than or equal to AFVAL, the AFULL output is asserted. Likewise, whenever

the difference between WADDR and RADDR is less than or equal to AEVAL, the AEMPTY output is

asserted. To handle different read and write aspect ratios, AFVAL and AEVAL are expressed in

terms of total data bits instead of total data words. When users specify AFVAL and AEVAL in terms

of read or write words, the SmartGen tool translates them into bit addresses and configures these

signals automatically. SmartGen configures the AFULL flag to assert when the write address

exceeds the read address by at least a predefined value. In a 2k×8 FIFO, for example, a value of

1,500 for AFVAL means that the AFULL flag will be asserted after a write when the difference

between the write address and the read address reaches 1,500 (there have been at least 1500 more

writes than reads). It will stay asserted until the difference between the write and read addresses

drops below 1,500.

The AEMPTY flag is asserted when the difference between the write address and the read address

is less than a predefined value. In the example above, a value of 200 for AEVAL means that the

AEMPTY flag will be asserted when a read causes the difference between the write address and the

read address to drop to 200. It will stay asserted until that difference rises above 200. Note that the

FIFO can be configured with different read and write widths; in this case, the AFVAL setting is

based on the number of write data entries and the AEVAL setting is based on the number of read

data entries. For aspect ratios of 512×9 and 256×18, only 4,096 bits can be addressed by the 12 bits

of AFVAL and AEVAL. The number of words must be multiplied by 8 and 16, instead of 9 and 18.

The SmartGen tool automatically uses the proper values. To avoid halfwords being written or read,

which could happen if different read and write aspect ratios are specified, the FIFO will assert FULL

or EMPTY as soon as at least a minimum of one word cannot be written or read. For example, if a

two-bit word is written and a four-bit word is being read, the FIFO will remain in the empty state

when the first word is written. This occurs even if the FIFO is not completely empty, because in this

case, a complete word cannot be read. The same is applicable in the full state. If a four-bit word is

written and a two-bit word is read, the FIFO is full and one word is read. The FULL flag will remain

asserted because a complete word cannot be written at this point.

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-77

FIFO Characteristics

Timing Waveforms

Figure 2-60 • FIFO Reset

Figure 2-61 • FIFO EMPTY Flag and AEMPTY Flag Assertion

MATCH (A

)

MPWRSTB

RSTFG

RSTCK

RSTAF

RCLK/

WCLK

RESET_B

AEF

WA/RA

(Address Counter)

RSTFG

RSTAF

AFF

RCLK

NO MATCH NO MATCH Dist = AEF_TH MATCH (EMPTY)

CKAF

RCKEF

AEF

CYC

WA/RA

(Address Counter)

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-78 v2.0

Figure 2-62 • FIFO FULL and AFULL Flag Assertion

Figure 2-63 • FIFO EMPTY Flag and AEMPTY Flag Deassertion

Figure 2-64 • FIFO FULL Flag and AFULL Flag Deassertion

NO MATCH NO MATCH Dist = AFF_TH MATCH (FULL)

tCKAF

tWCKFF

tCYC

WCLK

AFF

WA/RA

(Address Counter)

WCLK

WA/RA

(Address Counter) MATCH

(EMPTY) NO MATCH NO MATCH NO MATCH Dist = AEF_TH + 1

NO MATCH

RCLK

1st rising

edge

after 1st

write

2nd rising

edge

after 1st

write

tRCKEF

tCKAF

AEF

RCLK

WA/RA

(Address Counter) MATCH (FULL) NO MATCH NO MATCH NO MATCH Dist = AFF_TH - 1NO MATCH

WCLK

1st Rising

Edge

After 1st

Read

1st Rising

Edge

After 2nd

Read

tWCKF

tCKAF

AFF

Embedded Memories

v2.0 2-79

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-35 • FIFO

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tENS REN_B, WEN_B Setup time 1.34 1.52 1.79 ns

tENH REN_B, WEN_B Hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tBKS BLK_B Setup time 0.19 0.22 0.26 ns

tBKH BLK_B Hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDS Input data (DI) Setup time 0.18 0.21 0.25 ns

tDH Input data (DI) Hold time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tCKQ1 Clock High to New Data Valid on DO (flow-through) 2.17 2.47 2.90 ns

tCKQ2 Clock High to New Data Valid on DO (pipelined) 0.94 1.07 1.26 ns

tRCKEF RCLK High to Empty Flag Valid 1.72 1.96 2.30 ns

tWCKFF WCLK High to Full Flag Valid 1.63 1.86 2.18 ns

tCKAF Clock High to Almost Empty/Full Flag Valid 6.19 7.05 8.29 ns

tRSTFG RESET_B Low to Empty/Full Flag Valid 1.69 1.93 2.27 ns

tRSTAF RESET_B Low to Almost-Empty/Full Flag Valid 6.13 6.98 8.20 ns

tRSTBQ RESET_B Low to Data out Low on DO (flow-through) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

RESET_B Low to Data out Low on DO (pipelined) 0.92 1.05 1.23 ns

tREMRSTB RESET_B Removal 0.29 0.33 0.38 ns

tRECRSTB RESET_B Recovery 1.50 1.71 2.01 ns

tMPWRSTB RESET_B Minimum Pulse Width 0.21 0.24 0.29 ns

tCYC Clock Cycle time 3.23 3.68 4.32 ns

FMAX Maximum Frequency for FIFO 310 272 231 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-80 v2.0

Analog Block

With the Fusion family, Actel has introduced the world's first mixed-mode FPGA solution.

Supporting a robust analog peripheral mix, Fusion devices will support a wide variety of

applications. It is this Analog Block that separates Fusion from all other FPGA solutions on the

market today.

By combining both flash and high-speed CMOS processes in a single chip, these devices offer the

best of both worlds. The high-performance CMOS is used for building RAM resources. These high-

performance structures support device operation up to 350 MHz. Additionally, the advanced Actel

0.13 µm flash process incorporates high-voltage transistors and a high-isolation, triple-well process.

Both of these are suited for the flash-based programmable logic and nonvolatile memory

structures.

High-voltage transistors support the integration of analog technology in several ways. They aid in

noise immunity so that the analog portions of the chip can be better isolated from the digital

portions, increasing analog accuracy. Because they support high voltages, Actel flash FPGAs can be

connected directly to high-voltage input signals, eliminating the need for external resistor divider

networks, reducing component count, and increasing accuracy. By supporting higher internal

voltages, the Actel advanced flash process enables high dynamic range on analog circuitry,

increasing precision and signal–noise ratio. Actel flash FPGAs also drive high-voltage outputs,

eliminating the need for external level shifters and drivers.

The unique triple-well process enables the integration of high-performance analog features with

increased noise immunity and better isolation. By increasing the efficiency of analog design, the

triple-well process also enables a smaller overall design size, reducing die size and cost.

The Analog Block consists of the Analog Quad I/O structure, RTC (for details refer to the "Real-Time

Counter System" section on page 2-34), ADC, and ACM. All of these elements are combined in the

single Analog Block macro, with which the user implements this functionality (Figure 2-65).

The Analog Block needs to be reset/reinitialized after the core powers up or the device is

programmed. An external reset/initialize signal, which can come from the internal voltage

regulator when it powers up, must be applied.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-81

Figure 2-65 • Analog Block Macro

VAREF

GNDREF

AV0

AC0

AT0

AV9

AC9

AT9

ATRETURN01

ATRETURN9

DENAV0

DENAC0

DAVOUT0

DACOUT0

DATOUT0

DACOUT9

DAVOUT9

DATOUT9

AG1

AG0

AG9

DENAT0

DENAV0

DENAC0

DENAT0

CMSTB0

CSMTB9

GDON0

GDON9

TMSTB0

TMSTB9

MODE[3:0]

TVC[7:0]

STC[7:0]

CHNUMBER[4:0]

TMSTINT

ADCSTART

VAREFSEL

PWRDWN

ADCRESET

BUSY

CALIBRATE

DATAVALID

SAMPLE

RESULT[11:0]

RTCMATCH

RTCXTLMODE

RTCXTLSEL

RTCPSMMATCH

RTCCLK

SYSCLK

ACMWEN ACMRDATA[7:0]

ACMRESET

ACMWDATA

ACMADDR

ACMCLK

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-82 v2.0

Table 2-36 describes each pin in the Analog Block. Each function within the Analog Block will be

explained in detail in the following sections.

Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin Description

Signal Name

Number

of Bits Direction Function

Location of

Details

VAREF 1 Input/Output Voltage reference for ADC ADC

GNDREF 1 Input External ground reference ADC

MODE[3:0] 4 Input ADC operating mode ADC

SYSCLK 1 Input External system clock

TVC[7:0] 8 Input Clock divide control ADC

STC[7:0] 8 Input Sample time control ADC

ADCSTART 1 Input Start of conversion ADC

PWRDWN 1 Input ADC comparator power-down if 1.

When asserted, the ADC will stop

functioning, and the digital portion

of the analog block will continue

operating. This may result in invalid

status flags from the analog block.

Therefore, Actel does not

recommend asserting the PWRDWN

pin.

ADC

ADCRESET 1 Input ADC resets and disables Analog

Quad – active high

ADC

BUSY 1 Output 1 – Running conversion ADC

CALIBRATE 1 Output 1 – Power-up calibration ADC

DATAVALID 1 Output 1 – Valid conversion result ADC

RESULT[11:0] 12 Output Conversion result ADC

TMSTBINT 1 Input Internal temp. monitor strobe ADC

SAMPLE 1 Output 1 – An analog signal is actively being

sampled (stays high during signal

acquisition only)

0 – No analog signal is being

sampled

ADC

VAREFSEL 1 Input 0 = Output internal voltage

reference (2.56 V) to VAREF

1 = Input external voltage reference

from VAREF and GNDREF

ADC

CHNUMBER[4:0] 5 Input Analog input channel select Input

multiplexer

ACMCLK 1 Input ACM clock ACM

ACMWEN 1 Input ACM write enable – active high ACM

ACMRESET 1 Input ACM reset – active low ACM

ACMWDATA[7:0] 8 Input ACM write data ACM

ACMRDATA[7:0] 8 Output ACM read data ACM

ACMADDR[7:0] 8 Input ACM address ACM

Analog Block

v2.0 2-83

CMSTB0 to CMSTB9 10 Input Current monitor strobe – 1 per quad,

active high

Analog Quad

GDON0 to GDON9 10 Input Control to power MOS – 1 per quad Analog Quad

TMSTB0 to TMSTB9 10 Input Temperature monitor strobe – 1 per

quad; active high

Analog Quad

DAVOUT0, DACOUT0, DATOUT0

DAVOUT9, DACOUT9, DATOUT9

30 Output Digital outputs – 3 per quad Analog Quad

DENAV0, DENAC0, DENAT0 to

DENAV9, DENAC9, DENAT9

30 Input Digital input enables – 3 per quad Analog Quad

AV0 1 Input Analog Quad 0 Analog Quad

AC0 1 Input Analog Quad

AG0 1 Output Analog Quad

AT0 1 Input Analog Quad

ATRETURN01 1 Input Temperature monitor return shared

by Analog Quads 0 and 1

Analog Quad

AV1 1 Input Analog Quad 1 Analog Quad

AC1 1 Input Analog Quad

AG1 1 Output Analog Quad

AT1 1 Input Analog Quad

AV2 1 Input Analog Quad 2 Analog Quad

AC2 1 Input Analog Quad

AG2 1 Output Analog Quad

AT2 1 Input Analog Quad

ATRETURN23 1 Input Temperature monitor return shared

by Analog Quads 2 and 3

Analog Quad

AV3 1 Input Analog Quad 3 Analog Quad

AC3 1 Input Analog Quad

AG3 1 Output Analog Quad

AT3 1 Input Analog Quad

AV4 1 Input Analog Quad 4 Analog Quad

AC4 1 Input Analog Quad

AG4 1 Output Analog Quad

AT4 1 Input Analog Quad

ATRETURN45 1 Input Temperature monitor return shared

by Analog Quads 4 and 5

Analog Quad

AV5 1 Input Analog Quad 5 Analog Quad

AC5 1 Input Analog Quad

AG5 1 Output Analog Quad

AT5 1 Input Analog Quad

Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin Description (continued)

Signal Name

Number

of Bits Direction Function

Location of

Details

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-84 v2.0

Analog Quad

With the Fusion family, Actel introduces the Analog Quad, shown in Figure 2-66 on page 2-85, as

the basic analog I/O structure. The Analog Quad is a four-channel system used to precondition a set

of analog signals before sending it to the ADC for conversion into a digital signal. To maximize the

usefulness of the Analog Quad, the analog input signals can also be configured as LVTTL digital

input signals. The Analog Quad is divided into four sections.

The first section is called the Voltage Monitor Block, and its input pin is named AV. It contains a

two-channel analog multiplexer that allows an incoming analog signal to be routed directly to the

ADC or allows the signal to be routed to a prescaler circuit before being sent to the ADC. The

prescaler can be configured to accept analog signals between –12 V and 0 or between 0 and +12 V.

The prescaler circuit scales the voltage applied to the ADC input pad such that it is compatible with

the ADC input voltage range. The AV pin can also be used as a digital input pin.

The second section of the Analog Quad is called the Current Monitor Block. Its input pin is named

AC. The Current Monitor Block contains all the same functions as the Voltage Monitor Block with

one addition, which is a current monitoring function. A small external current sensing resistor

(typically less than 1 Ω) is connected between the AV and AC pins and is in series with a power

AV6 1 Input Analog Quad 6 Analog Quad

AC6 1 Input Analog Quad

AG6 1 Output Analog Quad

AT6 1 Input Analog Quad

ATRETURN67 1 Input Temperature monitor return shared

by Analog Quads 6 and 7

Analog Quad

AV7 1 Input Analog Quad 7 Analog Quad

AC7 1 Input Analog Quad

AG7 1 Output Analog Quad

AT7 1 Input Analog Quad

AV8 1 Input Analog Quad 8 Analog Quad

AC8 1 Input Analog Quad

AG8 1 Output Analog Quad

AT8 1 Input Analog Quad

ATRETURN89 1 Input Temperature monitor return shared

by Analog Quads 8 and 9

Analog Quad

AV9 1 Input Analog Quad 9 Analog Quad

AC9 1 Input Analog Quad

AG9 1 Output Analog Quad

AT9 1 Input Analog Quad

RTCMATCH 1 Output MATCH RTC

RTCPSMMATCH 1 Output MATCH connected to VRPSM RTC

RTCXTLMODE[1:0] 2 Output Drives XTLOSC RTCMODE[1:0] pins RTC

RTCXTLSEL 1 Output Drives XTLOSC MODESEL pin RTC

RTCCLK 1 Input RTC clock input RTC

Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin Description (continued)

Signal Name

Number

of Bits Direction Function

Location of

Details

Analog Block

v2.0 2-85

source. The Current Monitor Block contains a current monitor circuit that converts the current

through the external resistor to a voltage that can then be read using the ADC.

The third part of the Analog Quad is called the Gate Driver Block, and its output pin is named AG.

This section is used to drive an external FET. There are two modes available: a High Current Drive

mode and a Current Source Control mode. Both negative and positive voltage polarities are

available, and in the current source control mode, four different current levels are available.

The fourth section of the Analog Quad is called the Temperature Monitor Block, and its input pin

name is AT. This block is similar to the Voltage Monitor Block, except that it has an additional

function: it can be used to monitor the temperature of an external diode-connected transistor. It

has a modified prescaler and is limited to positive voltages only.

The Analog Quad can be configured during design time by Actel Libero IDE; however, the ACM can

be used to change the parameters of any of these I/Os during runtime. This type of change is

referred to as a context switch. The Analog Quad is a modular structure that is replicated to

generate the analog I/O resources. Each Fusion device supports between 5 and 10 Analog Quads.

The analog pads are numbered to clearly identify both the type of pad (voltage, current, gate

driver, or temperature pad) and its corresponding Analog Quad (AV0, AC0, AG0, AT0, AV1, …, AC9,

AG9, and AT9). There are three types of input pads (AVx, ACx, and ATx) and one type of analog

output pad (AGx). Since there can be up to 10 Analog Quads on a device, there can be a maximum

of 30 analog input pads and 10 analog output pads.

Figure 2-66 • Analog Quad

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Prescaler Prescaler Prescaler

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor/Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-86 v2.0

Voltage Monitor

The Fusion Analog Quad offers a robust set of voltage-monitoring capabilities unique in the FPGA

industry. The Analog Quad comprises three analog input pads— Analog Voltage (AV), Analog

Current (AC), and Analog Temperature (AT)—and a single gate driver output pad, Analog Gate

(AG). There are many common characteristics among the analog input pads. Each analog input can

be configured to connect directly to the input MUX of the ADC. When configured in this manner

(Figure 2-67), there will be no prescaling of the input signal. Care must be taken in this mode not

to drive the ADC into saturation by applying an input voltage greater than the reference voltage.

The internal reference voltage of the ADC is 2.56 V. Optionally, an external reference can be

supplied by the user. The external reference can be a maximum of 3.3 V DC.

Figure 2-67 • Analog Quad Direct Connect

Prescaler Prescaler Prescaler

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Analog Block

v2.0 2-87

The Analog Quad offers a wide variety of prescaling options to enable the ADC to resolve the input

signals. Figure 2-68 shows the path through the Analog Quad for a signal that is to be prescaled

prior to conversion. The ADC internal reference voltage and the prescaler factors were selected to

make both prescaling and postscaling of the signals easy binary calculations (refer to Table 2-54 on

page 2-131 for details). When an analog input pad is configured with a prescaler, there will be a

1MΩ resistor to ground. This occurs even when the device is in power-down mode. In low power

standby or sleep mode (VCC is OFF, VCC33A is ON, VCCI is ON) or when the resource is not used,

analog inputs are pulled down to ground through a 1 MΩ resistor. The gate driver output is

floating (or tristated), and there is no extra current on VCC33A.

These scaling factors hold true whether the particular pad is configured to accept a positive or

negative voltage. Note that whereas the AV and AC pads support the same prescaling factors, the

AT pad supports a reduced set of prescaling factors and supports positive voltages only.

Typical scaling factors are given in Table 2-54 on page 2-131, and the gain error (which contributes

to the minimum and maximum) is in Table 2-46 on page 2-118.

Figure 2-68 • Analog Quad Prescaler Input Configuration

Prescaler Prescaler Prescaler

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analo

MUX To Analo

MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-88 v2.0

Terminology

BW – Bandwidth

BW is a range of frequencies that a Channel can handle.

Channel

A channel is define as an analog input configured as one of the Prescaler range shown in

Table 2-54 on page 2-131. The channel includes the Prescaler circuit and the ADC.

Channel Gain

Channel Gain is a measured of the deviation of the actual slope from the ideal slope. The slope is

measured from the 20% and 80% point.

EQ 2-1

Channel Gain Error

Channel Gain Error is a deviation from the ideal slope of the transfer function. The Prescaler Gain

Error is expressed as the percent difference between the actual and ideal, as shown in EQ 2-2.

EQ 2-2

Channel Input Offset Error

Channel Offset error is measured as the input voltage that causes the transition from zero to a

count of one. An Ideal Prescaler will have offset equal to ½ of LSB voltage. Offset error is a positive

or negative when the first transition point is higher or lower than ideal. Offset error is expressed in

LSB or input voltage.

Total Channel Error

Total Channel Error is defined as the total error measured compared to the ideal value. Total

Channel Error is the sum of gain error and offset error combined. Figure 2-69 shows how Total

Channel Error is measured.

Total Channel Error is defined as the difference between the actual ADC output and ideal ADC

output. In the example shown in Figure 2-69, the Total Channel Error would be a negative number.

Figure 2-69 • Total Channel Error Example

Gain Gainactual

Gainideal

------------------------=

ErrorGain (1-Gain) 100%×=

ADC Output Code

Ideal Output

Input Voltage to Prescaler

Total Channel Error

Channel Gain

Actual Output

Channel Input

Offset Error

}

Analog Block

v2.0 2-89

Direct Digital Input

The AV, AC, and AT pads can also be configured as high-voltage digital inputs (Figure 2-70). As

these pads are 12 V–tolerant, the digital input can also be up to 12 V. However, the frequency at

which these pads can operate is limited to 10 MHz.

To enable one of these analog input pads to operate as a digital input, its corresponding Digital

Input Enable (DENAxy) pin on the Analog Block must be pulled HIGH, where x is either V, C, or T

(for AV, AC, or AT pads, respectively) and y is in the range 0 to 9, corresponding to the appropriate

Analog Quad.

When the pad is configured as a digital input, the signal will come out of the Analog Block macro

on the appropriate DAxOUTy pin, where x represents the pad type (V for AV pad, C for AC pad, or

T for AT pad) and y represents the appropriate Analog Quad number. Example: If the AT pad in

Analog Quad 5 is configured as a digital input, it will come out on the DATOUT5 pin of the Analog

Block macro.

Figure 2-70 • Analog Quad Direct Digital Input Configuration

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

PrescalerPrescalerPrescaler

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-90 v2.0

Current Monitor

The Fusion Analog Quad is an excellent element for voltage- and current-monitoring applications.

In addition to supporting the same functionality offered by the AV pad, the AC pad can be

configured to monitor current across an external sense resistor (Figure 2-71). To support this

current monitor function, a differential amplifier with 10x gain passes the amplified voltage drop

between the AV and AC pads to the ADC. The amplifier enables the user to use very small resistor

values, thereby limiting any impact on the circuit. This function of the AC pad does not limit AV

pad operation. The AV pad can still be configured for use as a direct voltage input or scaled

through the AV prescaler independently of it’s use as an input to the AC pad’s differential

amplifier.

Figure 2-71 • Analog Quad Current Monitor Configuration

PrescalerPrescalerPrescaler

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Power

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Analog Block

v2.0 2-91

To initiate a current measurement, the appropriate Current Monitor Strobe (CMSTB) signal on the

AB macro must be asserted low for at least tCMSLO in order to discharge the previous measurement.

Then CMSTB must be asserted high for at least tCMSET prior to asserting the ADCSTART signal. The

CMSTB must remain high until after the SAMPLE signal is de-asserted by the AB macro. Note that

the minimum sample time cannot be less than tCMSHI. Figure 2-72 shows the timing diagram of

CMSTB in relationship with the ADC control signals.

Figure 2-73 illustrates positive current monitor operation. The differential voltage between AV and

AC goes into the 10× amplifier and is then converted by the ADC. For example, a current of 1.5 A is

drawn from a 10 V supply and is measured by the voltage drop across a 0.050 Ω sense resistor, The

voltage drop is amplified by ten times by the amplifier and then measured by the ADC. The 1.5 A

current creates a differential voltage across the sense resistor of 75 mV. This becomes 750 mV after

amplification. Thus, the ADC measures a current of 1.5 A as 750 mV. Using an ADC with 8-bit

resolution and VAREF of 2.56 V, the ADC result is decimal 75. EQ 2-3 shows how to compute the

current from the ADC result.

EQ 2-3

where

I is the current flowing through the sense resistor

ADC is the result from the ADC

VAREF is the Reference voltage

N is the number of bits

Rsense is the resistance of the sense resistor

Figure 2-72 • Timing Diagram for Current Monitor Strobe

VADC

tCMSET

CMSTBx

ADCSTART can be asserted

after this point to start ADC

sampling.

CMSHI

ADCSTART

tCMSLO

IADC VAREF

×()10 2N

×Rsense

×()⁄=

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-92 v2.0

Care must be taken when choosing the right resistor for current measurement application. Note

that because of the 10× amplification, the maximum measurable difference between the AV and

AC pads is VAREF / 10. A larger AV-to-AC voltage drop will result in ADC saturation; that is, the

digital code put out by the ADC will stay fixed at the full scale value. Therefore, the user must

select the external sense resistor appropriately. Table 2-38 shows recommended resistor values for

different current measurement ranges. When choosing resistor values for a system, there is a trade-

off between measurement accuracy and power consumption. Choosing a large resistor will

increase the voltage drop and hence increase accuracy of the measurement; however the larger

voltage drop dissipates more power (P = I2 × R).

The Current Monitor is a unipolar system, meaning that the differential voltage swing must be

from 0 V to VAREF/10. Therefore, the Current Monitor only supports differential voltage where

|VAV-VAC| is greater than 0 V. This results in the requirement that the potential of the AV pad must

be larger than the potential of the AC pad. This is straightforward for positive voltage systems. For

a negative voltage system, it means that the AV pad must be "more negative" than the AC pad.

This is shown in Figure 2-74.

In this case, both the AV pad and the AC pad are configured for negative operations and the

output of the differential amplifier still falls between 0 V and VAREF as required.

Figure 2-73 • Positive Current Monitor

0-12 V RSENSE I

ACx

AVx

CMSTBx

10 X

Current Monitor

VADC to Analog MUX

(refer Table 2-36

for MUX channel

number)

Analog Block

v2.0 2-93

Terminology

Accuracy

The accuracy of Fusion Current Monitor is ±2 mV minimum plus 5% of the differential voltage at

the input. The input accuracy can be translated to error at the ADC output by using EQ 2-4. The

10 V/V gain is the gain of the Current Monitor Circuit, as described in the "Current Monitor"

section on page 2-90. For 8-bit mode, N = 8, VAREF= 2.56 V, zero differential voltage between AV

and AC, the Error (EADC) is equal to 2 LSBs.

EQ 2-4

where

N is the number of bits

VAREF is the Reference voltage

VAV is the voltage at AV pad

VAC is the voltage at AC pad

Table 2-37 • Recommended Resistor for Different Current Range Measurement

Current Range Recommended Minimum Resistor Value (Ohms)

> 5 mA – 10 mA 10 – 20

> 10 mA – 20 mA 5 – 10

> 20 mA – 50 mA 2.5 – 5

> 50 mA – 100 mA 1 – 2

> 100 mA – 200 mA 0.5 – 1

> 200 mA – 500 mA 0.3 – 0.5

> 500 mA – 1 A 0.1 – 0.2

> 1 A – 2 A 0.05 – 0.1

> 2 A – 4 A 0.025 – 0.05

> 4 A – 8 A 0.0125 – 0.025

> 8 A – 12 A 0.00625 – 0.02

Figure 2-74 • Negative Current Monitor

RSENSE

0 to

–10.5 V

AVx ACx

CMSTBx

10 X VADC

Current Monitor

to Analog MUX

(refer Table 2-36

for MUX channel

number)

EADC 2mV 0.05 VAV VAC

–+()10V()V⁄× 2N

VAREF

---------------

×=

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-94 v2.0

Gate Driver

The Fusion Analog Quad includes a Gate Driver connected to the Quad's AG pin (Figure 2-75).

Designed to work with external p- or n-channel MOSFETs, the Gate driver is a configurable current

sink or source and requires an external pull-up or pull-down resistor. The AG supports 4 selectable

gate drive levels: 1 µA, 3 µA, 10 µA, and 30 µA (Figure 2-76 on page 2-95). The AG also supports a

High Current Drive mode in which it can sink 20 mA; in this mode the switching rate is

approximately 1.3 MHz with 100 ns turn-on time and 600 ns turn-off time. Modeled on an open-

drain-style output, it does not output a voltage level without an appropriate pull-up or pull-down

resistor. If 1 V is forced on the drain, the current sinking/sourcing will exceed the ability of the

transistor, and the device could be damaged.

The AG pad is turned on via the corresponding GDONx pin in the Analog Block macro, where x is

the number of the corresponding Analog Quad for the AG pad to be enabled (GDON0 to GDON9).

The gate-to-source voltage (Vgs) of the external MOSFET is limited to the programmable drive

current times the external pull-up or pull-down resistor value (EQ 2-5).

Vgs ≤ Ig × (Rpullup or Rpulldown)

EQ 2-5

The rate at which the gate voltage of the external MOSFET slews is determined by the current, Ig,

sourced or sunk by the AG pin and the gate-to-source capacitance, CGS, of the external MOSFET. As

an approximation, the slew rate is given by EQ 2-6.

dv/dt = Ig / CGS

EQ 2-6

Figure 2-75 • Gate Driver

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Power Line Side Load Side

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip Rpullup

From FPGA

(GDONx)

PrescalerPrescalerPrescaler

Analog Block

v2.0 2-95

CGS is not a fixed capacitance but, depending on the circuitry connected to its drain terminal, can

vary significantly during the course of a turn-on or turn-off transient. Thus, EQ 2-6 on page 2-94

can only be used for a first-order estimate of the switching speed of the external MOSFET.

Figure 2-76 • Gate Driver Example

High

Current

High

Current

1 µA 3 µA 10 µA 30 µA

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-96 v2.0

Temperature Monitor

The final pin in the Analog Quad is the Analog Temperature (AT) pin. The AT pin is used to

implement an accurate temperature monitor in conjunction with an external diode-connected

bipolar transistor (Figure 2-77). For improved temperature measurement accuracy, it is important

to use the ATRTN pin for the return path of the current sourced by the AT pin. Each ATRTN pin is

shared between two adjacent Analog Quads. Additionally, if not used for temperature monitoring,

the AT pin can provide functionality similar to that of the AV pad. However, in this mode only

positive voltages can be applied to the AT pin, and only two prescaler factors are available (16 V

and 4 V ranges—refer to Table 2-54 on page 2-131).

Figure 2-77 • Temperature Monitor Quad

Analog Quad

AV AC AT

Voltage

Monitor Block

Current

Monitor Block

Digital

Input

Power

MOSFET

Gate Driver

Current

Monitor / Instr

Amplifier

Temperature

Monitor

Digital

Input

Digital

Input

Pads

To Analog MUX To Analog MUX To Analog MUX

To FPGA

(DAVOUTx)

To FPGA

(DACOUTx)

To FPGA

(DATOUTx)

On-Chip

Gate

Driver

Temperature

Monitor Block

Off-Chip

From FPGA

(GDONx)

Prescaler

PrescalerPrescaler

ATRTN

Discrete

Bipolar

Transistor

Analog Block

v2.0 2-97

Fusion uses a remote diode as a temperature sensor. The Fusion Temperature Monitor uses a

differential input; the AT pin and ATRTN (AT Return) pin are the differential inputs to the

Temperature Monitor. There is one Temperature Monitor in each Quad. A simplified block diagram

is shown in Figure 2-78.

The Fusion approach to measuring temperature is forcing two different currents through the diode

with a ratio of 10:1. The switch that controls the different currents is controlled by the

Temperature Monitor Strobe signal, TMSTB. Setting TMSTB to '1' will initiate a Temperature

reading. The TMSTB should remain '1' until the ADC finishes sampling the voltage from the

Temperature Monitor. The minimum sample time for the Temperature Monitor cannot be less than

the minimum strobe high time minus the setup time. Figure 2-79 shows the timing diagram.

The diode’s voltage is measured at each current level and the temperature is calculated based on

EQ 2-7.

EQ 2-7

where

ITMSLO is the current when the Temperature Strobe is Low, typically 100 µA

ITMSHI is the current when the Temperature Strobe is High, typically 10 µA

Figure 2-78 • Block Diagram for Temperature Monitor Circuit

Figure 2-79 • Timing Diagram for the Temperature Monitor Strobe Signal

TMSTBx

VDD33A

ATRTNxy

ATx

12.5 X

∆V

to Analog MUX

(refer Table 2-36

for MUX Channel

Number)

VADC

100

µA

–

VADC

TMSTBx

ADC should start

sampling at this point

ADCSTART

tTMSLO

tTMSHI

tTMSSET

VTMSLO VTMSHI

–nkT

------lnITMSLO

ITMSHI

---------------

⎝⎠

⎛⎞

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-98 v2.0

VTMSLO is diode voltage while Temperature Strobe is Low

VTMSHI is diode voltage while Temperature Strobe is High

n is the non-ideality factor of the diode-connected transistor. It is typically 1.004 for the Actel-

recommended transistor type 2N3904.

K = 1.3806 x 10-23 J/K is the Boltzman constant

Q = 1.602 x 10-19 C is the charge of a proton

When ITMSLO / ITMSHI = 10, the equation can be simplified as shown in EQ 2-8.

EQ 2-8

In the Fusion TMB, the ideality factor n for 2N3904 is 1.004 and ΔV is amplified 12.5 times by an

internal amplifier; hence the voltage before entering the ADC is as given in EQ 2-9.

EQ 2-9

This means the temperature to voltage relationship is 2.5 mV per degree Kelvin. The unique design

of Fusion has made the Temperature Monitor System simple for the user. When the 10-bit mode

ADC is used, each LSB represents 1 degree Kelvin, as shown in EQ 2-10. That is, e. 25°C is equal to

293°K and is represented by decimal 293 counts from the ADC.

EQ 2-10

If 8-bit mode is used for the ADC resolution, each LSB represents 4 degrees Kelvin; however, the

resolution remains as 1 degree Kelvin per LSB, even for 12-bit mode, due to the Temperature

Monitor design. An example of the temperature data format for 10-bit mode is shown in

Table 2-38.

Terminology

Resolution

Resolution defines the smallest temperature change Fusion Temperature Monitor can resolve. For

ADC configured as 8-bit mode, each LSB represents 4°C, and 1°C per LSB for 10-bit mode. With 12-

bit mode, the Temperature Monitor can still only resolve 1°C due to Temperature Monitor design.

Offset

The Fusion Temperature Monitor has a systematic offset of +5°C, excluding error due board

resistance and ideality factor of the external diode, between the operation range of –40°C to

+85°C. For instance, 25°C will be read by the Temperature Monitor as 30°C plus error. The user can

remove any offset error through hardware or software during the calibration routine.

Table 2-38 • Temperature Data Format

Temperature Temperature (K)

Digital Output

(ADC 10-bit mode)

–40°C 233 00 1110 1001

–20°C 253 00 1111 1101

0°C 273 01 0001 0001

1°C 274 01 0001 0010

10 °C 283 01 0001 1011

25°C 298 01 0010 1010

50 °C 323 01 0100 0011

85 °C 358 01 0110 0110

ΔVV

TMSLO VTMSHI

–1.986 10 4–

×nT==

VADC ΔV12.5×2.5 mV KT×()⁄==

1K2.5 mV 210

2.56 V

-----------------

×1 LSB==

Analog Block

v2.0 2-99

Analog-to-Digital Converter Block

At the heart of the Fusion analog system is a programmable Successive Approximation Register

(SAR) ADC. The ADC can support 8-, 10-, or 12-bit modes of operation. In 12-bit mode, the ADC can

resolve 500 ksps. All results are MSB-justified in the ADC. The input to the ADC is a large 32:1

analog input multiplexer. A simplified block diagram of the Analog Quads, analog input

multiplexer, and ADC is shown in Figure 2-80. The ADC offers multiple self-calibrating modes to

ensure consistent high performance both at power-up and during runtime.

Figure 2-80 • ADC Block Diagram

ADC

Analog MUX

(32 to 1)

Temperature

Monitor

Pads

Internal Diode

Digital Output to FPGA

AV0

AC0

AG0

AT0

AV1

AC1

AG1

AT1

AV2

AC2

AG2

AT2

AV3

AC3

AG3

AT3

AV4

AC4

AG4

AT4

AV5

AC5

AG5

AT5

AV6

AC6

AG6

AT6

AV7

AC7

AG7

AT7

AV8

AC8

AG8

AT8

AV9

AC9

AG9

AT9

ATRETURN89

ATRETURN67

ATRETURN45

ATRETURN23

ATRETURN01

Analog

Quad 0

Analog

Quad 4

Analog

Quad 5

Analog

Quad 6

Analog

Quad 7

Analog

Quad 8

Analog

Quad 9

Analog

Quad 3

Analog

Quad 2

Analog

Quad 1

VCC (1.5 V)

These are hardwired

connections within

Analog Quad.

CHNUMBER[4:0]

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-100 v2.0

ADC Input Multiplexer

At the input to the Fusion ADC is a 32:1 multiplexer. Of the 32 input channels, up to 30 are user

definable. Two of these channels are hardwired internally. Channel 31 connects to an internal

temperature diode so the temperature of the Fusion device itself can be monitored. Channel 0 is

wired to the FPGA’s 1.5 V VCC supply, enabling the Fusion device to monitor its own power supply.

Doing this internally makes it unnecessary to use an analog I/O to support these functions. The

balance of the MUX inputs are connected to Analog Quads (see the "Analog Quad" section on

page 2-84). Table 2-39 defines which Analog Quad inputs are associated with which specific analog

MUX channels. The number of Analog Quads present is device-dependent; refer to the family list in

the "Fusion Family" table on page I of this datasheet for the number of quads per device.

Regardless of the number of quads populated in a device, the internal connections to both VCC and

the internal temperature diode remain on Channels 0 and 31, respectively. To sample the internal

temperature monitor, it must be strobed (similar to the AT pads). The TMSTBINT pin on the Analog

Block macro is the control for strobing the internal temperature measurement diode.

To determine which channel is selected for conversion, there is a five-pin interface on the Analog

Block, CHNUMBER[4:0], defined in Table 2-40 on page 2-101. Table 2-39 shows the correlation

between the analog MUX input channels and the analog input pins.

Table 2-39 • Analog MUX Channels

Analog MUX Channel Signal Analog Quad Number

0 Vcc_analog

1 AV0 Analog Quad 0

2AC0

3AT0

4 AV1 Analog Quad 1

5AC1

6AT1

7 AV2 Analog Quad 2

8AC2

9AT2

10 AV3 Analog Quad 3

11 AC3

12 AT3

13 AV4 Analog Quad 4

14 AC4

15 AT4

16 AV5 Analog Quad 5

17 AC5

18 AT5

19 AV6 Analog Quad 6

20 AC6

21 AT6

Analog Block

v2.0 2-101

22 AV7 Analog Quad 7

23 AC7

24 AT7

25 AV8 Analog Quad 8

26 AC8

27 AT8

28 AV9 Analog Quad 9

29 AC9

30 AT9

31 Internal temperature

monitor

Table 2-40 • Channel Selection

Channel Number CHNUMBER[4:0]

000000

100001

200010

300011

30 11110

31 11111

Table 2-39 • Analog MUX Channels (continued)

Analog MUX Channel Signal Analog Quad Number

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-102 v2.0

ADC Description

The Actel Fusion ADC is a 12-bit SAR ADC. It offers a wide variety of features for different use

models. Figure 2-81 shows a block diagram of the Fusion ADC.

• Configurable resolution: 8-bit, 10-bit, and 12-bit mode

• DNL: 0.6 LSB for 10-bit mode

• INL: 0.4 LSB for 10-bit mode

• No missing code

• Internal VAREF = 2.56 V

• Maximum Sample Rate = 600 Ksps

• Power-up calibration and dynamic calibration after every sample to compensate for

temperature drift over time

ADC Configuration Description

The Fusion ADC can be configured to operate in 8-, 10-, or 12-bit modes, power-down after

conversion, and dynamic calibration. This is controlled by MODE[3:0], as defined in Table 2-41 on

page 2-103.

The output of the ADC is the RESULT[11:0] signal. In 8-bit mode, the Most Significant 8 Bits

RESULT[11:4] are used as the ADC value and the Least Significant 4 Bits RESULT[3:0] are logical '0's.

In 10-bit mode, RESULT[11:2] are used the ADC value and RESULT[1:0] are logical '0's.

Figure 2-81 • ADC Simplified Block Diagram

TVCSYSCLK ADCCLK

Signals from

Analog Quads

CHNUMBER

SAR ADC

STC MODE

RESULT

DATAVALID

BUSY

STATUS

SAMPLE

CALIBRATE

VAREF

Analog

MUX

32 12

Analog Block

v2.0 2-103

The speed of the ADC depends on its internal clock, ADCCLK, which is not accessible to users. The

ADCCLK is derived from SYSCLK. Input signal TVC[7:0], Time Divider Control, determines the speed

of the ADCCLK in relationship to SYSCLK, based on EQ 2-11.

EQ 2-11

TVC: Time Divider Control (0–255)

tADCCLK is the period of ADCCLK, and must be between 0.5 MHz and 10 MHz

tSYSCLK is the period of SYSCLK

The frequency of ADCCLK, fADCCLK, must be within 0.5 Hz to 10 MHz.

The inputs to the ADC are synchronized to SYSCLK. A conversion is initiated by asserting the

ADCSTART signal on a rising edge of SYSCLK. Figure 2-83 on page 2-107 and Figure 2-84 on

page 2-108 show the timing diagram for the ADC.

A conversion is performed in three phases. In the first phase, the analog input voltage is sampled

on the input capacitor. This phase is called sample phase. During the sample phase, the output

signals BUSY and SAMPLE change from '0' to '1', indicating the ADC is busy and sampling the

analog signal. The sample time can be controlled by input signals STC[7:0]. The sample time can be

calculated by EQ 2-12. When controlling the sample time for the ADC along with the use of

Prescaler or Current Monitor or Temperature Monitor, the minimum sample time for each must be

obeyed. Refer to the corresponding section and Table 2-43 for further information.

EQ 2-12

STC: Sample Time Control value (0–255)

tSAMPLE is the sample time

Sample time is computed based on the period of ADCCLK.

The second phase is called the distribution phase. During distribution phase, the ADC computes the

equivalent digital value from the value stored in the input capacitor. In this phase, the output

Table 2-41 • Mode Bits Function

Name Bits Function

MODE 3 0 – Internal calibration after every conversion; two ADCCLK cycles are used

after the conversion.

1 – No calibration after every conversion

MODE 2 0 – Power-down after conversion

1 – No Power-down after conversion

MODE 1:0 00 – 10-bit

01 – 12-bit

10 – 8-bit

11 – Unused

Table 2-42 • TVC Bits Function

Name Bits Function

TVC [7:0] SYSCLK divider control

Table 2-43 • STC Bits Function

Name Bits Function

STC [7:0] Sample time control

tADCCLK 4 1 TVC+()×tSYSCLK

×=

tsample 2 STC+()tADCCLK

×=

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-104 v2.0

signal SAMPLE goes back to '0', indicating the sample is completed; but the BUSY signal remains

'1', indicating the ADC is still busy for distribution. The distribution time depends strictly on the

number of bits. If the ADC is configured as a 10-bit ADC, then 10 ADCCLK cycles are needed.

EQ 2-13 describes the distribution time.

EQ 2-13

N: Number of bits

The last phase is the post-calibration phase. This is an optional phase. The post-calibration phase

takes two ADCCLK cycles. The output BUSY signal will remain '1' until the post-calibration phase is

completed. If the post-calibration phase is skipped, then the BUSY signal goes to '0' after

distribution phase. As soon as BUSY signal goes to '0', the DATAVALID signal goes to '1', indicating

the digital result is available on the RESULT output signals. DATAVAILD will remain '1' until the

next ADCSTART is asserted. Actel recommends enabling post-calibration to compensate for drift

and temperature-dependent effects. This ensures that the ADC remains consistent over time and

with temperature. The post-calibration phase is enabled by bit 3 of the Mode register. EQ 2-14

describes the post-calibration time.

EQ 2-14

MODE[3]: Bit 3 of the Mode register, described in Table 2-41 on page 2-103.

The calculation for the conversion time for the ADC is summarized in EQ 2-15.

tconv = tsync_read + tsample + tdistrib + tpost-cal + tsync_write

EQ 2-15

tconv: conversion time

tsync_read: maximum time for a signal to synchronize with SYSCLK. For calculation purposes, the

worst case is a period of SYSCLK, tSYSCLK.

tsample: Sample time

tdistrib: Distribution time

tpost-cal: Post-calibration time

tsync_write: Maximum time for a signal to synchronize with SYSCLK. For calculation purposes, the

worst case is a period of SYSCLK, tSYSCLK.

Example

This example shows how to choose the correct settings to achieve the fastest sample time in 10-bit

mode for a system that runs at 66 MHz.

The period of SYSCLK: tSYSCLK = 1/66 MHz = 0.015 µs

Choosing TVC between 1 and 33 will meet the maximum and minimum period for the ADCCLK

requirement. A higher TVC leads to a higher ADCCLK period.

The minimum TVC is chosen so that tdistrib and tpost-cal can be run faster. The period of ADCCLK

with a TVC of 1 can be computed by EQ 2-16.

EQ 2-16

From Table 2-47 on page 2-121, minimum conversion for 10-bit mode is 1.8 µs. To compute STC, the

calculation will first compute the post-calibration time, second the distribution time, and finally the

STC setting.

tdistrib Nt

ADCCLK

×=

tpost-cal MODE 3[] 2t

ADCCLK

×()×=

tADCCLK 4 1 TVC+()×tSYSCLK

×411+()×0.015 µs×0.12 µs===

Analog Block

v2.0 2-105

Since Actel recommends post-calibration for temperature drift over time, post-calibration shall be

enabled and the post-calibration time, tpost-cal, can be computed by EQ 2-17. The post-calibration

time is 0.24 µs.

EQ 2-17

The distribution time, tdistrib, is equal to 1.2 µs and can be computed using EQ 2-18.

EQ 2-18

The STC value can now be computed through EQ 2-19. The sample time is equal to 0.32 µs. By

rearranging EQ 2-12 on page 2-103 with a tsample of 0.35 µs, the STC can be computed.

tsample = tconv – tpost-cal – tdistrib – tsync_read – tsync_write

= 1.8 µs – 0.24 µs – 1.2 µs – 0.15 µs – 0.15 µs = 0.32 µs

EQ 2-19

And so, STC will be rounded up to 3 to ensure the minimum conversion time is met. The sample

time, tsample, with an STC of 3, is now equal to 0.36 µs.

The total sample time, using EQ 2-20, can now be summated.

tsync_read + tsample + tdistrib + tpost-cal + tsync_write = 0.015 µs + 0.36 µs + 1.2 µs + 0.24 µs + 0.015 µs

= 1.85 µs

EQ 2-20

The optimal setting for the system running at 66 MHz with an ADC for 10-bit mode chosen is listed

as follows:

*Note that no power-down after every conversion is chosen in this case; however, if the application

is power-sensitive, the MODE[2] can be set to '0', as described above, and it will not affect any

performance.

Integrated Voltage Reference

The Fusion device has an integrated on-chip 2.56 V reference voltage for the ADC. The value of this

reference voltage was chosen to make the prescaling and postscaling factors for the prescaler

blocks change in a binary fashion. However, if desired, an external reference voltage of up to 3.3 V

can be connected between the VAREF and GNDREF pins. The VAREFSEL control pin is used to select

the reference voltage.

TVC[7:0] = 1 = 0x01

STC[7:0] = 3 = 0x03

MODE[3:0] = b'0100 = 0x4*

Table 2-44 • VAREF Bit Function

Name Bit Function

VAREF 0 Reference voltage selection

0 – Internal voltage reference selected. VAREF pin outputs 2.56 V.

1 – Input external voltage reference from VAREF and GNDREF

tpost-cal 2t

ADCCLK

×0.24 µs==

tdistrib Nt

ADCCLK

×10 0.12×1.2 µs===

STC tsample

tADCCLK

------------------- 2–0.35 µs

0.12 µs

-------------------2–2.85===

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-106 v2.0

ADC Operation Description

The ADC can be powered down independently of the FPGA core, as an additional control or for

power-saving considerations, via the PWRDWN pin of the Analog Block. The PWRDWN pin controls

only the comparators in the ADC.

Once the ADC has powered up and been released from reset, ADCRESET, the ADC will initiate a

calibration routine designed to provide optimal ADC performance. The Fusion ADC offers a robust

calibration scheme to reduce integrated offset and linearity errors. The offset and linearity errors

of the main capacitor array are compensated for with an 8-bit calibration capacitor array. The

offset/linearity error calibration is carried out in two ways. First, a power-up calibration is carried

out when the ADC comes out of reset. This is initiated by the CALIBRATE output of the Analog

Block macro and is a fixed number of ADC_CLK cycles (3,840 cycles), as shown in Figure 2-82 on

page 2-107. In this mode, the linearity and offset errors of the capacitors are calibrated.

To further compensate for drift and temperature-dependent effects, every conversion is followed

by post-calibration of either the offset or a bit of the main capacitor array. The post-calibration

ensures that, over time and with temperature, the ADC remains consistent.

After both calibration and the setting of the appropriate configurations, as explained above, the

ADC is ready for operation. Setting the ADCSTART signal high for one clock period will initiate the

sample and conversion of the analog signal on the channel as configured by CHNUMBER[4:0]. The

status signals SAMPLE and BUSY will show when the ADC is sampling and converting (Figure 2-84

on page 2-108). Both SAMPLE and BUSY will initially go high. After the ADC has sampled and held

the analog signal, SAMPLE will go low. After the entire operation has completed and the analog

signal is converted, BUSY will go low and DATAVALID will go high. This indicates that the digital

result is available on the RESULT[11:0] pins.

DATAVALID will remain high until a subsequent ADC_START is issued. The DATAVALID goes low on

the rising edge of SYSCLK as shown in Figure 2-83 on page 2-107. The RESULT signals will be kept

constant until the ADC finishes the subsequent sample. The next sampled RESULT will be available

when DATAVALID goes high again. It is ideal to read the RESULT when DATAVALID is '1'. The

RESULT is latched and remains unchanged until the next DATAVLAID rising edge.

Intra-Conversion

Performing a conversion during power-up, calibration is possible but should be avoided, since the

performance is not guaranteed, as shown in Table 2-46 on page 2-118. This is described as intra-

conversion. Figure 2-85 on page 2-108 shows intra-conversion (conversion that starts before a

conversion is finished).

Injected Conversion

A conversion can be interrupted by another conversion. Before the current conversion is finished, a

second conversion can be started by issuing a pulse on signal ADCSTART. When a second

conversion is issued before the current conversion is completed, the current conversion would be

dropped and the ADC would start the second conversion on the rising edge of the SYSCLK. This is

known as injected conversion. Since the ADC is synchronous, the minimum time to issue a second

conversion is two clock cycles of SYSCLK after the previous one. Figure 2-86 on page 2-109 shows

injected conversion (conversion that starts during the power-up calibration). The total time for

calibration still remains 3,840 ADCCLK cycles.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-107

Timing Diagram

Note: *Refer to EQ 2-11 on page 2-103 for the calculation on the period of ADCCLK, tADCCLK.

Figure 2-82 • Power-Up Calibration Status Signal Timing Diagram

Figure 2-83 • Input Setup Time

SYSCLK

ADCRESET

CALIBRATE

tREMCLR

tCK2QCAL tCK2QCAL

TVC[7:0]

tSUTVC tHDTVC

tCAL = 3,840 tADCCLK*

tRECCLR

SYSCLK

ADCSTART

tMINSYSCLK tMPWSYSCLK

tHDADCSTART

tSUADCSTART

MODE[3:0]

TVC[7:0]

STC[7:0]

VAREF

CHNUMBER[7:0]

tSUMODE

tSUTVC

tSUSTC

tSUCHNUM

tSUVAREFSEL

tHDMODE

tHDTVC

tHDSTC

tHDVAREFSEL

tHDCHNUM

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-108 v2.0

Notes:

1. Refer to EQ 2-12 on page 2-103 for the calculation on the sample time, tSAMPLE.

2. See EQ 2-20 on page 2-105 for calculation on the conversion time, tCONV.

3. Minimum time to issue an ADCSTART after DATAVALID is 1 SYSCLK period

Figure 2-84 • Standard Conversion Status Signal Timing Diagram

Note: *tCONV represents the conversion time of the second conversion. See EQ 2-10 on page 2-98 for calculation

of the conversion time, tCONV.

Figure 2-85 • Intra-Conversion Timing Diagram

SYSCLK

ADCSTART

BUSY

SAMPLE

DATAVALID

tHDADCSTART

tSUADCSTART

tCK2QBUSY

tCK2QSAMPLE

tCK2QVAL

tSAMPLE

tCONV

ADC_

RESULT[11:

tCLK2RESULT

1st Sample Result

tCK2QVAL

2nd Sample Result

tDATA2START

SYSCLK

ADCSTART

BUSY

SAMPLE

DATAVALID

CK2QSAMPLE

CK2QVAL

CONV

1st Conversion

1st Start 2nd Start

1st Conversion Cancelled,

2nd Conversion

CK2QVAL

CK2QBUSY

CK2QSAMPLE

Analog Block

v2.0 2-109

Note: * See EQ 2-10 on page 2-98 for calculation on the conversion time, tCONV.

Figure 2-86 • Injected-Conversion Timing Diagram

SYSCLK

ADCSTART

BUSY

SAMPLE

DATAVALID

tCK2QSAMPLE tCK2QSAMPLE

tCK2QVAL

tCONV*

tCLR2QVAL

tCK2QBUSY

ADCRESET

CALIBRATE

tCK2QCAL tCK2QCAL

Interrupts Power-Up Calibration Resumes Power-Up Calibration

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-110 v2.0

ADC Interface Timing

Table 2-45 • ADC Interface Timing

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tSUMODE Mode Pin Setup Time 0.56 0.64 0.75 ns

tHDMODE Mode Pin Hold Time 0.26 0.29 0.34 ns

tSUTVC Clock Divide Control (TVC) Setup Time 0.68 0.77 0.90 ns

tHDTVC Clock Divide Control (TVC) Hold Time 0.32 0.36 0.43 ns

tSUSTC Sample Time Control (STC) Setup Time 1.58 1.79 2.11 ns

tHDSTC Sample Time Control (STC) Hold Time 1.27 1.45 1.71 ns

tSUVAREFSEL Voltage Reference Select (VAREFSEL) Setup Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tHDVAREFSEL Voltage Reference Select (VAREFSEL) Hold Time 0.67 0.76 0.89 ns

tSUCHNUM Channel Select (CHNUMBER) Setup Time 0.90 1.03 1.21 ns

tHDCHNUM Channel Select (CHNUMBER) Hold Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUADCSTART Start of Conversion (ADCSTART) Setup Time 0.75 0.85 1.00 ns

tHDADCSTART Start of Conversion (ADCSTART) Hold Time 0.43 0.49 0.57 ns

tCK2QBUSY Busy Clock-to-Q 1.33 1.51 1.78 ns

tCK2QCAL Power-Up Calibration Clock-to-Q 0.63 0.71 0.84 ns

tCK2QVAL Valid Conversion Result Clock-to-Q 3.12 3.55 4.17 ns

tCK2QSAMPLE Sample Clock-to-Q 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tCK2QRESULT Conversion Result Clock-to-Q 2.53 2.89 3.39 ns

tCLR2QBUSY Busy Clear-to-Q 2.06 2.35 2.76 ns

tCLR2QCAL Power-Up Calibration Clear-to-Q 2.15 2.45 2.88 ns

tCLR2QVAL Valid Conversion Result Clear-to-Q 2.41 2.74 3.22 ns

tCLR2QSAMPLE Sample Clear-to-Q 2.17 2.48 2.91 ns

tCLR2QRESULT Conversion result Clear-to-Q 2.25 2.56 3.01 ns

tRECCLR Recovery Time of Clear 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tREMCLR Removal Time of Clear 0.63 0.72 0.84 ns

tMPWSYSCLK Clock Minimum Pulse Width for the ADC 4.00 4.00 4.00 ns

tFMAXSYSCLK Clock Maximum Frequency for the ADC 100.00 100.00 100.00 MHz

Analog Block

v2.0 2-111

Terminology

Conversion Time

Conversion time is the interval between the release of the hold state (imposed by the input

circuitry of a track-and-hold) and the instant at which the voltage on the sampling capacitor settles

to within one LSB of a new input value.

DNL – Differential Non-Linearity

For an ideal ADC, the analog-input levels that trigger any two successive output codes should differ

by one LSB (DNL = 0). Any deviation from one LSB in defined as DNL (Figure 2-87).

ENOB – Effective Number of Bits

ENOB specifies the dynamic performance of an ADC at a specific input frequency and sampling

rate. An ideal ADC’s error consists only of quantization of noise. As the input frequency increases,

the overall noise (particularly in the distortion components) also increases, thereby reducing the

ENOB and SINAD (also see “Signal-to-Noise and Distortion Ratio (SINAD)”.) ENOB for a full-scale,

sinusoidal input waveform is computed using EQ 2-21.

EQ 2-21

FS Error – Full-Scale Error

Full-scale error is the difference between the actual value that triggers that transition to full-scale

and the ideal analog full-scale transition value. Full-scale error equals offset error plus gain error.

Figure 2-87 • Differential Non-Linearity (DNL)

ADC Output Code

Input Voltage to Prescaler

Error = –0.5 LSB

Error = +1 LSB

Ideal Output

Actual Output

ENOB SINAD 1.76–

6.02

-----------------------------------=

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-112 v2.0

Gain Error

The gain error of an ADC indicates how well the slope of an actual transfer function matches the

slope of the ideal transfer function. Gain error is usually expressed in LSB or as a percent of full-

scale (%FSR). Gain error is the full-scale error minus the offset error (Figure 2-88).

Gain Error Drift

Gain-error drift is the variation in gain error due to a change in ambient temperature, typically

expressed in ppm/°C.

Figure 2-88 • Gain Error

ADC Output Code

Input Voltage to Prescaler

Ideal Output

Actual Output

Gain = 2 LSB

1...11

0...00

Voltage

Analog Block

v2.0 2-113

INL – Integral Non-Linearity

INL is the deviation of an actual transfer function from a straight line. After nullifying offset and

gain errors, the straight line is either a best-fit straight line or a line drawn between the end points

of the transfer function (Figure 2-89).

LSB – Least Significant Bit

In a binary number, the LSB is the least weighted bit in the group. Typically, the LSB is the furthest

right bit. For an ADC, the weight of an LSB equals the full-scale voltage range of the converter

divided by 2N, where N is the converter’s resolution.

EQ 2-22 shows the calculation for a 10-bit ADC with a unipolar full-scale voltage of 2.56 V:

1 LSB = (2.56 V / 210) = 2.5 mV

EQ 2-22

No Missing Codes

An ADC has no missing codes if it produces all possible digital codes in response to a ramp signal

applied to the analog input.

Offset Error

Offset error indicates how well the actual transfer function matches the ideal transfer function at a

single point. For an ideal ADC, the first transition occurs at 0.5 LSB above zero. The offset voltage is

measured by applying an analog input such that the ADC outputs all zeroes and increases until the

first transition occurs (Figure 2-90).

Figure 2-89 • Integral Non-Linearity (INL)

ADC Output Code

Input Voltage to Prescaler

IN L = +0.5 LSB

IN L = +1 LSB

Ideal Output

Actual Output

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-114 v2.0

Resolution

ADC resolution is the number of bits used to represent an analog input signal. To more accurately

replicate the analog signal, resolution needs to be increased.

Sampling Rate

Sampling rate or sample frequency, specified in samples per second (sps), is the rate at which an

ADC acquires (samples) the analog input.

SNR – Signal-to-Noise Ratio

SNR is the ratio of the amplitude of the desired signal to the amplitude of the noise signals at a

given point in time. For a waveform perfectly reconstructed from digital samples, the theoretical

maximum SNR (EQ 2-23) is the ratio of the full-scale analog input (RMS value) to the RMS

quantization error (residual error). The ideal, theoretical minimum ADC noise is caused by

quantization error only and results directly from the ADC’s resolution (N bits):

EQ 2-23

SINAD – Signal-to-Noise and Distortion

SINAD is the ratio of the rms amplitude to the mean value of the root-sum-square of the all other

spectral components, including harmonics, but excluding DC. SINAD is a good indication of the

overall dynamic performance of an ADC because it includes all components which make up noise

and distortion.

Total Harmonic Distortion

THD measures the distortion content of a signal, and is specified in decibels relative to the carrier

(dBc). THD is the ratio of the RMS sum of the selected harmonics of the input signal to the

fundamental itself. Only harmonics within the Nyquist limit are included in the measurement.

TUE – Total Unadjusted Error

Figure 2-90 • Offset Error

ADC Output Code

Input Voltage to Prescaler

Ideal Output

Offset Error = 1.5 LSB

Actual Output

0...00

0...01

SNRdB[MAX] 6.02dB N1.76dB

+×=

Analog Block

v2.0 2-115

TUE is a comprehensive specification that includes linearity errors, gain error, and offset error. It is

the worst-case deviation from the ideal device performance. TUE is a static specification

(Figure 2-91).

Figure 2-91 • Total Unadjusted Error (TUE)

ADC Output Code

Input Voltage to Prescaler

IDEAL OUTPUT

T U E = ±0.5 LSB

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-116 v2.0

Typical Performance Characteristics

Figure 2-92 • Temperature Error

Figure 2-93 • Effect of External Sensor Capacitance

0.5

1.5

2.5

3.5

–40 10 60 110

Temperature Errror vs. Die Temperature

Temperature Error (°C)

Temperature (°C)

Temperature Error vs. Interconnect Capacitance

-7

-6

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

0 500 1000 1500 2000

Capacitance (pF )

Temperature Error (°C)

Analog Block

v2.0 2-117

Figure 2-94 • Temperature Reading Noise When Averaging is Used

Temperature Reading Noise RMS vs. Averaging

Number of Averages

Noise RMS (°C)

1 10 100 1000 10000

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-118 v2.0

Analog System Characteristics

Table 2-46 • Analog Channel Specifications

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions, TJ = 85°C (unless noted otherwise),

Typical: VCC33A = 3.3 V, VCC = 1.5 V

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typ. Max. Units

Voltage Monitor Using Analog Pads AV, AC and AT (using prescaler)

Input Voltage

(Prescaler)

Refer to Table 3-2 on page 3-3

VINAP Uncalibrated Gain and

Offset Errors

Refer to Table 2-48 on

page 2-123

Calibrated Gain and

Offset Errors

Refer to Table 2-49 on

page 2-124

Bandwidth1 100 KHz

Input Resistance Refer to Table 3-3 on page 3-4

Scaling Factor Prescaler modes (Table 2-54 on

page 2-131)

Sample Time 10 µs

Current Monitor Using Analog Pads AV and AC

VRSM1Maximum Differential

Input Voltage

VAREF / 10 mV

Resolution Refer to "Current Monitor"

section

Common Mode Range – 10.5 to +12 V

CMRR Common Mode

Rejection Ratio

DC – 1 KHz 60 dB

1 KHz - 10 KHz 50 dB

> 10 KHz 30 dB

tCMSHI Strobe High time ADC

conv.

time

200 µs

tCMSHI Strobe Low time 5 µs

tCMSHI Settling time 0.02 µs

Accuracy Input differential voltage > 50

–2 –(0.05 x

VRSM) to +2 +

(0.05 x VRSM)

Notes:

1. VRSM is the maximum voltage drop across the current sense resistor.

2. Analog inputs used as digital inputs can tolerate the same voltage limits as the corresponding analog pad.

There is no reliability concern on digital inputs as long as VIND does not exceed these limits.

3. VIND is limited to VCC33A + 0.2 to allow reaching 10 MHz input frequency.

4. An averaging of 1,024 samples (LPF setting in Analog System Builder) is required and the maximum

capacitance allowed across the AT pins is 500 pF.

5. The temperature offset is a fixed positive value.

6. The high current mode has a maximum power limit of 20 mW. Appropriate current limit resistors must be

used, based on voltage on the pad.

7. When using SmartGen Analog System Builder, CalibIP is required to obtain 0 offset. For further details on

CalibIP, refer to the Temperature, Voltage, and Current Calibration in Fusion FPGAs application note.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-119

Temperature Monitor Using Analog Pad AT

External

Temperature

Monitor

(external diode

2N3904,

TJ = 25°C)4

Resolution 8-bit ADC 4 °C

10-bit ADC 1 °C

12-bit ADC 0.25 °C

Offset5AFS090, AFS250 5 °C

AFS600, AFS1500

uncalibrated711 °C

AFS600, AFS1500 calibrated70°C

Accuracy ±3 ±5 °C

External Sensor Source

Current

High level, TMSTBx = 0 10 µA

Low level, TMSTBx = 1 100 µA

Max Capacitance on AT

pad

1.3 nF

Internal

Temperature

Monitor

Resolution 8-bit ADC 4 °C

10-bit ADC 1 °C

12-bit ADC 0.25 °C

Offset5AFS090, AFS250 5 °C

AFS600, AFS1500

uncalibrated711 °C

AFS600, AFS1500 calibrated70°C

Accuracy ±3 ±5 °C

tTMSHI Strobe High time 10 105 µs

tTMSLO Strobe Low time 5 µs

tTMSSET Settling time 5 µs

Table 2-46 • Analog Channel Specifications (continued)

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions, TJ = 85°C (unless noted otherwise),

Typical: VCC33A = 3.3 V, VCC = 1.5 V

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typ. Max. Units

Notes:

1. VRSM is the maximum voltage drop across the current sense resistor.

2. Analog inputs used as digital inputs can tolerate the same voltage limits as the corresponding analog pad.

There is no reliability concern on digital inputs as long as VIND does not exceed these limits.

3. VIND is limited to VCC33A + 0.2 to allow reaching 10 MHz input frequency.

4. An averaging of 1,024 samples (LPF setting in Analog System Builder) is required and the maximum

capacitance allowed across the AT pins is 500 pF.

5. The temperature offset is a fixed positive value.

6. The high current mode has a maximum power limit of 20 mW. Appropriate current limit resistors must be

used, based on voltage on the pad.

7. When using SmartGen Analog System Builder, CalibIP is required to obtain 0 offset. For further details on

CalibIP, refer to the Temperature, Voltage, and Current Calibration in Fusion FPGAs application note.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-120 v2.0

Digital Input using Analog Pads AV, AC and AT

VIND2,3 Input Voltage Refer to Table 3-2 on page 3-3

VHYSDIN Hysteresis 0.3 V

VIHDIN Input High 1.2 V

VILDIN Input Low 0.9 V

VMPWDIN Minimum Pulse With 50 ns

FDIN Maximum Frequency 10 MHz

ISTBDIN Input Leakage Current 2 µA

IDYNDIN Dynamic Current 20 µA

tINDIN Input Delay 10 ns

Gate Driver Output Using Analog Pad AG

VGVoltage Range Refer to Table 3-2 on page 3-3

IGOutput Current Drive High Current Mode6 at 1.0 V ±20 mA

Low Current Mode: ±1 µA 0.8 1.0 1.3 µA

Low Current Mode: ±3 µA 2.0 2.7 3.3 µA

Low Current Mode: ± 10 µA 7.4 9.0 11.5 µA

Low Current Mode: ± 30 µA 21.0 27.0 32.0 µA

IOFFG Maximum Off Current 100 nA

FGMaximum switching

rate

High Current Mode6 at 1.0 V, 1

kΩ resistive load

1.3 MHz

Low Current Mode:

±1 µA, 3 MΩ resistive load

3KHz

Low Current Mode:

±3 µA, 1 MΩ resistive load

7KHz

Low Current Mode:

±10 µA, 300 kΩ resistive load

25 KHz

Low Current Mode:

±30 µA, 105 kΩ resistive load

78 KHz

Table 2-46 • Analog Channel Specifications (continued)

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions, TJ = 85°C (unless noted otherwise),

Typical: VCC33A = 3.3 V, VCC = 1.5 V

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typ. Max. Units

Notes:

1. VRSM is the maximum voltage drop across the current sense resistor.

2. Analog inputs used as digital inputs can tolerate the same voltage limits as the corresponding analog pad.

There is no reliability concern on digital inputs as long as VIND does not exceed these limits.

3. VIND is limited to VCC33A + 0.2 to allow reaching 10 MHz input frequency.

4. An averaging of 1,024 samples (LPF setting in Analog System Builder) is required and the maximum

capacitance allowed across the AT pins is 500 pF.

5. The temperature offset is a fixed positive value.

6. The high current mode has a maximum power limit of 20 mW. Appropriate current limit resistors must be

used, based on voltage on the pad.

7. When using SmartGen Analog System Builder, CalibIP is required to obtain 0 offset. For further details on

CalibIP, refer to the Temperature, Voltage, and Current Calibration in Fusion FPGAs application note.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-121

Table 2-47 • ADC Characteristics in Direct Input Mode

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions, TJ = 85°C (unless noted otherwise),

Typical: VCC33A = 3.3 V, VCC = 1.5 V

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typ. Max. Units

Direct Input using Analog Pad AV, AC, AT

VINADC Input Voltage (Direct Input) Refer to Table 3-2 on

page 3-3

CINADC Input Capacitance Channel not selected 7 pF

Channel selected but not

sampling

8pF

Channel selected and

sampling

18 pF

ZINADC Input Impedance 8-bit mode 2 kΩ

10-bit mode 2 kΩ

12-bit mode 2 kΩ

Analog Reference Voltage VAREF

VAREF Accuracy TJ = 25°C 2.537 2.56 2.583 V

Temperature Drift of

Internal Reference

65 ppm / °C

External Reference 2.527 VCC33A + 0.05 V

ADC Accuracy (using external reference) 1,2

DC Accuracy

TUE Total Unadjusted Error 8-bit mode 0.29 LSB

10-bit mode 0.72 LSB

12-bit mode 1.8 LSB

INL Integral Non-Linearity 8-bit mode 0.20 0.25 LSB

10-bit mode 0.32 0.43 LSB

12-bit mode 1.71 1.80 LSB

DNL Differential Non-Linearity

(no missing code)

8-bit mode 0.20 0.24 LSB

10-bit mode 0.60 0.65 LSB

12-bit mode 2.40 2.48 LSB

Offset Error 8-bit mode 0.01 0.17 LSB

10-bit mode 0.05 0.20 LSB

12-bit mode 0.20 0.40 LSB

Gain Error 8-bit mode 0.0004 0.003 LSB

10-bit mode 0.002 0.011 LSB

12-bit mode 0.007 0.044 LSB

Gain Error (with internal

reference)

All modes 2 % FSR

Notes:

1. Accuracy of the external reference is 2.56 V ± 4.6 mV.

2. Data is based on characterization.

3. The sample rate is time-shared among active analog inputs.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-122 v2.0

Dynamic Performance

SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio 8-bit mode 48.0 49.5 dB

10-bit mode 58.0 60.0 dB

12-bit mode 62.9 64.5 dB

SINAD Signal-to-Noise Distortion 8-bit mode 47.6 49.5 dB

10-bit mode 57.4 59.8 dB

12-bit mode 62.0 64.2 dB

THD Total Harmonic

Distortion

8-bit mode –74.4 –63.0 dBc

10-bit mode –78.3 –63.0 dBc

12-bit mode –77.9 –64.4 dBc

ENOB Effective Number of Bits 8-bit mode 7.6 7.9 bits

10-bit mode 9.5 9.6 bits

12-bit mode 10.0 10.4 bits

Conversion Rate

Conversion Time 8-bit mode 1.7 µs

10-bit mode 1.8 µs

12-bit mode 2 µs

Sample Rate 8-bit mode 600 Ksps

10-bit mode 550 Ksps

12-bit mode 500 Ksps

Table 2-47 • ADC Characteristics in Direct Input Mode (continued)

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions, TJ = 85°C (unless noted otherwise),

Typical: VCC33A = 3.3 V, VCC = 1.5 V

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typ. Max. Units

Notes:

1. Accuracy of the external reference is 2.56 V ± 4.6 mV.

2. Data is based on characterization.

3. The sample rate is time-shared among active analog inputs.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-123

Table 2-48 • Uncalibrated Analog Channel Accuracy*

Worst-Case Industrial Conditions, TJ = 85°C

Total Channel

Error (LSB)

Channel Input Offset

Error (LSB)

Channel Input Offset

Error (mV)

Channel Gain Error

(%FSR)

Analog

Pad

Prescaler

Range (V)

Neg.

Max. Med.

Pos.

Max.

Neg

Max Med.

Pos.

Max.

Neg.

Max. Med.

Pos.

Max. Min. Typ. Max.

Positive Range ADC in 10-Bit Mode

AV, AC 16 –22 –2 12 –11 –2 14 –169 –32 224 3 0 –3

8 –40 –5 17 –11 –5 21 –87 –40 166 2 0 –4

4 –45 –9 24 –16 –11 36 –63 –43 144 2 0 –4

2 –70 –19 33 –33 –20 66 –66 –39 131 2 0 –4

1 –25 –7 5 –11 –3 26 –11 –3 26 3 –1 –3

0.5 –41 –12 8 –12 –7 38 –6 –4 19 3 –1 –3

0.25 –53 –14 19 –20 –14 40 –5 –3 10 5 0 –4

0.125 –89 –29 24 –40 –28 88 –5 –4 11 7 0 –5

AT 16 –3 9 15 –4 0 4 –64 5 64 1 0 –1

4 –10 2 15 –11 –2 11 –44 –8 44 1 0 –1

Negative Range ADC in 10-Bit Mode

AV, AC 16 –35 –10 9 –24 –6 9 –383 –96 148 5 –1 –6

8 –65 –19 12 –34 –12 9 –268 –99 75 5 –1 –5

4 –86 –28 21 –64 –24 19 –254 –96 76 5 –1 –6

2 –136 –53 37 –115 –42 39 –230 –83 78 6 –2 –7

1 –98 –35 8 –39 –8 15 –39 –8 15 10 –3 –10

0.5 –121 –46 7 –54 –14 18 –27 –7 9 10 –4 –11

0.25 –149 –49 19 –72 –16 40 –18 –4 10 14 –4 –12

0.125 –188 –67 38 –112 –27 56 –14 –3 7 16 –5 –14

Note: *Channel Accuracy includes prescaler and ADC accuracies. For 12-bit mode, multiply the LSB count by 4.

For 8-bit mode, divide the LSB count by 4. Gain remains the same.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-124 v2.0

Table 2-49 • Calibrated Analog Channel Accuracy 1,2,3

Worst-Case Industrial Conditions, TJ = 85°C

Condition Total Channel Error (LSB)

Analog Pad Prescaler Range (V) Input Voltage4 (V) Negative Max. Median Positive Max.

Positive Range ADC in 10-Bit Mode

AV, AC 16 0.300 to 12.0 –6 1 6

8 0.250 to 8.00 –6 0 6

4 0.200 to 4.00 –7 –1 7

2 0.150 to 2.00 –7 0 7

1 0.050 to 1.00 –6 –1 6

AT 16 0.300 to 16.0 –5 0 5

4 0.100 to 4.00 –7 –1 7

Negative Range ADC in 10-Bit Mode

AV, AC 16 –0.400 to –10.5 –7 1 9

8 –0.350 to –8.00 –7 –1 7

4 –0.300 to –4.00 –7 –2 9

2 –0.250 to –2.00 –7 –2 7

1 –0.050 to –1.00 –16 –1 20

Notes:

1. Channel Accuracy includes prescaler and ADC accuracies. For 12-bit mode, multiply the LSB count by 4. For

8-bit mode, divide the LSB count by 4. Overall accuracy remains the same.

2. Requires enabling Analog Calibration using SmartGen Analog System Builder. For further details, refer to

the Temperature, Voltage, and Current Calibration in Fusion FPGAs application note.

3. Calibrated with two-point calibration methodology, using 20% and 80% full-scale points.

4. The lower limit of the input voltage is determined by the prescaler input offset.

Analog Block

v2.0 2-125

Examples

Calculating Accuracy for an Uncalibrated Analog Channel

Formula

For a given prescaler range, EQ 2-24 gives the output voltage.

Output Voltage = (Channel Output Offset in V) + (Input Voltage x Channel Gain)

EQ 2-24

where

Channel Output offset in V = Channel Output offset in LSBs x Equivalent voltage per LSB

Channel Gain Factor = 1+ (% Channel Gain / 100)

Example

Input Voltage = 5 V

Chosen Prescaler range = 8 V range

Refer to Table 2-48 on page 2-123.

Max. Output Voltage = (Max Positive output offset) + (Input Voltage x Max Gain Factor)

Max. Positive output offset = (8 LSB) x (8mV per LSB in 10-bit mode)

Max. Positive output offset = 64 mV

Max. Gain = 1 + (2/100)

Max. Gain = 1.02

Max. Output Voltage = (64 mV) + (5 V x 1.02)

Max. Output Voltage = 5.164 V

Table 2-50 • Analog Channel Accuracy: Monitoring Standard Positive Voltages

Typical Conditions, TA = 25°C

Input Voltage

(V)

Calibrated Typical Error per Positive Prescaler Setting 1 (%FSR)

Direct ADC 2,3

(%FSR)

16 V (AT)

16 V (12 V)

(AV/AC)

8 V

(AV/AC) 4 V (AT)

4 V

(AV/AC)

2 V

(AV/AC)

1 V

(AV/AC) VAREF = 2.56 V

15 1

14 1

12 1 1

5221

3.3 2 2 1 1 1

2.5 3 2 1 1 1 1

1.8 4 4 1 1 1 1 1

1.5 5 5 2 2 2 1 1

1.2 7 6 2 2 2 1 1

0.9 9 9 4 3 3 1 1 1

Notes:

1. Requires enabling Analog Calibration using SmartGen Analog System Builder. For further details, refer to

the Temperature, Voltage, and Current Calibration in Fusion FPGAs application note.

2. Direct ADC mode using an external VAREF of 2.56V±4.6mV, without Analog Calibration macro.

3. For input greater than 2.56 V, the ADC output will saturate. A higher VAREF or prescaler usage is

recommended.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-126 v2.0

Similarly,

Min. Output Voltage = (Min. Negative output offset) + (Input Voltage x Min. Gain)

= (–136 mV) + (5 V x 0.98) = 4.764 V

Calculating Accuracy for a Calibrated Analog Channel

Formula

For a given prescaler range, EQ 2-25 gives the output voltage.

Output Voltage = Channel TUE in V + Input Voltage

EQ 2-25

where

Channel TUE in V = Channel TUE in LSBs x Equivalent voltage per LSB

Example

Input Voltage = 5 V

Chosen Prescaler range = 8 V range

Refer to Table 2-49 on page 2-124.

Max. Output Voltage = Max. Channel TUE in V + Input Voltage

Max. Channel TUE in V = (6 LSB) × (8 mV per LSB in 10-bit mode) = 48 mV

Max. Output Voltage = 48 mV + 5 V = 5.048 V

Similarly,

Min Output Voltage = Min Channel TUE in V + Input Voltage = (-48 mV) + 5 V = 4.952 V

Calculating LSBs from a Given Error Budget

Formula

For a given prescaler range,

LSB count = ± (Input Voltage × Required % error) / (Equivalent voltage per LSB)

Example

Input Voltage = 5 V

Required error margin= 1%

Refer to Table 2-49 on page 2-124.

Equivalent voltage per LSB = 16 mV for a 16V prescaler, with ADC in 10-bit mode

LSB Count = ± (5.0 V × 1%) / (0.016)

LSB Count = ± 3.125

Equivalent voltage per LSB = 8 mV for an 8 V prescaler, with ADC in 10-bit mode

LSB Count = ± (5.0 V × 1%) / (0.008)

LSB Count = ± 6.25

The 8 V prescaler satisfies the calculated LSB count accuracy requirement (see Table 2-49 on

page 2-124).

Analog Configuration MUX

v2.0 2-127

Analog Configuration MUX

The ACM is the interface between the FPGA, the Analog Block configurations, and the real-time

counter. Actel Libero IDE will generate IP that will load and configure the Analog Block via the

ACM. However, users are not limited to using the Libero IDE IP. This section provides a detailed

description of the ACM's register map, truth tables for proper configuration of the Analog Block

and RTC, as well as timing waveforms so users can access and control the ACM directly from their

designs.

The Analog Block contains four 8-bit latches per Analog Quad that are initialized through the

ACM. These latches act as configuration bits for Analog Quads. The ACM block runs from the core

voltage supply (1.5 V).

Access to the ACM is achieved via 8-bit address and data busses with enables. The pin list is

provided in Table 2-36 on page 2-82. The ACM clock speed is limited to a maximum of 10 MHz,

more than sufficient to handle the low-bandwidth requirements of configuring the Analog Block

and the RTC (sub-block of the Analog Block).

Table 2-51 decodes the ACM address space and maps it to the corresponding Analog Quad and

configuration byte for that quad.

Table 2-51 • ACM Address Decode Table for Analog Quad

ACMADDR [7:0] in

Decimal Name Description

Associated

Peripheral

0 – – Analog Quad

1 AQ0 Byte 0 Analog Quad

2 AQ0 Byte 1 Analog Quad

3 AQ0 Byte 2 Analog Quad

4 AQ0 Byte 3 Analog Quad

5 AQ1 Byte 0 Analog Quad

Analog Quad

36 AQ8 Byte 3 Analog Quad

37 AQ9 Byte 0 Analog Quad

38 AQ9 Byte 1 Analog Quad

39 AQ9 Byte 2 Analog Quad

40 AQ9 Byte 3 Analog Quad

41 Undefined Analog Quad

Undefined Analog Quad

63 Undefined RTC

64 COUNTER0 Counter bits 7:0 RTC

65 COUNTER1 Counter bits 15:8 RTC

66 COUNTER2 Counter bits 23:16 RTC

67 COUNTER3 Counter bits 31:24 RTC

68 COUNTER4 Counter bits 39:32 RTC

72 MATCHREG0 Match register bits 7:0 RTC

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-128 v2.0

ACM Characteristics1

73 MATCHREG1 Match register bits 15:8 RTC

74 MATCHREG2 Match register bits 23:16 RTC

75 MATCHREG3 Match register bits 31:24 RTC

76 MATCHREG4 Match register bits 39:32 RTC

80 MATCHBITS0 Individual match bits 7:0 RTC

81 MATCHBITS1 Individual match bits 15:8 RTC

82 MATCHBITS2 Individual match bits 23:16 RTC

83 MATCHBITS3 Individual match bits 31:24 RTC

84 MATCHBITS4 Individual match bits 39:32 RTC

88 CTRL_STAT Control (write) / Status (read)

RTC

Note: ACMADDR bytes 1 to 40 pertain to the Analog Quads; bytes 64 to 89 pertain to the RTC.

1. When addressing the RTC addresses (i.e., ACMADDR 64 to 89), there is no timing generator, and the

rc_osc, byte_en, and aq_wen signals have no impact.

Table 2-51 • ACM Address Decode Table for Analog Quad (continued)

ACMADDR [7:0] in

Decimal Name Description

Associated

Peripheral

Figure 2-95 • ACM Write Waveform

Figure 2-96 • ACM Read Waveform

SUEACM

HEACM

SUDACM

HDACM

SUAACM

HAACM

ACMCLK

ACMWEN

ACMWDATA

ACMADDRESS

A0 A1

RD0 RD1

MPWCLKACM

CLKQACM

ACMCLK

ACMADDRESS

ACMRDATA

Analog Configuration MUX

v2.0 2-129

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-52 • Analog Configuration Multiplexer (ACM) Timing

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tCLKQACM Clock-to-Q of the ACM 19.73 22.48 26.42 ns

tSUDACM Data Setup time for the ACM 4.39 5.00 5.88 ns

tHDACM Data Hold time for the ACM 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUAACM Address Setup time for the ACM 4.73 5.38 6.33 ns

tHAACM Address Hold time for the ACM 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tSUEACM Enable Setup time for the ACM 3.93 4.48 5.27 ns

tHEACM Enable Hold time for the ACM 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tMPWARACM Asynchronous Reset Minimum Pulse Width for the

ACM

10.00 10.00 10.00 ns

tREMARACM Asynchronous Reset Removal time for the ACM 12.98 14.79 17.38 ns

tRECARACM Asynchronous Reset Recovery time for the ACM 12.98 14.79 17.38 ns

tMPWCLKACM Clock Minimum Pulse Width for the ACM 45.00 45.00 45.00 ns

tFMAXCLKACM lock Maximum Frequency for the ACM 10.00 10.00 10.00 MHz

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-130 v2.0

Analog Quad ACM Description

Table 2-53 maps out the ACM space associated with configuration of the Analog Quads within the

Analog Block. Table 2-53 shows the byte assignment within each quad and the function of each bit

within each byte. Subsequent tables will explain each bit setting and how it corresponds to a

particular configuration. After 3.3 V and 1.5 V are applied to Fusion, Analog Quad configuration

registers are loaded with default settings until the initialization and configuration state machine

changes them to user-defined settings.

Table 2-53 • Analog Quad ACM Byte Assignment

Byte Bit Signal (Bx) Function Default Setting

Byte 0

(AV)

0 B0[0] Scaling factor control – prescaler Highest voltage range

1 B0[1]

2 B0[2]

3 B0[3] Analog MUX select Prescaler

4 B0[4] Current monitor switch Off

5 B0[5] Direct analog input switch Off

6 B0[6] Selects V-pad polarity Positive

7 B0[7] Prescaler op amp mode Power-down

Byte 1

(AC)

0 B1[0] Scaling factor control – prescaler Highest voltage range

1 B1[1]

2 B1[2]

3 B1[3] Analog MUX select Prescaler

4 B1[4]

5 B1[5] Direct analog input switch Off

6 B1[6] Selects C-pad polarity Positive

7 B1[7] Prescaler op amp mode Power-down

Byte 2

(AG)

0 B2[0] Internal chip temperature

monitor

Off

1 B2[1] Spare –

2 B2[2] Current drive control Lowest current

3 B2[3]

4 B2[4] Spare –

5 B2[5] Spare –

6 B2[6] Selects G-pad polarity Positive

7 B2[7] Selects low/high drive Low drive

Byte 3

(AT)

0 B3[0] Scaling factor control – prescaler Highest voltage range

1 B3[1]

2 B3[2]

3 B3[3] Analog MUX select Prescaler

4 B3[4]

5 B3[5] Direct analog input switch Off

6 B3[6] – –

7 B3[7] Prescaler op amp mode Power-down

Analog Configuration MUX

v2.0 2-131

Table 2-54 details the settings available to control the prescaler values of the AV, AC, and AT pins.

Note that the AT pin has a reduced number of available prescaler values.

Table 2-55 details the settings available to control the MUX within each of the AV, AC, and AT

circuits. This MUX determines whether the signal routed to the ADC is the direct analog input,

prescaled signal, or output of either the Current Monitor Block or the Temperature Monitor Block.

Table 2-56 details the settings available to control the Direct Analog Input switch for the AV, AC,

and AT pins.

Table 2-57 details the settings available to control the polarity of the signals coming to the AV, AC,

and AT pins. Note that the only valid setting for the AT pin is logic 0 to support positive voltages.

Table 2-54 • Prescaler Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3)

Control Lines

Bx[2:0]

Scaling Factor,

Pad to ADC

Input

LSB for an 8-Bit

Conversion2

(mV)

LSB for a 10-Bit

Conversion2

(mV)

LSB for a 12-Bit

Conversion2

(mV)

Full-Scale

Voltage

Range

Name

000 10.15625 64 16 4 16.368 V 16 V

001 0.3125 32 8 2 8.184 V 8 V

010 10.625 16 4 1 4.092 V 4 V

011 1.25 8 2 0.5 2.046 V 2 V

100 2.5 4 1 0.25 1.023 V 1 V

101 5.0 2 0.5 0.125 0.5115 V 0.5 V

110 10.0 1 0.25 0.0625 0.25575 V 0.25 V

111 20.0 0.5 0.125 0.03125 0.127875 V 0.125 V

Notes:

1. These are the only valid ranges for the Temperature Monitor Block Prescaler.

2. LSB voltage equivalences assume VAREF = 2.56 V.

Table 2-55 • Analog Multiplexer Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3)

Control Lines Bx[4] Control Lines Bx[3] ADC Connected To

0 0 Prescaler

0 1 Direct input

1 0 Current amplifier temperature monitor

1 1 Not valid

Table 2-56 • Direct Analog Input Switch Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3)

Control Lines Bx[5] Direct Input Switch

0 Off

1 On

Table 2-57 • Voltage Polarity Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3)*

Control Lines Bx[6] Input Signal Polarity

0 Positive

1 Negative

Note: *The B3[6] signal for the AT pad should be kept at logic 0 to accept only positive voltages.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-132 v2.0

Table 2-58 details the settings available to either power down or enable the prescaler associated

with the analog inputs AV, AC, and AT.

Table 2-59 details the settings available to enable the Current Monitor Block associated with the AC

pin.

Table 2-60 details the settings available to configure the drive strength of the gate drive when not

in high-drive mode.

Table 2-61 details the settings available to set the polarity of the gate driver (either p-channel- or

n-channel-type devices).

Table 2-62 details the settings available to turn on the Gate Driver and set whether high-drive

mode is on or off.

Table 2-63 details the settings available to turn on and off the chip internal temperature monitor.

Table 2-58 • Prescaler Op Amp Power-Down Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3)

Control Lines Bx[7] Prescaler Op Amp

0 Power-down

1 Operational

Table 2-59 • Current Monitor Input Switch Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0)

Control Lines B0[4] Current Monitor Input Switch

0 Off

1 On

Table 2-60 • Low-Drive Gate Driver Current Truth Table (AG)

Control Lines B2[3] Control Lines B2[2] Current (µA)

0 0 1

0 1 3

1 0 10

1 1 30

Table 2-61 • Gate Driver Polarity Truth Table (AG)

Control Lines B2[6] Gate Driver Polarity

0 Positive

1 Negative

Table 2-62 • Gate Driver Control Truth Table (AG)

Control Lines B2[7] GDON Gate Driver

0 0 Off

0 1 Low drive on

1 0 Off

1 1 High drive on

Table 2-63 • Internal Temperature Monitor Control Truth Table

Control Lines B2[0] PDTMB Chip Internal Temperature Monitor

00Off

11On

User I/Os

v2.0 2-133

User I/Os

Introduction

Fusion devices feature a flexible I/O structure, supporting a range of mixed voltages (1.5 V, 1.8 V,

2.5 V, and 3.3 V) through a bank-selectable voltage. Table 2-65, Table 2-66, Table 2-67, and

Table 2-68 on page 2-136 show the voltages and the compatible I/O standards. I/Os provide

programmable slew rates, drive strengths, weak pull-up, and weak pull-down circuits. 3.3 V PCI and

3.3 V PCI-X are 5 V–tolerant. See the "5 V Input Tolerance" section on page 2-145 for possible

implementations of 5 V tolerance.

All I/Os are in a known state during power-up, and any power-up sequence is allowed without

current impact. Refer to the "I/O Power-Up and Supply Voltage Thresholds for Power-On Reset

(Commercial and Industrial)" section on page 3-5 for more information. In low power standby or

sleep mode (VCC is OFF, VCC33A is ON, VCCI is ON) or when the resource is not used, digital inputs are

tristated, digital outputs are tristated, and digital bibufs (input/output) are tristated.

I/O Tile

The Fusion I/O tile provides a flexible, programmable structure for implementing a large number of

I/O standards. In addition, the registers available in the I/O tile in selected I/O banks can be used to

support high-performance register inputs and outputs, with register enable if desired (Figure 2-97

on page 2-134). The registers can also be used to support the JESD-79C DDR standard within the I/O

structure (see the "Double Data Rate (DDR) Support" section on page 2-140 for more information).

As depicted in Figure 2-98 on page 2-139, all I/O registers share one CLR port. The output register

and output enable register share one CLK port. Refer to the "I/O Registers" section on page 2-139

for more information.

I/O Banks and I/O Standards Compatibility

The digital I/Os are grouped into I/O voltage banks. There are three digital I/O banks on the AFS090

and AFS250 devices and four digital I/O banks on the AFS600 and AFS1500 devices. Figure 2-111 on

page 2-160 and Figure 2-112 on page 2-160 show the bank configuration by device. The north side

of the I/O in the AFS600 and AFS1500 devices comprises two banks of Actel Pro I/Os. The Actel Pro

I/Os support a wide number of voltage-referenced I/O standards in addition to the multitude of

single-ended and differential I/O standards common throughout all Actel digital I/Os. Each I/O

voltage bank has dedicated I/O supply and ground voltages (VCCI/GNDQ for input buffers and

VCCI/GND for output buffers). Because of these dedicated supplies, only I/Os with compatible

standards can be assigned to the same I/O voltage bank. Table 2-66 and Table 2-67 on page 2-135

show the required voltage compatibility values for each of these voltages.

For more information about I/O and global assignments to I/O banks, refer to the specific pin table

of the device in the "Package Pin Assignments" on page 4-1 and the "User I/O Naming

Convention" section on page 2-159.

Each Pro I/O bank is divided into minibanks. Any user I/O in a VREF minibank (a minibank is the

region of scope of a VREF pin) can be configured as a VREF pin (Figure 2-97 on page 2-134). Only one

VREF pin is needed to control the entire VREF minibank. The location and scope of the VREF

minibanks can be determined by the I/O name. For details, see the "User I/O Naming Convention"

section on page 2-159.

Table 2-67 on page 2-135 shows the I/O standards supported by Fusion devices and the

corresponding voltage levels.

I/O standards are compatible if the following are true:

• Their VCCI values are identical.

• If both of the standards need a VREF

, their VREF values must be identical (Pro I/O only).

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-134 v2.0

Figure 2-97 • Fusion Pro I/O Bank Detail Showing VREF Minibanks (north side ofAFS600 and AFS1500)

Table 2-64 • I/O Standards Supported by Bank Type

I/O Bank Single-Ended I/O Standards

Differential I/O

Standards Voltage-Referenced

Hot-

Swap

Standard I/O LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V, LVCMOS

2.5 V / 1.8 V / 1.5 V, LVCMOS

2.5/5.0 V

–– Yes

Advanced I/O LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V, LVCMOS

2.5 V / 1.8 V / 1.5 V, LVCMOS

2.5/5.0 V, 3.3 V PCI / 3.3 V PCI-X

LVPECL and LVDS – –

Pro I/O LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V, LVCMOS

2.5 V / 1.8 V / 1.5 V, LVCMOS

2.5/5.0 V, 3.3 V PCI / 3.3 V PCI-X

LVPECL and LVDS GTL+ 2.5 V / 3.3 V, GTL 2.5 V / 3.3 V,

HSTL Class I and II, SSTL2 Class I and

II, SSTL3 Class I and II

Yes

Bank 1

Bank 0

I/O

GND

I/O

GND

I/O

I/O Pad

If needed, the VREF for a given

minibank can be provided by

any I/O within the minibank.

CCC CCC CCC

Up to five VREF

minibanks within

an I/O bank

VREF signal scope is

between 8 and 18 I/Os.

Common VREF

signal for all I/Os

in VREF minibanks

VCCI

VCC

VCCI

VCC

User I/Os

v2.0 2-135

Table 2-65 • I/O Bank Support by Device

I/O Bank AFS090 AFS250 AFS600 AFS1500

Standard I/O N N – –

Advanced I/O E, W E, W E, W E, W

Pro I/O – – N N

Analog Quad S S S S

Note: E = East side of the device

W = West side of the device

N = North side of the device

S = South side of the device

Table 2-66 • Fusion VCCI Voltages and Compatible Standards

VCCI (typical) Compatible Standards

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3, PCI 3.3, SSTL3 (Class I and II),* GTL+ 3.3, GTL 3.3,* LVPECL

2.5 V LVCMOS 2.5, LVCMOS 2.5/5.0, SSTL2 (Class I and II),* GTL+ 2.5,* GTL 2.5,* LVDS, BLVDS, M-LVDS

1.8 V LVCMOS 1.8

1.5 V LVCMOS 1.5, HSTL (Class I),* HSTL (Class II)*

Note: *I/O standard supported by Pro I/O banks.

Table 2-67 • Fusion VREF Voltages and Compatible Standards*

VREF (typical) Compatible Standards

1.5 V SSTL3 (Class I and II)

1.25 V SSTL2 (Class I and II)

1.0 V GTL+ 2.5, GTL+ 3.3

0.8 V GTL 2.5, GTL 3.3

0.75 V HSTL (Class I), HSTL (Class II)

Note: *I/O standards supported by Pro I/O banks.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-136 v2.0

Table 2-68 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O Features

I/O Bank Voltage (typical)

Minibank Voltage (typical)

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V

LVCMOS 2.5 V

LVCMOS 1.8 V

LVCMOS 1.5 V

3.3 V PCI / PCI-X

GTL + (3.3 V)

GTL + (2.5 V)

GTL (3.3 V)

GTL (2.5 V)

HSTL Class I and II (1.5 V)

SSTL2 Class I and II (2.5 V)

SSTL3 Class I and II (3.3 V)

LVDS (2.5 V ± 5%)

LVPECL (3.3 V)

3.3 V –

0.80 V

1.00 V

1.50 V

2.5 V –

0.80 V

1.00 V

1.25 V

1.8 V –

1.5 V –

0.75 V

Note: White box: Allowable I/O standard combinations

Gray box: Illegal I/O standard combinations

User I/Os

v2.0 2-137

Features Supported on Pro I/Os

Table 2-69 lists all features supported by transmitter/receiver for single-ended and differential

I/Os.

Table 2-69 • Fusion Pro I/O Features

Feature Description

Single-ended and voltage-

referenced transmitter

features

• Hot insertion in every mode except PCI or 5 V input tolerant (these modes

use clamp diodes and do not allow hot insertion)

• Activation of hot insertion (disabling the clamp diode) is selectable by I/Os.

• Weak pull-up and pull-down

• Two slew rates

• Skew between output buffer enable/disable time: 2 ns delay (rising edge)

and 0 ns delay (falling edge); see "Selectable Skew between Output Buffer

Enable/Disable Time" on page 2-150 for more information

• Five drive strengths

• 5 V–tolerant receiver ("5 V Input Tolerance" section on page 2-145)

• LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V outputs compatible with 5 V TTL inputs ("5 V Output

Tolerance" section on page 2-149)

• High performance (Table 2-73 on page 2-144)

Single-ended receiver features • Schmitt trigger option

• ESD protection

• Programmable delay: 0 ns if bypassed, 0.625 ns with '000' setting, 6.575 ns

with '111' setting, 0.85-ns intermediate delay increments (at 25°C, 1.5 V)

• High performance (Table 2-73 on page 2-144)

• Separate ground planes, GND/GNDQ, for input buffers only to avoid

output-induced noise in the input circuitry

Voltage-referenced

differential receiver features

• Programmable Delay: 0 ns if bypassed, 0.625 ns with '000' setting, 6.575 ns

with '111' setting, 0.85-ns intermediate delay increments (at 25°C, 1.5 V)

• High performance (Table 2-73 on page 2-144)

• Separate ground planes, GND/GNDQ, for input buffers only to avoid

output-induced noise in the input circuitry

CMOS-style LVDS, BLVDS,

M-LVDS, or LVPECL

transmitter

• Two I/Os and external resistors are used to provide a CMOS-style LVDS,

BLVDS, M-LVDS, or LVPECL transmitter solution.

• Activation of hot insertion (disabling the clamp diode) is selectable by I/Os.

• Weak pull-up and pull-down

• Fast slew rate

LVDS/LVPECL differential

receiver features

• ESD protection

• High performance (Table 2-73 on page 2-144)

• Programmable delay: 0.625 ns with '000' setting, 6.575 ns with '111'

setting, 0.85-ns intermediate delay increments (at 25°C, 1.5 V)

• Separate input buffer ground and power planes to avoid output-induced

noise in the input circuitry

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-138 v2.0

Table 2-70 • Maximum I/O Frequency for Single-Ended, Voltage-Referenced, and Differential I/Os;

All I/O Bank Types (maximum drive strength and high slew selected)

Specification Performance Up To

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V 200 MHz

LVCMOS 2.5 V 250 MHz

LVCMOS 1.8 V 200 MHz

LVCMOS 1.5 V 130 MHz

PCI 200 MHz

PCI-X 200 MHz

HSTL-I 300 MHz

HSTL-II 300 MHz

SSTL2-I 300 MHz

SSTL2-II 300 MHz

SSTL3-I 300 MHz

SSTL3-II 300 MHz

GTL+ 3.3 V 300 MHz

GTL+ 2.5 V 300 MHz

GTL 3.3 V 300 MHz

GTL 2.5 V 300 MHz

LVDS 350 MHz

LVPECL 300 MHz

User I/Os

v2.0 2-139

I/O Registers

Each I/O module contains several input, output, and enable registers. Refer to Figure 2-98 for a

simplified representation of the I/O block.

The number of input registers is selected by a set of switches (not shown in Figure 2-98) between

registers to implement single or differential data transmission to and from the FPGA core. The

Designer software sets these switches for the user.

A common CLR/PRE signal is employed by all I/O registers when I/O register combining is used.

Input register 2 does not have a CLR/PRE pin, as this register is used for DDR implementation. The

I/O register combining must satisfy some rules.

Note: Fusion I/Os have registers to support DDR functionality (see the "Double Data Rate (DDR) Support" section

on page 2-140 for more information).

Figure 2-98 • I/O Block Logical Representation

Input

Reg

E = Enable Pin

PAD

OCE

ICE

Input

Reg

Input

Reg

CLR/PRE

Pull-Up/Down

Resistor Control

Signal Drive Strength

and Slew-Rate Control

Output

Reg

Output

Reg

To FPGA Core

From FPGA Core

Output

Enable

Reg

OCE

I/O / CLR or I/O / PRE / OCE

I/O / Q0

I/O / Q1

I/O / ICLK

I/O / D0

I/O / D1 / ICE

I/O / OCLK

I/O / OE

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-140 v2.0

Double Data Rate (DDR) Support

Fusion Pro I/Os support 350 MHz DDR inputs and outputs. In DDR mode, new data is present on

every transition of the clock signal. Clock and data lines have identical bandwidths and signal

integrity requirements, making it very efficient for implementing very high-speed systems.

DDR interfaces can be implemented using HSTL, SSTL, LVDS, and LVPECL I/O standards. In addition,

high-speed DDR interfaces can be implemented using LVDS I/O.

Input Support for DDR

The basic structure to support a DDR input is shown in Figure 2-99. Three input registers are used to

capture incoming data, which is presented to the core on each rising edge of the I/O register clock.

Each I/O tile on Fusion devices supports DDR inputs.

Output Support for DDR

The basic DDR output structure is shown in Figure 2-100 on page 2-141. New data is presented to

the output every half clock cycle. Note: DDR macros and I/O registers do not require additional

routing. The combiner automatically recognizes the DDR macro and pushes its registers to the I/O

already taken into account in the DDR macro.

Refer to the Actel application note Using DDR for Fusion Devices for more information.

Figure 2-99 • DDR Input Register Support in Fusion Devices

Input DDR

Data

CLK

CLKBUF

INBUF

Out_QF

(to core)

FF2

FF1

INBUF

CLR

DDR_IN

Out_QR

(to core)

User I/Os

v2.0 2-141

Figure 2-100 • DDR Output Support in Fusion Devices

Data_F

(from core)

CLK

CLKBUF

Out

FF2

INBUF

CLR

DDR_OUT

FF1

OUTBUF

Data_R

(from core)

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-142 v2.0

Hot-Swap Support

Hot-swapping (also called hot plugging) is the operation of hot insertion or hot removal of a card

in (or from) a powered-up system. The levels of hot-swap support and examples of related

applications are described in Table 2-71. The I/Os also need to be configured in hot insertion mode

if hot plugging compliance is required.

Table 2-71 • Levels of Hot-Swap Support

Hot

Swapping

Level Description

Power

Applied

to Device Bus State

Card

Ground

Connection

Device

Circuitry

Connected

to Bus Pins

Example of

Application with

Cards that Contain

Fusion Devices

Compliance of

Fusion Devices

1 Cold-swap No – – – System and card

with Actel FPGA chip

are powered down,

then card gets

plugged into system,

then power supplies

are turned on for

system but not for

FPGA on card.

Compliant I/Os

can but do not

have to be set to

hot insertion

mode.

2 Hot-swap

while reset

Yes Held in

reset state

Must be

made and

maintained

for 1 ms

before,

during, and

after

insertion/

removal

– In PCI hot plug

specification, reset

control circuitry

isolates the card

busses until the card

supplies are at their

nominal operating

levels and stable.

Compliant I/Os

can but do not

have to be set to

hot insertion

mode.

3 Hot-swap

while bus

idle

Yes Held idle

(no

ongoing

I/O

processes

during

insertion/re

moval)

Same as Level

Must

remain

glitch-free

during

power-up

or power-

down

Board bus shared

with card bus is

"frozen," and there

is no toggling

activity on bus. It is

critical that the logic

states set on the bus

signal do not get

disturbed during

card

insertion/removal.

Compliant with

cards with two

levels of

staging. I/Os

have to be set to

hot insertion

mode.

4 Hot-swap

on an active

bus

Yes Bus may

have active

I/O

processes

ongoing,

but device

being

inserted or

removed

must be

idle.

Same as Level

Same as

Level 3

There is activity on

the system bus, and

it is critical that the

logic states set on

the bus signal do not

get disturbed during

card

insertion/removal.

Compliant with

cards with two

levels of

staging. I/Os

have to be set to

hot insertion

mode.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-143

For Fusion devices requiring Level 3 and/or Level 4 compliance, the board drivers connected to

Fusion I/Os need to have 10 kΩ (or lower) output drive resistance at hot insertion, and 1 kΩ (or

lower) output drive resistance at hot removal. This is the resistance of the transmitter sending a

signal to the Fusion I/O, and no additional resistance is needed on the board. If that cannot be

assured, three levels of staging can be used to meet Level 3 and/or Level 4 compliance. Cards with

two levels of staging should have the following sequence:

1. Grounds

2. Powers, I/Os, other pins

Cold-Sparing Support

Cold-sparing means that a subsystem with no power applied (usually a circuit board) is electrically

connected to the system that is in operation. This means that all input buffers of the subsystem

must present very high input impedance with no power applied so as not to disturb the operating

portion of the system.

Pro I/O banks and standard I/O banks fully support cold-sparing.

For Pro I/O banks, standards such as PCI that require I/O clamp diodes, can also achieve cold-sparing

compliance, since clamp diodes get disconnected internally when the supplies are at 0 V.

For Advanced I/O banks, since the I/O clamp diode is always active, cold-sparing can be

accomplished either by employing a bus switch to isolate the device I/Os from the rest of the system

or by driving each advanced I/O pin to 0 V.

If Standard I/O banks are used in applications requiring cold-sparing, a discharge path from the

power supply to ground should be provided. This can be done with a discharge resistor or a

switched resistor. This is necessary because the standard I/O buffers do not have built-in I/O clamp

diodes.

If a resistor is chosen, the resistor value must be calculated based on decoupling capacitance on a

given power supply on the board (this decoupling capacitor is in parallel with the resistor). The RC

time constant should ensure full discharge of supplies before cold-sparing functionality is required.

The resistor is necessary to ensure that the power pins are discharged to ground every time there is

an interruption of power to the device.

I/O cold-sparing may add additional current if the pin is configured with either a pull-up or pull

down resistor and driven in the opposite direction. A small static current is induced on each IO pin

when the pin is driven to a voltage opposite to the weak pull resistor. The current is equal to the

voltage drop across the input pin divided by the pull resistor. Please refer to Table 2-92 on

page 2-171, Table 2-93 on page 2-171, and Table 2-94 on page 2-173 for the specific pull resistor

value for the corresponding I/O standard.

For example, assuming an LVTTL 3.3 V input pin is configured with a weak Pull-up resistor, a

current will flow through the pull-up resistor if the input pin is driven low. For an LVTTL 3.3 V, pull-

up resistor is ~45 kΩ and the resulting current is equal to 3.3 V / 45 kΩ = 73 µA for the I/O pin. This

is true also when a weak pull-down is chosen and the input pin is driven high. Avoiding this current

can be done by driving the input low when a weak pull-down resistor is used, and driving it high

when a weak pull-up resistor is used.

In Active and Static modes, this current draw can occur in the following cases:

• Input buffers with pull-up, driven low

• Input buffers with pull-down, driven high

• Bidirectional buffers with pull-up, driven low

• Bidirectional buffers with pull-down, driven high

• Output buffers with pull-up, driven low

• Output buffers with pull-down, driven high

• Tristate buffers with pull-up, driven low

• Tristate buffers with pull-down, driven high

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-144 v2.0

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection

Fusion devices are tested per JEDEC Standard JESD22-A114-B.

Fusion devices contain clamp diodes at every I/O, global, and power pad. Clamp diodes protect all

device pads against damage from ESD as well as from excessive voltage transients.

Each I/O has two clamp diodes. One diode has its positive (P) side connected to the pad and its

negative (N) side connected to VCCI. The second diode has its P side connected to GND and its N side

connected to the pad. During operation, these diodes are normally biased in the Off state, except

when transient voltage is significantly above VCCI or below GND levels.

By selecting the appropriate I/O configuration, the diode is turned on or off. Refer to Table 2-72 and

Table 2-73 on page 2-144 for more information about I/O standards and the clamp diode.

The second diode is always connected to the pad, regardless of the I/O configuration selected.

Table 2-72 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O – Hot-Swap and 5 V Input Tolerance Capabilities

I/O Assignment

Clamp Diode Hot Insertion 5 V Input Tolerance 1

Input

Buffer

Output

Buffer

Standard

I/O

Advanced

I/O

Standard

I/O

Advanced

I/O

Standard

I/O

Advanced

I/O

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS No Yes Yes No Yes1Yes1Enabled/Disabled

3.3 V PCI, 3.3 V PCI-X N/A Yes N/A No N/A Yes1Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 2.5 V No Yes Yes No No No Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V N/A Yes N/A No N/A Yes2Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 1.8 V No Yes Yes No No No Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 1.5 V No Yes Yes No No No Enabled/Disabled

Differential,

LVDS/BLVDS/M-LVDS/

LVPECL 3

N/A Yes N/A No N/A No Enabled/Disabled

Notes:

1. Can be implemented with an external IDT bus switch, resistor divider, or Zener with resistor.

2. Can be implemented with an external resistor and an internal clamp diode.

3. Bidirectional LVPECL buffers are not supported. I/Os can be configured as either input buffers or output buffers.

Table 2-73 • Fusion Pro I/O – Hot-Swap and 5 V Input Tolerance Capabilities

I/O Assignment

Clamp

Diode

Hot

Insertion

5 V Input

Tolerance Input Buffer Output Buffer

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS No Yes Yes1Enabled/Disabled

3.3 V PCI, 3.3 V PCI-X Yes No Yes1Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 2.5 V 3No Yes No Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V 3Yes No Yes2Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 1.8 V No Yes No Enabled/Disabled

LVCMOS 1.5 V No Yes No Enabled/Disabled

Voltage-Referenced Input Buffer No Yes No Enabled/Disabled

Differential, LVDS/BLVDS/M-LVDS/LVPECL4No Yes No Enabled/Disabled

Notes:

1. Can be implemented with an external IDT bus switch, resistor divider, or Zener with resistor.

2. Can be implemented with an external resistor and an internal clamp diode.

3. In the SmartGen, FlashROM, Flash Memory System Builder, and Analog System Builder User's Guide, select

the LVCMOS5 macro for the LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V I/O standard or the LVCMOS25 macro for the LVCMOS 2.5

V I/O standard.

4. Bidirectional LVPECL buffers are not supported. I/Os can be configured as either input buffers or output buffers.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-145

5 V Input Tolerance

I/Os can support 5 V input tolerance when LVTTL 3.3 V, LVCMOS 3.3 V, LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5 V, and

LVCMOS 2.5 V configurations are used (see Table 2-74 on page 2-148 for more details). There are

four recommended solutions (see Figure 2-101 to Figure 2-104 on page 2-147 for details of board

and macro setups) to achieve 5 V receiver tolerance. All the solutions meet a common requirement

of limiting the voltage at the input to 3.6 V or less. In fact, the I/O absolute maximum voltage

rating is 3.6 V, and any voltage above 3.6 V may cause long-term gate oxide failures.

Solution 1

The board-level design needs to ensure that the reflected waveform at the pad does not exceed

the limits provided in Table 3-4 on page 3-4. This is a long-term reliability requirement.

This scheme will also work for a 3.3 V PCI / PCI-X configuration, but the internal diode should not

be used for clamping, and the voltage must be limited by the two external resistors, as explained

below. Relying on the diode clamping would create an excessive pad DC voltage of 3.3 V + 0.7 V =

4 V.

The following are some examples of possible resistor values (based on a simplified simulation

model with no line effects and 10 Ω transmitter output resistance, where Rtx_out_high = (VCCI –

VOH)/I

OH, Rtx_out_low = VOL /I

OL).

Example 1 (high speed, high current):

Rtx_out_high = Rtx_out_low = 10 Ω

R1 = 36 Ω (±5%), P(r1)min = 0.069 Ω

R2 = 82 Ω (±5%), P(r2)min = 0.158 Ω

Imax_tx = 5.5 V / (82 * 0.95 + 36 * 0.95 + 10) = 45.04 mA

tRISE =t

FALL = 0.85 ns at C_pad_load = 10 pF (includes up to 25% safety margin)

tRISE =t

FALL = 4 ns at C_pad_load = 50 pF (includes up to 25% safety margin)

Example 2 (low–medium speed, medium current):

Rtx_out_high = Rtx_out_low = 10 Ω

R1 = 220 Ω (±5%), P(r1)min = 0.018 Ω

R2 = 390 Ω (±5%), P(r2)min = 0.032 Ω

Imax_tx = 5.5 V / (220 * 0.95 + 390 * 0.95 + 10) = 9.17 mA

tRISE =t

FALL = 4 ns at C_pad_load = 10 pF (includes up to 25% safety margin)

tRISE =t

FALL = 20 ns at C_pad_load = 50 pF (includes up to 25% safety margin)

Other values of resistors are also allowed as long as the resistors are sized appropriately to limit the

voltage at the receiving end to 2.5 V < Vin(rx) < 3.6 V when the transmitter sends a logic 1. This

range of Vin_dc(rx) must be assured for any combination of transmitter supply (5 V ± 0.5 V),

transmitter output resistance, and board resistor tolerances.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-146 v2.0

Temporary overshoots are allowed according to Table 3-4 on page 3-4.

Solution 2

The board-level design must ensure that the reflected waveform at the pad does not exceed limits

provided in Table 3-4 on page 3-4. This is a long-term reliability requirement.

This scheme will also work for a 3.3 V PCI/PCI-X configuration, but the internal diode should not be

used for clamping, and the voltage must be limited by the external resistors and Zener, as shown in

Figure 2-102. Relying on the diode clamping would create an excessive pad DC voltage of 3.3 V +

0.7 V = 4 V.

Figure 2-101 • Solution 1

Figure 2-102 • Solution 2

On-ChipOff-Chip

Solution 1

5.5 V 3.3 V

Requires two board resistors,

LVCMOS 3.3 V I/Os

Fusion I/O Input

Rext1

Rext2

Solution 2

5.5 V 3.3 V

Requires one board resistor, one

Zener 3.3 V diode, LVCMOS 3.3 V I/Os

Fusion I/O Input

Rext1

Zener

3.3 V

On-ChipOff-Chip

User I/Os

v2.0 2-147

Solution 3

The board-level design must ensure that the reflected waveform at the pad does not exceed limits

provided in Table 3-4 on page 3-4. This is a long-term reliability requirement.

This scheme will also work for a 3.3 V PCI/PCIX configuration, but the internal diode should not be

used for clamping, and the voltage must be limited by the bus switch, as shown in Figure 2-103.

Relying on the diode clamping would create an excessive pad DC voltage of 3.3 V + 0.7 V = 4 V.

Solution 4

Figure 2-103 • Solution 3

Figure 2-104 • Solution 4

Solution 3

Requires a bus switch on the board,

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V I/Os.

Fusion I/O Input

3.3 V

5.5 V

Bus

Switch

IDTQS32X23

On-ChipOff-Chip

Solution 4

2.5 V On-Chip

Clamp

Diode

Requires one board resistor.

Available for LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V.

On-ChipOff-Chip

5.5 V 2.5 V

Fusion I/O Input

Rext1

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-148 v2.0

Table 2-74 • Comparison Table for 5 V–Compliant Receiver Scheme

Scheme Board Components Speed Current Limitations

1 Two resistors Low to high1Limited by transmitter's drive strength

2 Resistor and Zener 3.3 V Medium Limited by transmitter's drive strength

3Bus switch HighN/A

4 Minimum resistor value2

R = 47 Ω at TJ = 70°C

R = 150 Ω at TJ = 85°C

R = 420 Ω at TJ = 100°C

Medium Maximum diode current at 100% duty cycle, signal

constantly at '1'

52.7 mA at TJ =70°C / 10-year lifetime

16.5 mA at TJ = 85°C / 10-year lifetime

5.9 mA at TJ = 100°C / 10-year lifetime

For duty cycles other than 100%, the currents can be

increased by a factor = 1 / (duty cycle).

Example: 20% duty cycle at 70°C

Maximum current = (1 / 0.2) * 52.7 mA = 5 * 52.7 mA =

263.5 mA

Notes:

1. Speed and current consumption increase as the board resistance values decrease.

2. Resistor values ensure I/O diode long-term reliability.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-149

5 V Output Tolerance

Fusion I/Os must be set to 3.3 V LVTTL or 3.3 V LVCMOS mode to reliably drive 5 V TTL receivers. It is

also critical that there be NO external I/O pull-up resistor to 5 V, since this resistor would pull the

I/O pad voltage beyond the 3.6 V absolute maximum value and consequently cause damage to the

I/O.

When set to 3.3 V LVTTL or 3.3 V LVCMOS mode, Fusion I/Os can directly drive signals into 5 V TTL

receivers. In fact, VOL =0.4V and V

OH = 2.4 V in both 3.3 V LVTTL and 3.3 V LVCMOS modes exceed

the VIL =0.8V and V

IH = 2 V level requirements of 5 V TTL receivers. Therefore, level '1' and level '0'

will be recognized correctly by 5 V TTL receivers.

Simultaneously Switching Outputs and PCB Layout

• Simultaneously switching outputs (SSOs) can produce signal integrity problems on adjacent

signals that are not part of the SSO bus. Both inductive and capacitive coupling parasitics of

bond wires inside packages and of traces on PCBs will transfer noise from SSO busses onto

signals adjacent to those busses. Additionally, SSOs can produce ground bounce noise and

VCCI dip noise. These two noise types are caused by rapidly changing currents through GND

and VCCI package pin inductances during switching activities:

• Ground bounce noise voltage = L(GND) * di/dt

•V

CCI dip noise voltage = L(VCCI) * di/dt

Any group of four or more input pins switching on the same clock edge is considered an SSO bus.

The shielding should be done both on the board and inside the package unless otherwise

described.

In-package shielding can be achieved in several ways; the required shielding will vary depending

on whether pins next to SSO bus are LVTTL/LVCMOS inputs, LVTTL/LVCMOS outputs, or

GTL/SSTL/HSTL/LVDS/LVPECL inputs and outputs. Board traces in the vicinity of the SSO bus have to

be adequately shielded from mutual coupling and inductive noise that can be generated by the

SSO bus. Also, noise generated by the SSO bus needs to be reduced inside the package.

PCBs perform an important function in feeding stable supply voltages to the IC and, at the same

time, maintaining signal integrity between devices.

Key issues that need to considered are as follows:

• Power and ground plane design and decoupling network design

• Transmission line reflections and terminations

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-150 v2.0

Selectable Skew between Output Buffer Enable/Disable Time

The configurable skew block is used to delay the output buffer assertion (enable) without affecting

deassertion (disable) time.

Figure 2-105 • Block Diagram of Output Enable Path

Figure 2-106 • Timing Diagram (option1: bypasses skew circuit)

Figure 2-107 • Timing Diagram (option 2: enables skew circuit)

ENABLE (OUT)

Skew Circuit

Output Enable

(from FPGA core)

I/O Output

Buffers

ENABLE (IN)

MUX

Skew Select

ENABLE (IN)

ENABLE (OUT)

Less than

0.1 ns

Less than

0.1 ns

ENABLE (IN)

ENABLE (OUT)

1.2 ns

(typical)

Less than

0.1 ns

User I/Os

v2.0 2-151

At the system level, the skew circuit can be used in applications where transmission activities on

bidirectional data lines need to be coordinated. This circuit, when selected, provides a timing

margin that can prevent bus contention and subsequent data loss or transmitter overstress due to

transmitter-to-transmitter current shorts. Figure 2-108 presents an example of the skew circuit

implementation in a bidirectional communication system. Figure 2-109 shows how bus contention

is created, and Figure 2-110 on page 2-152 shows how it can be avoided with the skew circuit.

Figure 2-108 • Example of Implementation of Skew Circuits in Bidirectional Transmission Systems Using Fusion

Devices

Figure 2-109 • Timing Diagram (bypasses skew circuit)

Transmitter 1: Fusion I/O Transmitter 2: Generic I/O

ENABLE(t2)

EN(b1) EN(b2)

EN(r1)

ENABLE(t1)

Bidirectional Data Bus

Transmitter

ENABLE/

DISABLE

Skew or

Bypass

Skew

Routing

Delay (t1)

Routing

Delay (t2)

EN (b1)

EN (b2)

ENABLE (r1)

Transmitter 1: ON

ENABLE (t2)

Transmitter 2: ON

ENABLE (t1)

Bus

Contention

Transmitter 1: OFF Transmitter 1: OFF

Transmitter 2: OFF

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-152 v2.0

Weak Pull-Up and Weak Pull-Down Resistors

Fusion devices support optional weak pull-up and pull-down resistors for each I/O pin. When the

I/O is pulled up, it is connected to the VCCI of its corresponding I/O bank. When it is pulled down, it

is connected to GND. Refer to Table 2-94 on page 2-173 for more information.

Slew Rate Control and Drive Strength

Fusion devices support output slew rate control: high and low. The high slew rate option is

recommended to minimize the propagation delay. This high-speed option may introduce noise

into the system if appropriate signal integrity measures are not adopted. Selecting a low slew rate

reduces this kind of noise but adds some delays in the system. Low slew rate is recommended when

bus transients are expected. Drive strength should also be selected according to the design

requirements and noise immunity of the system.

The output slew rate and multiple drive strength controls are available in LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V,

LVCMOS 2.5 V, LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V input, LVCMOS 1.8 V, and LVCMOS 1.5 V. All other I/O

standards have a high output slew rate by default.

For Fusion slew rate and drive strength specifications, refer to the appropriate I/O bank table:

• Fusion Standard I/O (Table 2-75 on page 2-153)

• Fusion Advanced I/O (Table 2-76 on page 2-153)

• Fusion Pro I/O (Table 2-77 on page 2-153)

Table 2-80 on page 2-156 lists the default values for the above selectable I/O attributes as well as

those that are preset for each I/O standard.

Figure 2-110 • Timing Diagram (with skew circuit selected)

EN (b1)

EN (b2)

Transmitter 1: ON

ENABLE (t2)

Transmitter 2: ON Transmitter 2: OFF

ENABLE (t1)

Result: No Bus Contention

Transmitter 1: OFF Transmitter 1: OFF

User I/Os

v2.0 2-153

Refer to Table 2-75, Table 2-76, and Table 2-77 on page 2-153 for SLEW and OUT_DRIVE settings.

Table 2-78 on page 2-154 and Table 2-79 on page 2-155 list the I/O default attributes. Table 2-80 on

page 2-156 lists the voltages for the supported I/O standards.

Table 2-75 • Fusion Standard I/O Standards—OUT_DRIVE Settings

I/O Standards

OUT_DRIVE (mA)

2 4 6 8 Slew

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓

High Low

LVCMOS 2.5 V ✓✓✓✓

High Low

LVCMOS 1.8 V ✓✓ – – High Low

LVCMOS 1.5 V ✓–––HighLow

Table 2-76 • Fusion Advanced I/O Standards—SLEW and OUT_DRIVE Settings

I/O Standards

OUT_DRIVE (mA)

2 4 6 8 12 16 Slew

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V ✓✓✓✓✓ ✓

High Low

LVCMOS 2.5 V ✓✓✓✓✓ – High Low

LVCMOS 1.8 V ✓✓✓✓ – – High Low

LVCMOS 1.5 V ✓✓ – – – – High Low

Table 2-77 • Fusion Pro I/O Standards—SLEW and OUT_DRIVE Settings

I/O Standards

OUT_DRIVE (mA)

Slew2 4 6 8 12 16 24

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

High Low

LVCMOS 2.5 V ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

High Low

LVCMOS 2.5 V/5.0 V ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

High Low

LVCMOS 1.8 V ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –HighLow

LVCMOS 1.5 V ✓✓✓ ✓ ✓ – – High Low

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-154 v2.0

Table 2-78 • Fusion Pro I/O Default Attributes

I/O Standards

SLEW

(output only)

OUT_DRIVE

(output only)

SKEW (tribuf and bibuf only)

RES_PULL

OUT_LOAD (output only)

COMBINE_REGISTER

IN_DELAY (input only)

IN_DELAY_VAL (input only)

SCHMITT_TRIGGER (input only)

LVTTL/LVCMOS

3.3 V

Refer to the following

tables for more

information:

Table 2-75 on page 2-153

Table 2-76 on page 2-153

Table 2-77 on page 2-153

Refer to the following

tables for more

information:

Table 2-75 on page 2-153

Table 2-76 on page 2-153

Table 2-77 on page 2-153

Off None 35 pF – Off 0 Off

LVCMOS 2.5 V Off None 35 pF – Off 0 Off

LVCMOS

2.5/5.0 V

Off None 35 pF – Off 0 Off

LVCMOS 1.8 V Off None 35 pF – Off 0 Off

LVCMOS 1.5 V Off None 35 pF – Off 0 Off

PCI (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

PCI-X (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

GTL+ (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

GTL+ (2.5 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

GTL (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

GTL (2.5 V) Off None 10 pF – Off 0 Off

HSTL Class I Off None 20 pF – Off 0 Off

HSTL Class II Off None 20 pF – Off 0 Off

SSTL2

Class I and II

Off None 30 pF – Off 0 Off

SSTL3

Class I and II

Off None 30 pF – Off 0 Off

LVDS, BLVDS,

M-LVDS

Off None 0 pF – Off 0 Off

LVPECL Off None 0 pF – Off 0 Off

User I/Os

v2.0 2-155

Table 2-79 • Advanced I/O Default Attributes

I/O Standards SLEW (output only) OUT_DRIVE (output only)

SKEW (tribuf and bibuf only)

RES_PULL

OUT_LOAD (output only)

COMBINE_REGISTER

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V Refer to the following

tables for more

information:

Table 2-75 on page 2-153

Table 2-76 on page 2-153

Table 2-77 on page 2-153

Refer to the following

tables for more

information:

Table 2-75 on page 2-153

Table 2-76 on page 2-153

Table 2-77 on page 2-153

Off None 35 pF –

LVCMOS 2.5 V Off None 35 pF –

LVCMOS 2.5/5.0 V Off None 35 pF –

LVCMOS 1.8 V Off None 35 pF –

LVCMOS 1.5 V Off None 35 pF –

PCI (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF –

PCI-X (3.3 V) Off None 10 pF –

LVDS, BLVDS, M-LVDS Off None – –

LVPECL Off None – –

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-156 v2.0

Table 2-80 • Fusion Pro I/O Supported Standards and Corresponding VREF and VTT Voltages

I/O Standard

Input/Output Supply

Voltage (VCCI_TYP)

Input Reference Voltage

(VREF_TYP)

Board Termination Voltage

(VTT_TYP)

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V 3.30 V – –

LVCMOS 2.5 V 2.50 V – –

LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V

Input

2.50 V – –

LVCMOS 1.8 V 1.80 V – –

LVCMOS 1.5 V 1.50 V – –

PCI 3.3 V 3.30 V – –

PCI-X 3.3 V 3.30 V – –

GTL+ 3.3 V 3.30 V 1.00 V 1.50 V

GTL+ 2.5 V 2.50 V 1.00 V 1.50 V

GTL 3.3 V 3.30 V 0.80 V 1.20 V

GTL 2.5 V 2.50 V 0.80 V 1.20 V

HSTL Class I 1.50 V 0.75 V 0.75 V

HSTL Class II 1.50 V 0.75 V 0.75 V

SSTL3 Class I 3.30 V 1.50 V 1.50 V

SSTL3 Class II 3.30 V 1.50 V 1.50 V

SSTL2 Class I 2.50 V 1.25 V 1.25 V

SSTL2 Class II 2.50 V 1.25 V 1.25 V

LVDS, BLVDS, M-LVDS 2.50 V – –

LVPECL 3.30 V – –

User I/Os

v2.0 2-157

I/O Software Support

In the Fusion development software, default settings have been defined for the various I/O

standards supported. Changes can be made to the default settings via the use of attributes;

however, not all I/O attributes are applicable for all I/O standards. Table 2-81 and Table 2-82 list the

valid I/O attributes that can be manipulated by the user for each I/O standard.

Single-ended I/O standards in Fusion support up to five different drive strengths.

Table 2-81 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O Attributes vs. I/O Standard Applications

I/O Standards

SLEW

(output

only)

OUT_DRIVE

(output only)

SKEW

(all macros

with OE)* RES_PULL

OUT_LOAD

(output only) COMBINE_REGISTER

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LVCMOS 2.5 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LVCMOS 2.5/5.0 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LVCMOS 1.8 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LVCMOS 1.5 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PCI (3.3 V) ✓✓✓

PCI-X (3.3 V) ✓✓✓✓

LVDS, BLVDS, M-LVDS ✓✓

LVPECL ✓

Note: *This feature does not apply to the standard I/O banks, which are the north I/O banks of AFS090 and

AFS250 devices

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-158 v2.0

Table 2-82 • Fusion Pro I/O Attributes vs. I/O Standard Applications

I/O Standards

SLEW (output only)

OUT_DRIVE (output only)

SKEW (all macros with OE)

RES_PULL

OUT_LOAD (output only)

COMBINE_REGISTER

IN_DELAY (input only)

IN_DELAY_VAL (input only)

SCHMITT_TRIGGER (input only)

HOT_SWAPPABLE

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V ✓✓ ✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

LVCMOS 2.5 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

LVCMOS 2.5/5.0 V ✓✓ ✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

LVCMOS 1.8 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

LVCMOS 1.5 V ✓✓ ✓ ✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

PCI (3.3 V) ✓✓

✓✓✓

PCI-X (3.3 V) ✓✓✓

✓✓✓

GTL+ (3.3 V) ✓✓

✓✓✓ ✓

GTL+ (2.5 V) ✓✓✓✓✓✓

GTL (3.3 V) ✓✓✓✓✓✓

GTL (2.5 V) ✓✓✓✓✓✓

HSTL Class I ✓✓✓✓✓✓

HSTL Class II ✓✓✓✓✓✓

SSTL2 Class I and II ✓✓✓✓✓✓

SSTL3 Class I and II ✓✓✓✓✓✓

LVDS, BLVDS, M-LVDS ✓✓✓✓✓

LVPECL ✓✓ ✓ ✓

User I/Os

v2.0 2-159

User I/O Naming Convention

Due to the comprehensive and flexible nature of Fusion device user I/Os, a naming scheme is used

to show the details of the I/O (Figure 2-111 on page 2-160 and Figure 2-112 on page 2-160). The

name identifies to which I/O bank it belongs, as well as the pairing and pin polarity for differential

I/Os.

I/O Nomenclature = Gmn/IOuxwByVz

Gmn is only used for I/Os that also have CCC access—i.e., global pins.

G=Global

m = Global pin location associated with each CCC on the device: A (northwest corner), B (northeast corner), C

(east middle), D (southeast corner), E (southwest corner), and F (west middle).

n = Global input MUX and pin number of the associated Global location m, either A0, A1, A2, B0, B1, B2, C0,

C1, or C2. Figure 2-22 on page 2-28 shows the three input pins per clock source MUX at CCC location m.

u = I/O pair number in the bank, starting at 00 from the northwest I/O bank and proceeding in a clockwise

direction.

x = P (Positive) or N (Negative) for differential pairs, or R (Regular – single-ended) for the I/Os that support

single-ended and voltage-referenced I/O standards only. U (Positive-LVDS only) or V (Negative-LVDS

only) restrict the I/O differential pair from being selected as an LVPECL pair.

w = D (Differential Pair), P (Pair), or S (Single-Ended). D (Differential Pair) if both members of the pair are

bonded out to adjacent pins or are separated only by one GND or NC pin; P (Pair) if both members of the

pair are bonded out but do not meet the adjacency requirement; or S (Single-Ended) if the I/O pair is not

bonded out. For Differential (D) pairs, adjacency for ball grid packages means only vertical or horizontal.

Diagonal adjacency does not meet the requirements for a true differential pair.

B = Bank

y = Bank number (0–3). The Bank number starts at 0 from the northwest I/O bank and proceeds in a

clockwise direction.

V = Reference voltage

z = Minibank number

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-160 v2.0

Figure 2-111 • Naming Conventions of Fusion Devices with Three Digital I/O Banks

Figure 2-112 • Naming Conventions of Fusion Devices with Four I/O Banks

CCC

"A"

CCC

"E"

CCC/PLL

"F"

CCC

"B"

CCC

"D"

CCC

"C"

AFS090

Standard I/O Bank

Analog Quads

Advanced I/O Bank

AFS250

Bank 3

Bank 1

Bank 2 (analog)

Bank 0

AFS600

AFS1500

Bank 4

Bank 2

Bank 3 (analog)

Bank 0 Bank 1

CCC

"A"

CCC

"E"

CCC/PLL

"F"

CCC

"B"

CCC

"D"

CCC/PLL

"C"

Pro I/O Bank

Analog Quads

Advnaced I/O Bank

Advanced I/O Bank

User I/Os

v2.0 2-161

User I/O Characteristics

Timing Model

Figure 2-113 • Timing Model

Operating Conditions: –2 Speed, Commercial Temperature Range (TJ=70°C),

Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

DQ DQ

Combinational Cell

I/O Module

(Non-Registered)

LVPECL (Pro IO banks)

LVPECL

(Pro IO Banks)

LVDS,

BLVDS,

M-LVDS (Pro IO Banks)

GTL+ 3.3 V

Combinational Cell

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V (Pro I/O banks)

Output drive strength = 24 mA

High slew rate

LVCMOS 1.5 V (Pro IO banks)

Output drive strength = 12 mA

High slew

LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 V (Pro I/O banks)

Output drive strength = 12 mA

High slew rate

IInput LVTTL/LVCMOS

3.3 V (Pro IO banks)

Input LVTTL/LVCMOS

3.3 V (Pro IO banks)

Input LVTTL/LVCMOS

3.3 V (Pro IO banks)

I/O Module

(Non-Registered)

I/O Module

(Non-Registered)

I/O Module

(Non-Registered)

I/O Module

(Registered)

I/O Module

(Registered)

I/O Module

(Non-Registered)

tPD = 0.56 ns tPD = 0.49 ns

tDp = 1.60 ns

tPD = 0.87 ns tDP = 2.74 ns

tPD = 0.51 ns

tPD = 0.47 ns

tOCLKQ = 0.59 ns

tOSUD = 0.31 ns

tPY = 0.90 ns

tDP = 1.53 ns

tDP = 3.30 ns

tDP = 2.39 ns

tCLKQ = 0.55 ns

tSUD = 0.43 ns

tPY = 0.90 ns

tCLKQ = 0.55 ns

tSUD = 0.43 ns

tPY = 1.36 ns

tPY = 0.90 ns

tPY = 1.22 ns

tICLKQ = 0.24 ns

tISUD = 0.26 ns

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-162 v2.0

Figure 2-114 • Input Buffer Timing Model and Delays (example)

tPY = MAX(tPY (R), tPY (F))

tPYs = MAX(tPYS (R), tPYS (F))

tDIN = MAX(tDIN (R), tDIN (F))

tPY

(R)

PAD

Vtrip

GND tPY

(F)

Vtrip

50%

VIH

VCC

VIL

tPYS

(R)

tPYS

(F)

tDOUT

(R)

DIN

GND tDOUT

(F)

50%50%

VCC

PAD Y

tPY

tPYS

CLK

I/O interface

DIN

tDIN

To Array

User I/Os

v2.0 2-163

Figure 2-115 • Output Buffer Model and Delays (example)

tDP

(R)

PAD VOL

tDP

(F)

Vtrip

VOH

VCC

D50% 50%

VCC

0 V

DOUT 50% 50% 0 V

tDOUT

(R)

tDOUT

(F)

From Array

PAD

tDP

Std

Load

CLK

I/O Interface

DOUT

tDOUT

tDP = MAX(tDP(R), tDP(F))

tDOUT = MAX(tDOUT(R), tDOUT(F))

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-164 v2.0

Figure 2-116 • Tristate Output Buffer Timing Model and Delays (example)

CLK

10% VCCI

tZL

Vtrip

50%

tHZ

90% VCCI

tZH

Vtrip

50% 50% tLZ

50%

EOUT

PAD

E50%

tEOUT (R)

50%

tEOUT (F)

PAD

DOUT

EOUT

I/O Interface

tEOUT

tZLS

Vtrip

50%

tZHS

Vtrip

50%

EOUT

PAD

E50% 50%

tEOUT (R) tEOUT (F)

50%

VCC

VCCI

VCC

VOH

VOL

tZL, tZH, tHZ, tLZ, tZLS, tZHS

tEOUT = MAX(tEOUT (R). tEOUT (F))

User I/Os

v2.0 2-165

Overview of I/O Performance

Summary of I/O DC Input and Output Levels – Default I/O Software Settings

Table 2-83 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels Applicable to Commercial and

Industrial Conditions

Applicable to Pro I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive

Strength

Slew

Rate

VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH

Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

3.3 V LVTTL /

3.3 V LVCMOS

12 mA High –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 12 12

2.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 12 12

1.8 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65*VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 12 12

1.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65*VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 12 12

3.3 V PCI Per PCI Specification

3.3 V PCI-X Per PCI-X Specification

3.3 V GTL 25 mA2 High –0.3 VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 3.6 0.4 – 25 25

2.5 V GTL 25 mA2 High –0.3 VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 3.6 0.4 – 25 25

3.3 V GTL+ 35 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.6 – 51 51

2.5 V GTL+ 33 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.6 – 40 40

HSTL (I) 8 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.4 VCCI – 0.4 8 8

HSTL (II) 15 mA2 High –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.4 VCCI – 0.4 15 15

SSTL2 (I) 15 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.54 VCCI – 0.62 15 15

SSTL2 (II) 18 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.35 VCCI – 0.43 18 18

SSTL3 (I) 14 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.7 VCCI – 1.1 14 14

SSTL3 (II) 21 mA High –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.5 VCCI – 0.9 21 21

Notes:

1. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

2. Output drive strength is below JEDEC specification.

3. Output slew rate can be extracted by the IBIS models.

Table 2-84 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels Applicable to Commercial and

Industrial Conditions

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive

Strength

Slew

Rate

VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH

Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

3.3 V LVTTL /

3.3 V LVCMOS

12 mA High –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 12 12

2.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 12 12

1.8 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 12 12

1.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 12 12

3.3 V PCI Per PCI specifications

3.3 V PCI-X Per PCI-X specifications

Note: Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-166 v2.0

Table 2-85 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels Applicable to Commercial and

Industrial Conditions

Applicable to Standard I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive

Strength

Slew

Rate

VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH

Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

3.3 V LVTTL /

3.3 V LVCMOS

8 mA High –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 8 8

2.5 V LVCMOS 8 mA High –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 8 8

1.8 V LVCMOS 4 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 4 4

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA High –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65*VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 22

Note: Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Table 2-86 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input Levels Applicable to Commercial and Industrial

Conditions

Applicable to All I/O Bank Types

DC I/O Standards

Commercial1Industrial2

IIL3IIH4IIL3IIH4

µA µA µA µA

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 10 10 15 15

2.5 V LVCMOS 10 10 15 15

1.8 V LVCMOS 10 10 15 15

1.5 V LVCMOS 10 10 15 15

3.3 V PCI 10 10 15 15

3.3 V PCI-X 10 10 15 15

3.3 V GTL 10 10 15 15

2.5 V GTL 10 10 15 15

3.3 V GTL+ 10 10 15 15

2.5 V GTL+ 10 10 15 15

HSTL (I) 10 10 15 15

HSTL (II) 10 10 15 15

SSTL2 (I) 10 10 15 15

SSTL2 (II) 10 10 15 15

SSTL3 (I) 10 10 15 15

SSTL3 (II) 10 10 15 15

Notes:

1. Commercial range (0°C < TJ < 85°C)

2. Industrial range (–40°C < TJ < 100°C)

3. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

4. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-167

Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Default I/O Software Settings

Table 2-87 • Summary of AC Measuring Points

Applicable to All I/O Bank Types

Standard

Input Reference Voltage

(VREF_TYP)

Board Termination Voltage

(VTT_REF)

Measuring Trip Point

(Vtrip)

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS – – 1.4 V

2.5 V LVCMOS – – 1.2 V

1.8 V LVCMOS – – 0.90 V

1.5 V LVCMOS – – 0.75 V

3.3 V PCI – – 0.285 * VCCI (RR)

0.615 * VCCI (FF))

3.3 V PCI-X – – 0.285 * VCCI (RR)

0.615 * VCCI (FF)

3.3 V GTL 0.8 V 1.2 V VREF

2.5 V GTL 0.8 V 1.2 V VREF

3.3 V GTL+ 1.0 V 1.5 V VREF

2.5 V GTL+ 1.0 V 1.5 V VREF

HSTL (I) 0.75 V 0.75 V VREF

HSTL (II) 0.75 V 0.75 V VREF

SSTL2 (I) 1.25 V 1.25 V VREF

SSTL2 (II) 1.25 V 1.25 V VREF

SSTL3 (I) 1.5 V 1.485 V VREF

SSTL3 (II) 1.5 V 1.485 V VREF

LVDS – – Cross point

LVPECL – – Cross point

Table 2-88 • I/O AC Parameter Definitions

Parameter Definition

tDP Data to Pad delay through the Output Buffer

tPY Pad to Data delay through the Input Buffer with Schmitt trigger disabled

tDOUT Data to Output Buffer delay through the I/O interface

tEOUT Enable to Output Buffer Tristate Control delay through the I/O interface

tDIN Input Buffer to Data delay through the I/O interface

tPYS Pad to Data delay through the Input Buffer with Schmitt trigger enabled

tHZ Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer—HIGH to Z

tZH Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer—Z to HIGH

tLZ Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer—LOW to Z

tZL Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer—Z to LOW

tZHS Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer with delayed enable—Z to HIGH

tZLS Enable to Pad delay through the Output Buffer with delayed enable—Z to LOW

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-168 v2.0

Table 2-89 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software Default Settings

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = I/O Standard Dependent

Applicable to Pro I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive Strength (mA)

Slew Rate

Capacitive Load (pF)

External Resistor (Ohm)

t DOUT

tDP

tDIN

tPY

tPYS

tEOUT

tZL

tZH

tLZ

tHZ

tZLS

tZHS

Units

3.3 V LVTTL/

3.3 V LVCMOS

12 mA High 35 – 0.49 2.74 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 2.79 2.14 2.45 2.70 4.46 3.81 ns

2.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High 35 – 0.49 2.80 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 2.85 2.61 2.51 2.61 4.52 4.28 ns

1.8 V LVCMOS 12 mA High 35 – 0.49 2.83 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 2.89 2.31 2.79 3.16 4.56 3.98 ns

1.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High 35 – 0.49 3.30 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 3.36 2.70 2.96 3.27 5.03 4.37 ns

3.3 V PCI Per

PCI

spec

High 10 25 20.49 2.09 0.03 0.78 1.25 0.32 2.13 1.49 2.45 2.70 3.80 3.16 ns

3.3 V PCI-X Per

PCI-X

spec

High 10 25 20.49 2.09 0.03 0.77 1.17 0.32 2.13 1.49 2.45 2.70 3.80 3.16 ns

3.3 V GTL 25 mA High 10 25 0.49 1.55 0.03 2.19 – 0.32 1.52 1.55 0.00 0.00 3.19 3.22 ns

2.5 V GTL 25 mA High 10 25 0.49 1.59 0.03 1.83 – 0.32 1.61 1.59 0.00 0.00 3.28 3.26 ns

3.3 V GTL+ 35 mA High 10 25 0.49 1.53 0.03 1.19 – 0.32 1.56 1.53 0.00 0.00 3.23 3.20 ns

2.5 V GTL+ 33 mA High 10 25 0.49 1.65 0.03 1.13 – 0.32 1.68 1.57 0.00 0.00 3.35 3.24 ns

HSTL (I) 8 mA High 20 50 0.49 2.37 0.03 1.59 – 0.32 2.42 2.35 0.00 0.00 4.09 4.02 ns

HSTL (II) 15 mA High 20 25 0.49 2.26 0.03 1.59 – 0.32 2.30 2.03 0.00 0.00 3.97 3.70 ns

SSTL2 (I) 17 mA High 30 50 0.49 1.59 0.03 1.00 – 0.32 1.62 1.38 0.00 0.00 3.29 3.05 ns

SSTL2 (II) 21 mA High 30 25 0.49 1.62 0.03 1.00 – 0.32 1.65 1.32 0.00 0.00 3.32 2.99 ns

SSTL3 (I) 16 mA High 30 50 0.49 1.72 0.03 0.93 – 0.32 1.75 1.37 0.00 0.00 3.42 3.04 ns

SSTL3 (II) 24 mA High 30 25 0.49 1.54 0.03 0.93 – 0.32 1.57 1.25 0.00 0.00 3.24 2.92 ns

LVDS 24 mA High – – 0.49 1.57 0.03 1.36 – – – – – – – – ns

LVPECL 24 mA High – – 0.49 1.60 0.03 1.22 – – – – – – – – ns

Notes:

1. For specific junction temperature and voltage-supply levels, refer to Table 3-6 on page 3-7 for derating

values.

2. Resistance is used to measure I/O propagation delays as defined in PCI specifications. See Figure 2-121 on

page 2-198 for connectivity. This resistor is not required during normal operation.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-169

Table 2-90 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software Default Settings

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = I/O Standard Dependent

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive Strength (mA)

Slew Rate

Capacitive Load (pF)

External Resistor (Ohm)

t DOUT

tDP

tDIN

tPY

tEOUT

tZL

tZH

tLZ

tHZ

tZLS

tZHS

Units

3.3 V LVTTL/

3.3 V LVCMOS

12 mA High 35 pF – 0.49 2.64 0.03 0.90 0.32 2.69 2.11 2.40 2.68 4.36 3.78 ns

2.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High 35 pF – 0.49 2.66 0.03 0.98 0.32 2.71 2.56 2.47 2.57 4.38 4.23 ns

1.8 V

LVCMOS

12 mA High 3 5pF – 0.49 2.64 0.03 0.91 0.32 2.69 2.27 2.76 3.05 4.36 3.94 ns

1.5 V LVCMOS 12 mA High 35 pF – 0.49 3.05 0.03 1.07 0.32 3.10 2.67 2.95 3.14 4.77 4.34 ns

3.3 V PCI Per PCI

spec

High 10 pF 25 20.49 2.00 0.03 0.65 0.32 2.04 1.46 2.40 2.68 3.71 3.13 ns

3.3 V PCI-X Per PCI-

X spec

High 10 pF 25 20.49 2.00 0.03 0.62 0.32 2.04 1.46 2.40 2.68 3.71 3.13 ns

LVDS 24 mA High – – 0.49 1.37 0.03 1.20 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ns

LVPECL 24 mA High – – 0.49 1.34 0.03 1.05 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ns

Notes:

1. For specific junction temperature and voltage-supply levels, refer to Table 3-6 on page 3-7 for derating

values.

2. Resistance is used to measure I/O propagation delays as defined in PCI specifications. See Figure 2-121 on

page 2-198 for connectivity. This resistor is not required during normal operation.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-170 v2.0

Table 2-91 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software Default Settings

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = I/O Standard Dependent

Applicable to Standard I/Os

I/O Standard

Drive Strength (mA)

Slew Rate

Capacitive Load (pF)

External Resistor (Ohm)

t DOUT

tDP

tDIN

tPY

tEOUT

tZL

tZH

tLZ

tHZ

Units

3.3 V LVTTL/

3.3 V LVCMOS

8 mA High 35 pF – 0.49 3.29 0.03 0.75 0.32 3.36 2.80 1.79 2.01 ns

2.5 V LVCMOS 8 mA High 35pF – 0.49 3.56 0.03 0.96 0.32 3.40 3.56 1.78 1.91 ns

1.8 V LVCMOS 4 mA High 35pF – 0.49 4.74 0.03 0.90 0.32 4.02 4.74 1.80 1.85 ns

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA High 35pF – 0.49 5.71 0.03 1.06 0.32 4.71 5.71 1.83 1.83 ns

Note: For specific junction temperature and voltage-supply levels, refer to Table 3-6 on page 3-7 for derating

values.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-171

Detailed I/O DC Characteristics

Table 2-92 • Input Capacitance

Symbol Definition Conditions Min. Max. Units

CIN Input capacitance VIN = 0, f = 1.0 MHz 8 pF

CINCLK Input capacitance on the clock pin VIN = 0, f = 1.0 MHz 8 pF

Table 2-93 • I/O Output Buffer Maximum Resistances 1

Standard Drive Strength

RPULL-DOWN

(ohms) 2RPULL-UP

(ohms) 3

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 4 mA 100 300

8 mA 50 150

12 mA 25 75

16 mA 17 50

24 mA 11 33

2.5 V LVCMOS 4 mA 100 200

8 mA 50 100

12 mA 25 50

16 mA 20 40

24 mA 11 22

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 225

4 mA 100 112

6 mA 50 56

8 mA 50 56

12 mA 20 22

16 mA 20 22

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 224

4 mA 100 112

6 mA 67 75

8 mA 33 37

12 mA 33 37

3.3 V PCI/PCI-X Per PCI/PCI-X specification 25 75

3.3 V GTL 25 mA 11 –

2.5 V GTL 25 mA 14 –

3.3 V GTL+ 35 mA 12 –

Notes:

1. These maximum values are provided for informational reasons only. Minimum output buffer resistance

values depend on VCC, drive strength selection, temperature, and process. For board design considerations

and detailed output buffer resistances, use the corresponding IBIS models located on the Actel website at

http://www.actel.com/techdocs/models/ibis.html.

2. R(PULL-DOWN-MAX) = VOLspec / IOLspec

3. R(PULL-UP-MAX) = (VCCImax – VOHspec) / IOHspec

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-172 v2.0

2.5 V GTL+ 33 mA 15 –

HSTL (I) 8 mA 50 50

HSTL (II) 15 mA 25 25

SSTL2 (I) 17 mA 27 31

SSTL2 (II) 21 mA 13 15

SSTL3 (I) 16 mA 44 69

SSTL3 (II) 24 mA 18 32

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 2 mA 100 300

4 mA 100 300

6 mA 50 150

8 mA 50 150

12 mA 25 75

16 mA 17 50

24 mA 11 33

2.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 100 200

4 mA 100 200

6 mA 50 100

8 mA 50 100

12 mA 25 50

16 mA 20 40

24 mA 11 22

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 225

4 mA 100 112

6 mA 50 56

8 mA 50 56

12 mA 20 22

16 mA 20 22

Table 2-93 • I/O Output Buffer Maximum Resistances 1 (continued)

Standard Drive Strength

RPULL-DOWN

(ohms) 2RPULL-UP

(ohms) 3

Notes:

1. These maximum values are provided for informational reasons only. Minimum output buffer resistance

values depend on VCC, drive strength selection, temperature, and process. For board design considerations

and detailed output buffer resistances, use the corresponding IBIS models located on the Actel website at

http://www.actel.com/techdocs/models/ibis.html.

2. R(PULL-DOWN-MAX) = VOLspec / IOLspec

3. R(PULL-UP-MAX) = (VCCImax – VOHspec) / IOHspec

User I/Os

v2.0 2-173

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 224

4 mA 100 112

6 mA 67 75

8 mA 33 37

12 mA 33 37

3.3 V PCI/PCI-X Per PCI/PCI-X specification 25 75

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 2 mA 100 300

4 mA 100 300

6 mA 50 150

8 mA 50 150

2.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 100 200

4 mA 100 200

6 mA 50 100

8 mA 50 100

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 225

4 mA 100 112

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 200 224

Table 2-94 • I/O Weak Pull-Up/Pull-Down Resistances

Minimum and Maximum Weak Pull-Up/Pull-Down Resistance Values

VCCI

R(WEAK PULL-UP)1

(ohms)

R(WEAK PULL-DOWN)2

(ohms)

Min. Max. Min. Max.

3.3 V 10 k 45 k 10 k 45 k

2.5 V 11 k 55 k 12 k 74 k

1.8 V 18 k 70 k 17 k 110 k

1.5 V 19 k 90 k 19 k 140 k

Notes:

1. R(WEAK PULL-DOWN-MAX) = VOLspec / IWEAK PULL-DOWN-MIN

2. R(WEAK PULL-UP-MAX) = (VCCImax – VOHspec) / IWEAK PULL-UP-MIN

Table 2-93 • I/O Output Buffer Maximum Resistances 1 (continued)

Standard Drive Strength

RPULL-DOWN

(ohms) 2RPULL-UP

(ohms) 3

Notes:

1. These maximum values are provided for informational reasons only. Minimum output buffer resistance

values depend on VCC, drive strength selection, temperature, and process. For board design considerations

and detailed output buffer resistances, use the corresponding IBIS models located on the Actel website at

http://www.actel.com/techdocs/models/ibis.html.

2. R(PULL-DOWN-MAX) = VOLspec / IOLspec

3. R(PULL-UP-MAX) = (VCCImax – VOHspec) / IOHspec

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-174 v2.0

Table 2-95 • I/O Short Currents IOSH/IOSL

Drive Strength IOSH (mA)* IOSL (mA)*

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 4 mA 25 27

8 mA 51 54

12 mA 103 109

16 mA 132 127

24 mA 268 181

2.5 V LVCMOS 4 mA 16 18

8 mA 32 37

12 mA 65 74

16 mA 83 87

24 mA 169 124

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 9 11

4 mA 17 22

6 mA 35 44

8 mA 45 51

12 mA 91 74

16 mA 91 74

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 13 16

4 mA 25 33

6 mA 32 39

8 mA 66 55

12 mA 66 55

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 2 mA 25 27

4 mA 25 27

6 mA 51 54

8 mA 51 54

12 mA 103 109

16 mA 132 127

24 mA 268 181

3.3 V LVCMOS 2 mA 25 27

4 mA 25 27

6 mA 51 54

8 mA 51 54

12 mA 103 109

16 mA 132 127

24 mA 268 181

Note: *TJ = 100°C

User I/Os

v2.0 2-175

The length of time an I/O can withstand IOSH/IOSL events depends on the junction temperature. The

reliability data below is based on a 3.3 V, 36 mA I/O setting, which is the worst case for this type of

analysis.

For example, at 100°C, the short current condition would have to be sustained for more than six

months to cause a reliability concern. The I/O design does not contain any short circuit protection,

but such protection would only be needed in extremely prolonged stress conditions.

2.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 16 18

4 mA 16 18

6 mA 32 37

8 mA 32 37

12 mA 65 74

16 mA 83 87

24 mA 169 124

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 9 11

4 mA 17 22

6 mA 35 44

8 mA 45 51

12 mA 91 74

16 mA 91 74

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 13 16

4 mA 25 33

6 mA 32 39

8 mA 66 55

12 mA 66 55

3.3 V PCI/PCI-X Per PCI/PCI-X

specification

103 109

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 2 mA 25 27

4 mA 25 27

6 mA 51 54

8 mA 51 54

2.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 16 18

4 mA 16 18

6 mA 32 37

8 mA 32 37

1.8 V LVCMOS 2 mA 9 11

4 mA 17 22

1.5 V LVCMOS 2 mA 13 16

Table 2-95 • I/O Short Currents IOSH/IOSL (continued)

Drive Strength IOSH (mA)* IOSL (mA)*

Note: *TJ = 100°C

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-176 v2.0

Table 2-96 • Short Current Event Duration before Failure

Temperature Time before Failure

–40°C >20 years

0°C >20 years

25°C >20 years

70°C 5 years

85°C 2 years

100°C 6 months

Table 2-97 • Schmitt Trigger Input Hysteresis

Hysteresis Voltage Value (typ.) for Schmitt Mode Input Buffers

Input Buffer Configuration Hysteresis Value (typ.)

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS/PCI/PCI-X (Schmitt trigger mode) 240 mV

2.5 V LVCMOS (Schmitt trigger mode) 140 mV

1.8 V LVCMOS (Schmitt trigger mode) 80 mV

1.5 V LVCMOS (Schmitt trigger mode) 60 mV

Table 2-98 • I/O Input Rise Time, Fall Time, and Related I/O Reliability

Input Buffer Input Rise/Fall Time (min.) Input Rise/Fall Time (max.) Reliability

LVTTL/LVCMOS (Schmitt trigger

disabled)

No requirement 10 ns* 20 years (100°C)

LVTTL/LVCMOS (Schmitt trigger

enabled)

No requirement No requirement, but input

noise voltage cannot exceed

Schmitt hysteresis

20 years (100°C)

HSTL/SSTL/GTL No requirement 10 ns* 10 years (100°C)

LVDS/BLVDS/M-LVDS/LVPECL No requirement 10 ns* 10 years (100°C)

Note: *The maximum input rise/fall time is related only to the noise induced into the input buffer trace. If the

noise is low, the rise time and fall time of input buffers, when Schmitt trigger is disabled, can be increased

beyond the maximum value. The longer the rise/fall times, the more susceptible the input signal is to the

board noise. Actel recommends signal integrity evaluation/characterization of the system to ensure there is

no excessive noise coupling into input signals.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-177

Single-Ended I/O Characteristics

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS

Low-Voltage Transistor–Transistor Logic is a general-purpose standard (EIA/JESD) for 3.3 V

applications. It uses an LVTTL input buffer and push-pull output buffer. The 3.3 V LVCMOS

standard is supported as part of the 3.3 V LVTTL support.

Table 2-99 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

3.3 V LVTTL /

3.3 V LVCMOS VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

4 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 4 4 27 25 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 8 8 54 51 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.8 23.6 0.4 2.4 12 12 109 103 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 16 16 127 132 10 10

24 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 24 24 181 268 10 10

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 2 2 27 25 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 4 4 27 25 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 6 6 54 51 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 8 8 54 51 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.8 23.6 0.4 2.4 12 12 109 103 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 16 16 127 132 10 10

24 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 24 24 181 268 10 10

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 2 2 27 25 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 4 4 27 25 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.8 2 3.6 0.4 2.4 6 6 54 51 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.8 23.6 0.4 2.4 8 8 54 51 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. Software default selection highlighted in gray.

Figure 2-117 • AC Loading

Test Point Test Point

Enable Path

Data Path 35 pF

R = 1 k R to VCCI for tLZ/tZL/tZLS

R to GND for tHZ/tZH/tZHS

35 pF for tZH/tZHS/tZL/tZLS

5 pF for tHZ/tLZ

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-178 v2.0

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-100 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

03.31.4–35

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Table 2-101 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 11.01 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 11.21 9.05 2.69 2.44 13.45 11.29 ns

–1 0.56 9.36 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 9.54 7.70 2.29 2.08 11.44 9.60 ns

–2 0.49 8.22 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 8.37 6.76 2.01 1.82 10.04 8.43 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 7.86 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 8.01 6.44 3.04 3.06 10.24 8.68 ns

–1 0.56 6.69 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 6.81 5.48 2.58 2.61 8.71 7.38 ns

–2 0.49 5.87 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 5.98 4.81 2.27 2.29 7.65 6.48 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 6.03 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 6.14 5.02 3.28 3.47 8.37 7.26 ns

–1 0.56 5.13 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 5.22 4.27 2.79 2.95 7.12 6.17 ns

–2 0.49 4.50 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 4.58 3.75 2.45 2.59 6.25 5.42 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 5.62 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 5.72 4.72 3.32 3.58 7.96 6.96 ns

–1 0.56 4.78 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 4.87 4.02 2.83 3.04 6.77 5.92 ns

–2 0.49 4.20 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 4.27 3.53 2.48 2.67 5.94 5.20 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 5.24 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 5.34 4.69 3.39 3.96 7.58 6.93 ns

–1 0.56 4.46 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 4.54 3.99 2.88 3.37 6.44 5.89 ns

–2 0.49 3.92 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 3.99 3.50 2.53 2.96 5.66 5.17 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-179

Table 2-102 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 7.88 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 8.03 6.70 2.69 2.59 10.26 8.94 ns

–1 0.56 6.71 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 6.83 5.70 2.29 2.20 8.73 7.60 ns

–2 0.49 5.89 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 6.00 5.01 2.01 1.93 7.67 6.67 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 5.08 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 5.17 4.14 3.05 3.21 7.41 6.38 ns

–1 0.56 4.32 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 4.40 3.52 2.59 2.73 6.30 5.43 ns

–2 0.49 3.79 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 3.86 3.09 2.28 2.40 5.53 4.76 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 3.67 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 3.74 2.87 3.28 3.61 5.97 5.11 ns

–1 0.56 3.12 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 3.18 2.44 2.79 3.07 5.08 4.34 ns

–2 0.49 2.74 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 2.79 2.14 2.45 2.70 4.46 3.81 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.46 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 3.53 2.61 3.33 3.72 5.76 4.84 ns

–1 0.56 2.95 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 3.00 2.22 2.83 3.17 4.90 4.12 ns

–2 0.49 2.59 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 2.63 1.95 2.49 2.78 4.30 3.62 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 3.21 0.04 1.20 1.57 0.43 3.27 2.16 3.39 4.13 5.50 4.39 ns

–1 0.56 2.73 0.04 1.02 1.33 0.36 2.78 1.83 2.88 3.51 4.68 3.74 ns

–2 0.49 2.39 0.03 0.90 1.17 0.32 2.44 1.61 2.53 3.08 4.11 3.28 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-180 v2.0

Table 2-103 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 10.26 0.04 1.20 0.43 10.45 8.90 2.64 2.46 12.68 11.13 ns

–1 0.56 8.72 0.04 1.02 0.36 8.89 7.57 2.25 2.09 10.79 9.47 ns

–2 0.49 7.66 0.03 0.90 0.32 7.80 6.64 1.98 1.83 9.47 8.31 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 7.27 0.04 1.20 0.43 7.41 6.28 2.98 3.04 9.65 8.52 ns

–1 0.56 6.19 0.04 1.02 0.36 6.30 5.35 2.54 2.59 8.20 7.25 ns

–2 0.49 5.43 0.03 0.90 0.32 5.53 4.69 2.23 2.27 7.20 6.36 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 5.58 0.04 1.20 0.43 5.68 4.87 3.21 3.42 7.92 7.11 ns

–1 0.56 4.75 0.04 1.02 0.36 4.84 4.14 2.73 2.91 6.74 6.05 ns

–2 0.49 4.17 0.03 0.90 0.32 4.24 3.64 2.39 2.55 5.91 5.31 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 5.21 0.04 1.20 0.43 5.30 4.56 3.26 3.51 7.54 6.80 ns

–1 0.56 4.43 0.04 1.02 0.36 4.51 3.88 2.77 2.99 6.41 5.79 ns

–2 0.49 3.89 0.03 0.90 0.32 3.96 3.41 2.43 2.62 5.63 5.08 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 4.85 0.04 1.20 0.43 4.94 4.54 3.32 3.88 7.18 6.78 ns

–1 0.56 4.13 0.04 1.02 0.36 4.20 3.87 2.82 3.30 6.10 5.77 ns

–2 0.49 3.62 0.03 0.90 0.32 3.69 3.39 2.48 2.90 5.36 5.06 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-181

Table 2-104 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 7.66 0.04 1.20 0.43 7.80 6.59 2.65 2.61 10.03 8.82 ns

–1 0.56 6.51 0.04 1.02 0.36 6.63 5.60 2.25 2.22 8.54 7.51 ns

–2 0.49 5.72 0.03 0.90 0.32 5.82 4.92 1.98 1.95 7.49 6.59 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.91 0.04 1.20 0.43 5.00 4.07 2.99 3.20 7.23 6.31 ns

–1 0.56 4.17 0.04 1.02 0.36 4.25 3.46 2.54 2.73 6.15 5.36 ns

–2 0.49 3.66 0.03 0.90 0.32 3.73 3.04 2.23 2.39 5.40 4.71 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 3.53 0.04 1.20 0.43 3.60 2.82 3.21 3.58 5.83 5.06 ns

–1 0.56 3.00 0.04 1.02 0.36 3.06 2.40 2.73 3.05 4.96 4.30 ns

–2 0.49 2.64 0.03 0.90 0.32 2.69 2.11 2.40 2.68 4.36 3.78 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.33 0.04 1.20 0.43 3.39 2.56 3.26 3.68 5.63 4.80 ns

–1 0.56 2.83 0.04 1.02 0.36 2.89 2.18 2.77 3.13 4.79 4.08 ns

–2 0.49 2.49 0.03 0.90 0.32 2.53 1.91 2.44 2.75 4.20 3.58 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 3.08 0.04 1.20 0.43 3.13 2.12 3.32 4.06 5.37 4.35 ns

–1 0.56 2.62 0.04 1.02 0.36 2.66 1.80 2.83 3.45 4.57 3.70 ns

–2 0.49 2.30 0.03 0.90 0.32 2.34 1.58 2.48 3.03 4.01 3.25 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-105 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 9.46 0.04 1.00 0.43 9.64 8.54 2.07 2.04 ns

–1 0.56 8.05 0.04 0.85 0.36 8.20 7.27 1.76 1.73 ns

–2 0.49 7.07 0.03 0.75 0.32 7.20 6.38 1.55 1.52 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 9.46 0.04 1.00 0.43 9.64 8.54 2.07 2.04 ns

–1 0.56 8.05 0.04 0.85 0.36 8.20 7.27 1.76 1.73 ns

–2 0.49 7.07 0.03 0.75 0.32 7.20 6.38 1.55 1.52 ns

6 mA Std. 0.66 6.57 0.04 1.00 0.43 6.69 5.98 2.40 2.57 ns

–1 0.56 5.59 0.04 0.85 0.36 5.69 5.09 2.04 2.19 ns

–2 0.49 4.91 0.03 0.75 0.32 5.00 4.47 1.79 1.92 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 6.57 0.04 1.00 0.43 6.69 5.98 2.40 2.57 ns

–1 0.56 5.59 0.04 0.85 0.36 5.69 5.09 2.04 2.19 ns

–2 0.49 4.91 0.03 0.75 0.32 5.00 4.47 1.79 1.92 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-182 v2.0

Table 2-106 • 3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 7.07 0.04 1.00 0.43 7.20 6.23 2.07 2.15 ns

–1 0.56 6.01 0.04 0.85 0.36 6.12 5.30 1.76 1.83 ns

–2 20.49 5.28 0.03 0.75 0.32 5.37 4.65 1.55 1.60 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 7.07 0.04 1.00 0.43 7.20 6.23 2.07 2.15 ns

–1 0.56 6.01 0.04 0.85 0.36 6.12 5.30 1.76 1.83 ns

–2 0.49 5.28 0.03 0.75 0.32 5.37 4.65 1.55 1.60 ns

6 mA Std. 0.66 4.41 0.04 1.00 0.43 4.49 3.75 2.39 2.69 ns

–1 0.56 3.75 0.04 0.85 0.36 3.82 3.19 2.04 2.29 ns

–2 0.49 3.29 0.03 0.75 0.32 3.36 2.80 1.79 2.01 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.41 0.04 1.00 0.43 4.49 3.75 2.39 2.69 ns

–1 0.56 3.75 0.04 0.85 0.36 3.82 3.19 2.04 2.29 ns

–2 0.49 3.29 0.03 0.75 0.32 3.36 2.80 1.79 2.01 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-183

2.5 V LVCMOS

Low-Voltage CMOS for 2.5 V is an extension of the LVCMOS standard (JESD8-5) used for general-

purpose 2.5 V applications. It uses a 5 V–tolerant input buffer and push-pull output buffer.

Table 2-107 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

2.5 V LVCMOS VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

4 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 4 4 18 16 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 8 8 37 32 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 12 12 74 65 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 16 16 87 83 10 10

24 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 24 24 124 169 10 10

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 2 2 18 16 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 4 4 18 16 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 6 6 37 32 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 8 8 37 32 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 12 12 74 65 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 16 16 87 83 10 10

24 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 2.7 0.7 1.7 24 24 124 169 10 10

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 2 2 18 16 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 4 4 18 16 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 6 6 37 32 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.7 1.7 3.6 0.7 1.7 8 8 37 32 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. Software default selection highlighted in gray.

Figure 2-118 • AC Loading

Test Point Test Point

Enable Path

Data Path 35 pF

R = 1 k R to V

CCI

for t

ZLS

R to GND for t

ZHS

35 pF for t

ZHS

ZLS

5 pF for t

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-184 v2.0

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-108 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

02.51.2–35

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Table 2-109 • 2.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

4 mA Std. 0.60 12.00 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 12.23 11.61 2.72 2.20 14.46 13.85 ns

–1 0.51 10.21 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 10.40 9.88 2.31 1.87 12.30 11.78 ns

–2 0.45 8.96 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 9.13 8.67 2.03 1.64 10.80 10.34 ns

8 mA Std. 0.60 8.73 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 8.89 8.01 3.10 2.93 11.13 10.25 ns

–1 0.51 7.43 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 7.57 6.82 2.64 2.49 9.47 8.72 ns

–2 0.45 6.52 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 6.64 5.98 2.32 2.19 8.31 7.65 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 6.77 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 6.90 6.11 3.37 3.39 9.14 8.34 ns

–1 0.56 5.76 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 5.87 5.20 2.86 2.89 7.77 7.10 ns

–2 0.49 5.06 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 5.15 4.56 2.51 2.53 6.82 6.23 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 6.31 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 6.42 5.73 3.42 3.52 8.66 7.96 ns

–1 0.56 5.37 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 5.46 4.87 2.91 3.00 7.37 6.77 ns

–2 0.49 4.71 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 4.80 4.28 2.56 2.63 6.47 5.95 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 5.93 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 6.04 5.70 3.49 4.00 8.28 7.94 ns

–1 0.56 5.05 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 5.14 4.85 2.97 3.40 7.04 6.75 ns

–2 0.49 4.43 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 4.51 4.26 2.61 2.99 6.18 5.93 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-185

Table 2-110 • 2.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

4 mA Std. 0.60 8.82 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 8.13 8.82 2.72 2.29 10.37 11.05 ns

–1 0.51 7.50 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 6.92 7.50 2.31 1.95 8.82 9.40 ns

–2 0.45 6.58 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 6.07 6.58 2.03 1.71 7.74 8.25 ns

8 mA Std. 0.60 5.27 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 5.27 5.27 3.10 3.03 7.50 7.51 ns

–1 0.51 4.48 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 4.48 4.48 2.64 2.58 6.38 6.38 ns

–2 0.45 3.94 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 3.93 3.94 2.32 2.26 5.60 5.61 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 3.74 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 3.81 3.49 3.37 3.49 6.05 5.73 ns

–1 0.56 3.18 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 3.24 2.97 2.86 2.97 5.15 4.87 ns

–2 0.49 2.80 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 2.85 2.61 2.51 2.61 4.52 4.28 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.53 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 3.59 3.12 3.42 3.62 5.83 5.35 ns

–1 0.56 3.00 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 3.06 2.65 2.91 3.08 4.96 4.55 ns

–2 0.49 2.63 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 2.68 2.33 2.56 2.71 4.35 4.00 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 3.26 0.04 1.51 1.66 0.43 3.32 2.48 3.49 4.11 5.56 4.72 ns

–1 0.56 2.77 0.04 1.29 1.41 0.36 2.83 2.11 2.97 3.49 4.73 4.01 ns

–2 0.49 2.44 0.03 1.13 1.24 0.32 2.48 1.85 2.61 3.07 4.15 3.52 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-111 • 2.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 11.40 0.04 1.31 0.43 11.22 11.40 2.68 2.20 13.45 13.63 ns

–1 0.56 9.69 0.04 1.11 0.36 9.54 9.69 2.28 1.88 11.44 11.60 ns

–2 0.49 8.51 0.03 0.98 0.32 8.38 8.51 2.00 1.65 10.05 10.18 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 7.96 0.04 1.31 0.43 8.11 7.81 3.05 2.89 10.34 10.05 ns

–1 0.56 6.77 0.04 1.11 0.36 6.90 6.65 2.59 2.46 8.80 8.55 ns

–2 0.49 5.94 0.03 0.98 0.32 6.05 5.84 2.28 2.16 7.72 7.50 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 6.18 0.04 1.31 0.43 6.29 5.92 3.30 3.32 8.53 8.15 ns

–1 0.56 5.26 0.04 1.11 0.36 5.35 5.03 2.81 2.83 7.26 6.94 ns

–2 0.49 4.61 0.03 0.98 0.32 4.70 4.42 2.47 2.48 6.37 6.09 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 6.18 0.04 1.31 0.43 6.29 5.92 3.30 3.32 8.53 8.15 ns

–1 0.56 5.26 0.04 1.11 0.36 5.35 5.03 2.81 2.83 7.26 6.94 ns

–2 0.49 4.61 0.03 0.98 0.32 4.70 4.42 2.47 2.48 6.37 6.09 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 6.18 0.04 1.31 0.43 6.29 5.92 3.30 3.32 8.53 8.15 ns

–1 0.56 5.26 0.04 1.11 0.36 5.35 5.03 2.81 2.83 7.26 6.94 ns

–2 0.49 4.61 0.03 0.98 0.32 4.70 4.42 2.47 2.48 6.37 6.09 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-186 v2.0

Table 2-112 • 2.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

4 mA Std. 0.66 8.66 0.04 1.31 0.43 7.83 8.66 2.68 2.30 10.07 10.90 ns

–1 0.56 7.37 0.04 1.11 0.36 6.66 7.37 2.28 1.96 8.56 9.27 ns

–2 0.49 6.47 0.03 0.98 0.32 5.85 6.47 2.00 1.72 7.52 8.14 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 5.17 0.04 1.31 0.43 5.04 5.17 3.05 3.00 7.27 7.40 ns

–1 0.56 4.39 0.04 1.11 0.36 4.28 4.39 2.59 2.55 6.19 6.30 ns

–2 0.49 3.86 0.03 0.98 0.32 3.76 3.86 2.28 2.24 5.43 5.53 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 3.56 0.04 1.31 0.43 3.63 3.43 3.30 3.44 5.86 5.67 ns

–1 0.56 3.03 0.04 1.11 0.36 3.08 2.92 2.81 2.92 4.99 4.82 ns

–2 0.49 2.66 0.03 0.98 0.32 2.71 2.56 2.47 2.57 4.38 4.23 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.35 0.04 1.31 0.43 3.41 3.06 3.36 3.55 5.65 5.30 ns

–1 0.56 2.85 0.04 1.11 0.36 2.90 2.60 2.86 3.02 4.81 4.51 ns

–2 0.49 2.50 0.03 0.98 0.32 2.55 2.29 2.51 2.65 4.22 3.96 ns

24 mA Std. 0.66 3.56 0.04 1.31 0.43 3.63 3.43 3.30 3.44 5.86 5.67 ns

–1 0.56 3.03 0.04 1.11 0.36 3.08 2.92 2.81 2.92 4.99 4.82 ns

–2 0.49 2.66 0.03 0.98 0.32 2.71 2.56 2.47 2.57 4.38 4.23 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-113 • 2.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade

tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 11.00 0.04 1.29 0.43 10.37 11.00 2.03 1.83 ns

–1 0.56 9.35 0.04 1.10 0.36 8.83 9.35 1.73 1.56 ns

–2 0.49 8.21 0.03 0.96 0.32 7.75 8.21 1.52 1.37 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 11.00 0.04 1.29 0.43 10.37 11.00 2.03 1.83 ns

–1 0.56 9.35 0.04 1.10 0.36 8.83 9.35 1.73 1.56 ns

–2 0.49 8.21 0.03 0.96 0.32 7.75 8.21 1.52 1.37 ns

6 mA Std. 0.66 7.50 0.04 1.29 0.43 7.36 7.50 2.39 2.46 ns

–1 0.56 6.38 0.04 1.10 0.36 6.26 6.38 2.03 2.10 ns

–2 0.49 5.60 0.03 0.96 0.32 5.49 5.60 1.78 1.84 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 7.50 0.04 1.29 0.43 7.36 7.50 2.39 2.46 ns

–1 0.56 6.38 0.04 1.10 0.36 6.26 6.38 2.03 2.10 ns

–2 0.49 5.60 0.03 0.96 0.32 5.49 5.60 1.78 1.84 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-187

Table 2-114 • 2.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 8.20 0.04 1.29 0.43 7.24 8.20 2.03 1.91 ns

–1 0.56 6.98 0.04 1.10 0.36 6.16 6.98 1.73 1.62 ns

–2 0.49 6.13 0.03 0.96 0.32 5.41 6.13 1.52 1.43 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 8.20 0.04 1.29 0.43 7.24 8.20 2.03 1.91 ns

–1 0.56 6.98 0.04 1.10 0.36 6.16 6.98 1.73 1.62 ns

–2 0.49 6.13 0.03 0.96 0.32 5.41 6.13 1.52 1.43 ns

6 mA Std. 0.66 4.77 0.04 1.29 0.43 4.55 4.77 2.38 2.55 ns

–1 0.56 4.05 0.04 1.10 0.36 3.87 4.05 2.03 2.17 ns

–2 0.49 3.56 0.03 0.96 0.32 3.40 3.56 1.78 1.91 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.77 0.04 1.29 0.43 4.55 4.77 2.38 2.55 ns

–1 0.56 4.05 0.04 1.10 0.36 3.87 4.05 2.03 2.17 ns

–2 0.49 3.56 0.03 0.96 0.32 3.40 3.56 1.78 1.91 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-188 v2.0

1.8 V LVCMOS

Low-Voltage CMOS for 1.8 V is an extension of the LVCMOS standard (JESD8-5) used for general-

purpose 1.8 V applications. It uses a 1.8 V input buffer and push-pull output buffer.

Table 2-115 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

1.8 V

LVCMOS VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 2 2 11 9 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 4 4 22 17 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 6 6 44 35 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 8 8 51 45 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 12 12 74 91 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 16 16 74 91 10 10

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 2 2 11 9 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 4 4 22 17 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 6 6 44 35 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 8 8 51 45 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 12 12 74 91 10 10

16 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.9 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 16 16 74 91 10 10

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 2 2 11 9 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.45 VCCI – 0.45 4 4 22 17 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. Software default selection highlighted in gray.

Figure 2-119 • AC Loading

Test Point Test Point

Enable Path

Data Path 35 pF

R = 1 k R to VCCI for tLZ/tZL/tZLS

R to GND for tHZ/tZH/tZHS

35 pF for tZH/tZHS/tZL/tZLS

5 pF for tHZ/tLZ

User I/Os

v2.0 2-189

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-116 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input LOW (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

01.80.9–35

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Table 2-117 • 1.8 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 15.84 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 15.65 15.84 2.78 1.58 17.89 18.07 ns

–1 0.56 13.47 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 13.31 13.47 2.37 1.35 15.22 15.37 ns

–2 0.49 11.83 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 11.69 11.83 2.08 1.18 13.36 13.50 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 11.39 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 11.60 10.76 3.26 2.77 13.84 12.99 ns

–1 0.56 9.69 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 9.87 9.15 2.77 2.36 11.77 11.05 ns

–2 0.49 8.51 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 8.66 8.03 2.43 2.07 10.33 9.70 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 8.97 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 9.14 8.10 3.57 3.36 11.37 10.33 ns

–1 0.56 7.63 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 7.77 6.89 3.04 2.86 9.67 8.79 ns

–2 0.49 6.70 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 6.82 6.05 2.66 2.51 8.49 7.72 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 8.35 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 8.50 7.59 3.64 3.52 10.74 9.82 ns

–1 0.56 7.10 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 7.23 6.45 3.10 3.00 9.14 8.35 ns

–2 0.49 6.24 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 6.35 5.66 2.72 2.63 8.02 7.33 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 7.94 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 8.09 7.56 3.74 4.11 10.32 9.80 ns

–1 0.56 6.75 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 6.88 6.43 3.18 3.49 8.78 8.33 ns

–2 0.49 5.93 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 6.04 5.65 2.79 3.07 7.71 7.32 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-190 v2.0

Table 2-118 • 1.8 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 12.10 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 9.59 12.10 2.78 1.64 11.83 14.34 ns

–1 0.56 10.30 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 8.16 10.30 2.37 1.39 10.06 12.20 ns

–2 0.49 9.04 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 7.16 9.04 2.08 1.22 8.83 10.71 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 7.05 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 6.20 7.05 3.25 2.86 8.44 9.29 ns

–1 0.56 6.00 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 5.28 6.00 2.76 2.44 7.18 7.90 ns

–2 0.49 5.27 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 4.63 5.27 2.43 2.14 6.30 6.94 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.52 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 4.47 4.52 3.57 3.47 6.70 6.76 ns

–1 0.56 3.85 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 3.80 3.85 3.04 2.95 5.70 5.75 ns

–2 0.49 3.38 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 3.33 3.38 2.66 2.59 5.00 5.05 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 4.12 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 4.20 3.99 3.63 3.62 6.43 6.23 ns

–1 0.56 3.51 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 3.57 3.40 3.09 3.08 5.47 5.30 ns

–2 0.49 3.08 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 3.14 2.98 2.71 2.71 4.81 4.65 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.80 0.04 1.45 1.91 0.43 3.87 3.09 3.73 4.24 6.10 5.32 ns

–1 0.56 3.23 0.04 1.23 1.62 0.36 3.29 2.63 3.18 3.60 5.19 4.53 ns

–2 0.49 2.83 0.03 1.08 1.42 0.32 2.89 2.31 2.79 3.16 4.56 3.98 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-191

Table 2-119 • 1.8 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 15.53 0.04 1.31 0.43 14.11 15.53 2.78 1.60 16.35 17.77 ns

–1 0.56 13.21 0.04 1.11 0.36 12.01 13.21 2.36 1.36 13.91 15.11 ns

–22 0.49 11.60 0.03 0.98 0.32 10.54 11.60 2.07 1.19 12.21 13.27 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 10.48 0.04 1.31 0.43 10.41 10.48 3.23 2.73 12.65 12.71 ns

–1 0.56 8.91 0.04 1.11 0.36 8.86 8.91 2.75 2.33 10.76 10.81 ns

–2 0.49 7.82 0.03 0.98 0.32 7.77 7.82 2.41 2.04 9.44 9.49 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 8.05 0.04 1.31 0.43 8.20 7.84 3.54 3.27 10.43 10.08 ns

–1 0.56 6.85 0.04 1.11 0.36 6.97 6.67 3.01 2.78 8.88 8.57 ns

–2 0.49 6.01 0.03 0.98 0.32 6.12 5.86 2.64 2.44 7.79 7.53 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 7.50 0.04 1.31 0.43 7.64 7.30 3.61 3.41 9.88 9.53 ns

–1 0.56 6.38 0.04 1.11 0.36 6.50 6.21 3.07 2.90 8.40 8.11 ns

–2 0.49 5.60 0.03 0.98 0.32 5.71 5.45 2.69 2.55 7.38 7.12 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 7.29 0.04 1.31 0.43 7.23 7.29 3.71 3.95 9.47 9.53 ns

–1 0.56 6.20 0.04 1.11 0.36 6.15 6.20 3.15 3.36 8.06 8.11 ns

–2 0.49 5.45 0.03 0.98 0.32 5.40 5.45 2.77 2.95 7.07 7.12 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-192 v2.0

Table 2-120 • 1.8 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 11.86 0.04 1.22 0.43 9.14 11.86 2.77 1.66 11.37 14.10 ns

–1 0.56 10.09 0.04 1.04 0.36 7.77 10.09 2.36 1.41 9.67 11.99 ns

–2 0.49 8.86 0.03 0.91 0.32 6.82 8.86 2.07 1.24 8.49 10.53 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 6.91 0.04 1.22 0.43 5.86 6.91 3.22 2.84 8.10 9.15 ns

–1 0.56 5.88 0.04 1.04 0.36 4.99 5.88 2.74 2.41 6.89 7.78 ns

–2 0.49 5.16 0.03 0.91 0.32 4.38 5.16 2.41 2.12 6.05 6.83 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.45 0.04 1.22 0.43 4.18 4.45 3.53 3.38 6.42 6.68 ns

–1 0.56 3.78 0.04 1.04 0.36 3.56 3.78 3.00 2.88 5.46 5.69 ns

–2 0.49 3.32 0.03 0.91 0.32 3.12 3.32 2.64 2.53 4.79 4.99 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 3.92 0.04 1.22 0.43 3.93 3.92 3.60 3.52 6.16 6.16 ns

–1 0.56 3.34 0.04 1.04 0.36 3.34 3.34 3.06 3.00 5.24 5.24 ns

–2 0.49 2.93 0.03 0.91 0.32 2.93 2.93 2.69 2.63 4.60 4.60 ns

16 mA Std. 0.66 3.53 0.04 1.22 0.43 3.60 3.04 3.70 4.08 5.84 5.28 ns

–1 0.56 3.01 0.04 1.04 0.36 3.06 2.59 3.15 3.47 4.96 4.49 ns

–2 0.49 2.64 0.03 0.91 0.32 2.69 2.27 2.76 3.05 4.36 3.94 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-121 • 1.8 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 15.01 0.04 1.20 0.43 13.15 15.01 1.99 1.99 ns

–1 0.56 12.77 0.04 1.02 0.36 11.19 12.77 1.70 1.70 ns

–2 0.49 11.21 0.03 0.90 0.32 9.82 11.21 1.49 1.49 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 10.10 0.04 1.20 0.43 9.55 10.10 2.41 2.37 ns

–1 0.56 8.59 0.04 1.02 0.36 8.13 8.59 2.05 2.02 ns

–2 0.49 7.54 0.03 0.90 0.32 7.13 7.54 1.80 1.77 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-193

Table 2-122 • 1.8 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.7 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade

tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ

Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 11.21 0.04 1.20 0.43 8.53 11.21 1.99 1.21 ns

–1 0.56 9.54 0.04 1.02 0.36 7.26 9.54 1.69 1.03 ns

–2 0.49 8.37 0.03 0.90 0.32 6.37 8.37 1.49 0.90 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 6.34 0.04 1.20 0.43 5.38 6.34 2.41 2.48 ns

–1 0.56 5.40 0.04 1.02 0.36 4.58 5.40 2.05 2.11 ns

–2 0.49 4.74 0.03 0.90 0.32 4.02 4.74 1.80 1.85 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-194 v2.0

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11)

Low-Voltage CMOS for 1.5 V is an extension of the LVCMOS standard (JESD8-5) used for general-

purpose 1.5 V applications. It uses a 1.5 V input buffer and push-pull output buffer.

Table 2-123 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

1.5 V

LVCMOS VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 2 2 16 13 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 4 4 33 25 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 6 6 39 32 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 8 8 55 66 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 12 12 55 66 10 10

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 2 2 16 13 10 10

4 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 4 4 33 25 10 10

6 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 6 6 39 32 10 10

8 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 8 8 55 66 10 10

12 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 1.575 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 12 12 55 66 10 10

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

2 mA –0.3 0.35 * VCCI 0.65 * VCCI 3.6 0.25 * VCCI 0.75 * VCCI 2 2 16 13 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. Software default selection highlighted in gray.

Figure 2-120 • AC Loading

Table 2-124 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

0 1.5 0.75 – 35

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point Test Point

Enable Path

Data Path 35 pF

R = 1 k R to VCCI for tLZ/tZL/tZLS

R to GND for tHZ/tZH/tZHS

35 pF for tZH/tZHS/tZL/tZLS

5 pF for tHZ/tLZ

User I/Os

v2.0 2-195

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-125 • 1.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 14.11 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 14.37 13.14 3.40 2.68 16.61 15.37 ns

–1 0.56 12.00 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 12.22 11.17 2.90 2.28 14.13 13.08 ns

–2 0.49 10.54 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 10.73 9.81 2.54 2.00 12.40 11.48 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 11.23 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 11.44 9.87 3.77 3.36 13.68 12.10 ns

–1 0.56 9.55 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 9.73 8.39 3.21 2.86 11.63 10.29 ns

–2 0.49 8.39 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 8.54 7.37 2.81 2.51 10.21 9.04 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 10.45 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 10.65 9.24 3.84 3.55 12.88 11.48 ns

–1 0.56 8.89 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 9.06 7.86 3.27 3.02 10.96 9.76 ns

–2 0.49 7.81 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 7.95 6.90 2.87 2.65 9.62 8.57 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 10.02 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 10.20 9.23 3.97 4.22 12.44 11.47 ns

–1 0.56 8.52 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 8.68 7.85 3.38 3.59 10.58 9.75 ns

–2 0.49 7.48 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 7.62 6.89 2.97 3.15 9.29 8.56 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-126 • 1.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS

Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 8.53 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 7.26 8.53 3.39 2.79 9.50 10.77 ns

–1 0.56 7.26 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 6.18 7.26 2.89 2.37 8.08 9.16 ns

–2 0.49 6.37 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 5.42 6.37 2.53 2.08 7.09 8.04 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 5.41 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 5.22 5.41 3.75 3.48 7.45 7.65 ns

–1 0.56 4.60 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 4.44 4.60 3.19 2.96 6.34 6.50 ns

–2 0.49 4.04 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 3.89 4.04 2.80 2.60 5.56 5.71 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.80 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 4.89 4.75 3.83 3.67 7.13 6.98 ns

–1 0.56 4.09 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 4.16 4.04 3.26 3.12 6.06 5.94 ns

–2 0.49 3.59 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 3.65 3.54 2.86 2.74 5.32 5.21 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 4.42 0.04 1.70 2.14 0.43 4.50 3.62 3.96 4.37 6.74 5.86 ns

–1 0.56 3.76 0.04 1.44 1.82 0.36 3.83 3.08 3.37 3.72 5.73 4.98 ns

–2 0.49 3.30 0.03 1.27 1.60 0.32 3.36 2.70 2.96 3.27 5.03 4.37 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-196 v2.0

Table 2-127 • 1.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 12.78 0.04 1.31 0.43 12.81 12.78 3.40 2.64 15.05 15.02 ns

–1 0.56 10.87 0.04 1.11 0.36 10.90 10.87 2.89 2.25 12.80 12.78 ns

–2 0.49 9.55 0.03 0.98 0.32 9.57 9.55 2.54 1.97 11.24 11.22 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 10.01 0.04 1.31 0.43 10.19 9.55 3.75 3.27 12.43 11.78 ns

–1 0.56 8.51 0.04 1.11 0.36 8.67 8.12 3.19 2.78 10.57 10.02 ns

–2 0.49 7.47 0.03 0.98 0.32 7.61 7.13 2.80 2.44 9.28 8.80 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 9.33 0.04 1.31 0.43 9.51 8.89 3.83 3.43 11.74 11.13 ns

–1 0.56 7.94 0.04 1.11 0.36 8.09 7.56 3.26 2.92 9.99 9.47 ns

–2 0.49 6.97 0.03 0.98 0.32 7.10 6.64 2.86 2.56 8.77 8.31 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 8.91 0.04 1.31 0.43 9.07 8.89 3.95 4.05 11.31 11.13 ns

–1 0.56 7.58 0.04 1.11 0.36 7.72 7.57 3.36 3.44 9.62 9.47 ns

–2 0.49 6.65 0.03 0.98 0.32 6.78 6.64 2.95 3.02 8.45 8.31 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-128 • 1.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 8.36 0.04 1.44 0.43 6.82 8.36 3.39 2.77 9.06 10.60 ns

–1 0.56 7.11 0.04 1.22 0.36 5.80 7.11 2.88 2.35 7.71 9.02 ns

–2 0.49 6.24 0.03 1.07 0.32 5.10 6.24 2.53 2.06 6.76 7.91 ns

4 mA Std. 0.66 5.31 0.04 1.44 0.43 4.85 5.31 3.74 3.40 7.09 7.55 ns

–1 0.56 4.52 0.04 1.22 0.36 4.13 4.52 3.18 2.89 6.03 6.42 ns

–2 0.49 3.97 0.03 1.07 0.32 3.62 3.97 2.79 2.54 5.29 5.64 ns

8 mA Std. 0.66 4.67 0.04 1.44 0.43 4.55 4.67 3.82 3.56 6.78 6.90 ns

–1 0.56 3.97 0.04 1.22 0.36 3.87 3.97 3.25 3.03 5.77 5.87 ns

–2 0.49 3.49 0.03 1.07 0.32 3.40 3.49 2.85 2.66 5.07 5.16 ns

12 mA Std. 0.66 4.08 0.04 1.44 0.43 4.15 3.58 3.94 4.20 6.39 5.81 ns

–1 0.56 3.47 0.04 1.22 0.36 3.53 3.04 3.36 3.58 5.44 4.95 ns

–2 0.49 3.05 0.03 1.07 0.32 3.10 2.67 2.95 3.14 4.77 4.34 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-197

Table 2-129 • 1.5 V LVCMOS Low Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 12.33 0.04 1.42 0.43 11.79 12.33 2.45 2.32 ns

–1 0.56 10.49 0.04 1.21 0.36 10.03 10.49 2.08 1.98 ns

–2 0.49 9.21 0.03 1.06 0.32 8.81 9.21 1.83 1.73 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-130 • 1.5 V LVCMOS High Slew

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V

Applicable to Standard I/Os

Drive

Strength

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ Units

2 mA Std. 0.66 7.65 0.04 1.42 0.43 6.31 7.65 2.45 2.45 ns

–1 0.56 6.50 0.04 1.21 0.36 5.37 6.50 2.08 2.08 ns

–2 0.49 5.71 0.03 1.06 0.32 4.71 5.71 1.83 1.83 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-198 v2.0

3.3 V PCI, 3.3 V PCI-X

The Peripheral Component Interface for 3.3 V standard specifies support for 33 MHz and 66 MHz

PCI Bus applications.

AC loadings are defined per the PCI/PCI-X specifications for the datapath; Actel loadings for enable

path characterization are described in Figure 2-121.

AC loadings are defined per PCI/PCI-X specifications for the data path; Actel loading for tristate

is described in Table 2-132.

Table 2-131 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

3.3 V PCI/PCI-X VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

Per PCI

specification

Per PCI curves 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-121 • AC Loading

Test Point

Enable Path

R = 1 k

Test Point

Data Path

R = 25 R to VCCI for tDP (F)

R to GND for tDP (R) R to VCCI for tLZ/tZL/tZLS

R to GND for tHZ/tZH/tZHS

10 pF for tZH/tZHS/tZL/tZLS

5 pF for tHZ/tLZ

Table 2-132 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

0 3.3 0.285 * VCCI for tDP(R)

0.615 * VCCI for tDP(F)

–10

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-199

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-133 • 3.3 V PCI/PCI-X

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.81 0.04 1.05 1.67 0.43 2.86 2.00 3.28 3.61 5.09 4.23 ns

–1 0.56 2.39 0.04 0.89 1.42 0.36 2.43 1.70 2.79 3.07 4.33 3.60 ns

–2 0.49 2.09 0.03 0.78 1.25 0.32 2.13 1.49 2.45 2.70 3.80 3.16 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Table 2-134 • 3.3 V PCI/PCI-X

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Advanced I/Os

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tPYS tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.68 0.04 0.86 0.43 2.73 1.95 3.21 3.58 4.97 4.19 0.66 ns

–1 0.56 2.28 0.04 0.73 0.36 2.32 1.66 2.73 3.05 4.22 3.56 0.56 ns

–2 0.49 2.00 0.03 0.65 0.32 2.04 1.46 2.40 2.68 3.71 3.13 0.49 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-200 v2.0

Voltage Referenced I/O Characteristics

3.3 V GTL

Gunning Transceiver Logic is a high-speed bus standard (JESD8-3). It provides a differential

amplifier input buffer and an open-drain output buffer. The VCCI pin should be connected to 3.3 V.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-135 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

3.3 V GTL VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

25 mA3–0.3 VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 3.6 0.4 – 25 25 181 268 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-122 • AC Loading

Table 2-136 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 0.8 0.8 1.2 10

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

10 pF

GTL

VTT

Table 2-137 • 3.3 V GTL

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V, VREF = 0.8 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.08 0.04 2.93 0.43 2.04 2.08 4.27 4.31 ns

–1 0.56 1.77 0.04 2.50 0.36 1.73 1.77 3.63 3.67 ns

–2 0.49 1.55 0.03 2.19 0.32 1.52 1.55 3.19 3.22 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-201

2.5 V GTL

Gunning Transceiver Logic is a high-speed bus standard (JESD8-3). It provides a differential

amplifier input buffer and an open-drain output buffer. The VCCI pin should be connected to 2.5 V.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-138 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

2.5 GTL VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength

Min.,

V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

25 mA3–0.3 VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 3.6 0.4 – 25 25 124 169 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-123 • AC Loading

Table 2-139 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.05 VREF + 0.05 0.8 0.8 1.2 10

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

10 pF

GTL

VTT

Table 2-140 • 2.5 V GTL

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V, VREF = 0.8 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.13 0.04 2.46 0.43 2.16 2.13 4.40 4.36 ns

–1 0.56 1.81 0.04 2.09 0.36 1.84 1.81 3.74 3.71 ns

–2 0.49 1.59 0.03 1.83 0.32 1.61 1.59 3.28 3.26 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-202 v2.0

3.3 V GTL+

Gunning Transceiver Logic Plus is a high-speed bus standard (JESD8-3). It provides a differential

amplifier input buffer and an open-drain output buffer. The VCCI pin should be connected to 3.3 V.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-141 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

3.3 V GTL+ VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

35 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.6 – 35 35 181 268 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-124 • AC Loading

Table 2-142 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 1.0 1.0 1.5 10

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

10 pF

GTL+

VTT

Table 2-143 • 3.3 V GTL+

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V, VREF = 1.0 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.06 0.04 1.59 0.43 2.09 2.06 4.33 4.29 ns

–1 0.56 1.75 0.04 1.35 0.36 1.78 1.75 3.68 3.65 ns

–2 0.49 1.53 0.03 1.19 0.32 1.56 1.53 3.23 3.20 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-203

2.5 V GTL+

Gunning Transceiver Logic Plus is a high-speed bus standard (JESD8-3). It provides a differential

amplifier input buffer and an open-drain output buffer. The VCCI pin should be connected to 2.5 V.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-144 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

2.5 V GTL+ VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V

Max.,

Min.,

VmAmA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

33 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.6 – 33 33 124 169 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN <

VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-125 • AC Loading

Table 2-145 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 1.0 1.0 1.5 10

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

10 pF

GTL+

VTT

Table 2-146 • 2.5 V GTL+

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V, VREF = 1.0 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.21 0.04 1.51 0.43 2.25 2.10 4.48 4.34 ns

–1 0.56 1.88 0.04 1.29 0.36 1.91 1.79 3.81 3.69 ns

–2 0.49 1.65 0.03 1.13 0.32 1.68 1.57 3.35 4.34 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-204 v2.0

HSTL Class I

High-Speed Transceiver Logic is a general-purpose high-speed 1.5 V bus standard (EIA/JESD8-6).

Fusion devices support Class I. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull

output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-147 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

HSTL Class I VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

8 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.4 VCCI – 0.4 8 8 39 32 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-126 • AC Loading

Table 2-148 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 0.75 0.75 0.75 20

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

20 pF

HSTL

Class I

VTT

Table 2-149 • HSTL Class I

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V, VREF = 0.75 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 3.18 0.04 2.12 0.43 3.24 3.14 5.47 5.38 ns

–1 0.56 2.70 0.04 1.81 0.36 2.75 2.67 4.66 4.58 ns

–2 0.49 2.37 0.03 1.59 0.32 2.42 2.35 4.09 4.02 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-205

HSTL Class II

High-Speed Transceiver Logic is a general-purpose high-speed 1.5 V bus standard (EIA/JESD8-6).

Fusion devices support Class II. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull

output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-150 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

HSTL Class II VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA

4µA

15 mA3–0.3 VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 3.6 0.4 VCCI – 0.4 15 15 55 66 10 10

Note:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. Output drive strength is below JEDEC specification.

Figure 2-127 • AC Loading

Table 2-151 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V)

VREF (typ.)

(V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.1 VREF + 0.1 0.75 0.75 0.75 20

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

20 pF

HSTL

Class II

VTT

Table 2-152 • HSTL Class II

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 1.4 V, VREF = 0.75 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 3.02 0.04 2.12 0.43 3.08 2.71 5.32 4.95 ns

–1 0.56 2.57 0.04 1.81 0.36 2.62 2.31 4.52 4.21 ns

–2 0.49 2.26 0.03 1.59 0.32 2.30 2.03 3.97 3.70 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-206 v2.0

SSTL2 Class I

Stub-Speed Terminated Logic for 2.5 V memory bus standard (JESD8-9). Fusion devices support

Class I. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-153 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

SSTL2 Class I VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

15 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.54 VCCI – 0.62 15 15 87 83 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-128 • AC Loading

Table 2-154 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 1.25 1.25 1.25 30

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

30 pF

SSTL2

Class I

VTT

Table 2-155 • SSTL 2 Class I

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V, VREF = 1.25 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.13 0.04 1.33 0.43 2.17 1.85 4.40 4.08 ns

–1 0.56 1.81 0.04 1.14 0.36 1.84 1.57 3.74 3.47 ns

–2 0.49 1.59 0.03 1.00 0.32 1.62 1.38 3.29 3.05 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-207

SSTL2 Class II

Stub-Speed Terminated Logic for 2.5 V memory bus standard (JESD8-9). Fusion devices support

Class II. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-156 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

SSTL2 Class II VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V Max., V

Max.,

V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

18 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.35 VCCI – 0.43 18 18 124 169 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-129 • AC Loading

Table 2-157 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 1.25 1.25 1.25 30

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

30 pF

SSTL2

Class II

VTT

Table 2-158 • SSTL 2 Class II

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V, VREF = 1.25 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.17 0.04 1.33 0.43 2.21 1.77 4.44 4.01 ns

–1 0.56 1.84 0.04 1.14 0.36 1.88 1.51 3.78 3.41 ns

–2 0.49 1.62 0.03 1.00 0.32 1.65 1.32 3.32 2.99 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-208 v2.0

SSTL3 Class I

Stub-Speed Terminated Logic for 3.3 V memory bus standard (JESD8-8). Fusion devices support

Class I. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-159 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

SSTL3 Class I VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength

Min.,

V Max., V Min., V

Max.,

V Max., V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

14 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.7 VCCI – 1.1 14 14 54 51 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-130 • AC Loading

Table 2-160 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 1.5 1.5 1.485 30

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

30 pF

SSTL3

Class I

VTT

Table 2-161 • SSTL3 Class I

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V, VREF = 1.5 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.31 0.04 1.25 0.43 2.35 1.84 4.59 4.07 ns

–1 0.56 1.96 0.04 1.06 0.36 2.00 1.56 3.90 3.46 ns

–2 0.49 1.72 0.03 0.93 0.32 1.75 1.37 3.42 3.04 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-209

SSTL3 Class II

Stub-Speed Terminated Logic for 3.3 V memory bus standard (JESD8-8). Fusion devices support

Class II. This provides a differential amplifier input buffer and a push-pull output buffer.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-162 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

SSTL3 Class II VIL VIH VOL VOH IOL IOH IOSL IOSH IIL1IIH2

Drive

Strength Min., V Max., V Min., V

Max.,

Max.

, V Min., V mA mA

Max.,

mA3Max.,

mA3µA4µA4

21 mA –0.3 VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 3.6 0.5 VCCI – 0.9 21 21 109 103 10 10

Notes:

1. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

2. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

3. Currents are measured at high temperature (100°C junction temperature) and maximum voltage.

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

Figure 2-131 • AC Loading

Table 2-163 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V) VTT (typ.) (V) CLOAD (pF)

VREF – 0.2 VREF + 0.2 1.5 1.5 1.485 30

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Test Point

30 pF

SSTL3

Class II

VTT

Table 2-164 • SSTL3- Class II

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V, VREF = 1.5 V

Speed

Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY tEOUT tZL tZH tLZ tHZ tZLS tZHS Units

Std. 0.66 2.07 0.04 1.25 0.43 2.10 1.67 4.34 3.91 ns

–1 0.56 1.76 0.04 1.06 0.36 1.79 1.42 3.69 3.32 ns

–2 0.49 1.54 0.03 0.93 0.32 1.57 1.25 3.24 2.92 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-210 v2.0

Differential I/O Characteristics

Configuration of the I/O modules as a differential pair is handled by the Actel Designer

software when the user instantiates a differential I/O macro in the design.

Differential I/Os can also be used in conjunction with the embedded Input Register (InReg), Output

support for bidirectional I/Os or tristates with these standards.

LVDS

Low-Voltage Differential Signal (ANSI/TIA/EIA-644) is a high-speed differential I/O standard. It

requires that one data bit be carried through two signal lines, so two pins are needed. It also

requires external resistor termination.

The full implementation of the LVDS transmitter and receiver is shown in an example in

Figure 2-132. The building blocks of the LVDS transmitter–receiver are one transmitter macro, one

receiver macro, three board resistors at the transmitter end, and one resistor at the receiver end.

The values for the three driver resistors are different from those used in the LVPECL

implementation because the output standard specifications are different.

Figure 2-132 • LVDS Circuit Diagram and Board-Level Implementation

Table 2-165 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

DC Parameter Description Min. Typ. Max. Units

VCCI Supply Voltage 2.375 2.5 2.625 V

VOL Output LOW Voltage 0.9 1.075 1.25 V

VOH Input HIGH Voltage 1.25 1.425 1.6 V

IOL 3Output LOW Voltage 0.65 0.91 1.16 mA

IOH 3Output HIGH Voltage 0.65 0.91 1.16 mA

VIInput Voltage 0 2.925 V

IIL 4,5 Input LOW Voltage 10 μA

IIH 4,6 Input HIGH Voltage 10 μA

VODIFF Differential Output Voltage 250 350 450 mV

VOCM Output Common Mode Voltage 1.125 1.25 1.375 V

VICM Input Common Mode Voltage 0.05 1.25 2.35 V

VIDIFF Input Differential Voltage 100 350 mV

Notes:

1. ±5%

2. Differential input voltage = ±350 mV

3. IOL/IOH defined by VODIFF/(Resistor Network)

4. Currents are measured at 85°C junction temperature.

5. IIL is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operation conditions where –0.3 V < VIN < VIL.

6. IIH is the input leakage current per I/O pin over recommended operating conditions VIH < VIN < VCCI. Input

current is larger when operating outside recommended ranges.

140 Ω100 Ω

ZO = 50 Ω

165 Ω

–

INBUF_LVDS

OUTBUF_LVDS

FPGA FPGA

Bourns Part Number: CAT16-LV4F12

User I/Os

v2.0 2-211

Timing Characteristics

BLVDS/M-LVDS

Bus LVDS (BLVDS) and Multipoint LVDS (M-LVDS) specifications extend the existing LVDS standard

to high-performance multipoint bus applications. Multidrop and multipoint bus configurations can

contain any combination of drivers, receivers, and transceivers. Actel LVDS drivers provide the

higher drive current required by BLVDS and M-LVDS to accommodate the loading. The driver

requires series terminations for better signal quality and to control voltage swing. Termination is

also required at both ends of the bus, since the driver can be located anywhere on the bus. These

configurations can be implemented using TRIBUF_LVDS and BIBUF_LVDS macros along with

appropriate terminations. Multipoint designs using Actel LVDS macros can achieve up to 200 MHz

with a maximum of 20 loads. A sample application is given in Figure 2-133. The input and output

buffer delays are available in the LVDS section in Table 2-168.

Example: For a bus consisting of 20 equidistant loads, the following terminations provide the

required differential voltage, in worst-case industrial operating conditions at the farthest receiver:

RS=60Ω and RT=70Ω, given Z0=50Ω (2") and Zstub =50Ω (~1.5").

Table 2-166 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V)

1.075 1.325 Cross point –

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

Table 2-167 • LVDS

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 2.3 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Speed Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY Units

Std. 0.66 2.10 0.04 1.82 ns

–1 0.56 1.79 0.04 1.55 ns

–2 0.49 1.57 0.03 1.36 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Figure 2-133 • BLVDS/M-LVDS Multipoint Application Using LVDS I/O Buffers

...

BIBUF_LVDS

-T

-R

-T

EN EN EN EN EN

Receiver Transceiver Receiver TransceiverDriver

stub

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-212 v2.0

LVPECL

Low-Voltage Positive Emitter-Coupled Logic (LVPECL) is another differential I/O standard. It

requires that one data bit be carried through two signal lines. Like LVDS, two pins are needed. It

also requires external resistor termination.

The full implementation of the LVDS transmitter and receiver is shown in an example in

Figure 2-134. The building blocks of the LVPECL transmitter–receiver are one transmitter macro,

one receiver macro, three board resistors at the transmitter end, and one resistor at the receiver

end. The values for the three driver resistors are different from those used in the LVDS

implementation because the output standard specifications are different.

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-134 • LVPECL Circuit Diagram and Board-Level Implementation

Table 2-168 • Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Levels

DC Parameter Description Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Units

VCCI Supply Voltage 3.0 3.3 3.6 V

VOL Output LOW Voltage 0.96 1.27 1.06 1.43 1.30 1.57 V

VOH Output HIGH Voltage 1.8 2.11 1.92 2.28 2.13 2.41 V

VIL, VIH Input LOW, Input HIGH Voltages 0 3.3 0 3.6 0 3.9 V

VODIFF Differential Output Voltage 0.625 0.97 0.625 0.97 0.625 0.97 V

VOCM Output Common Mode Voltage 1.762 1.98 1.762 1.98 1.762 1.98 V

VICM Input Common Mode Voltage 1.01 2.57 1.01 2.57 1.01 2.57 V

VIDIFF Input Differential Voltage 300 300 300 mV

Table 2-169 • AC Waveforms, Measuring Points, and Capacitive Loads

Input LOW (V) Input HIGH (V) Measuring Point* (V) VREF (typ.) (V)

1.64 1.94 Cross point –

Note: *Measuring point = Vtrip. See Table 2-87 on page 2-167 for a complete table of trip points.

187 W 100 Ω

ZO = 50 Ω

100 Ω

–

INBUF_LVPECL

OUTBUF_LVPECL

FPGA FPGA

Bourns Part Number: CAT16-PC4F12

Table 2-170 • LVPECL

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V,

Worst-Case VCCI = 3.0 V

Applicable to Pro I/Os

Speed Grade tDOUT tDP tDIN tPY Units

Std. 0.66 2.14 0.04 1.63 ns

–1 0.56 1.82 0.04 1.39 ns

–2 0.49 1.60 0.03 1.22 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-213

I/O Register Specifications

Fully Registered I/O Buffers with Synchronous Enable and Asynchronous Preset

Figure 2-135 • Timing Model of Registered I/O Buffers with Synchronous Enable and Asynchronous Preset

INBUF

INBUF INBUF

TRIBUF

CLKBUF

INBUF

CLKBUF

Data Input I/O Register with:

Active High Enable

Active High Preset

Positive Edge Triggered

Data Output Register and

Enable Output Register with:

Active High Enable

Active High Preset

Postive Edge Triggered

CLK

nable

Preset

Data_out

Data

EOUT

DOUT

Enable

CLK

DFN1E1P1

PRE

DFN1E1P1

PRE

DFN1E1P1

PRE

D_Enable

YCore

Array

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-214 v2.0

Table 2-171 • Parameter Definitions and Measuring Nodes

Parameter

Name Parameter Definition

Measuring Nodes

(from, to)*

tOCLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Data Register H, DOUT

tOSUD Data Setup Time for the Output Data Register F, H

tOHD Data Hold Time for the Output Data Register F, H

tOSUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Data Register G, H

tOHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Data Register G, H

tOPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Output Data Register L,DOUT

tOREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Output Data Register L, H

tORECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Output Data Register L, H

tOECLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Enable Register H, EOUT

tOESUD Data Setup Time for the Output Enable Register J, H

tOEHD Data Hold Time for the Output Enable Register J, H

tOESUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Enable Register K, H

tOEHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Enable Register K, H

tOEPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Output Enable Register I, EOUT

tOEREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Output Enable Register I, H

tOERECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Output Enable Register I, H

tICLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Input Data Register A, E

tISUD Data Setup Time for the Input Data Register C, A

tIHD Data Hold Time for the Input Data Register C, A

tISUE Enable Setup Time for the Input Data Register B, A

tIHE Enable Hold Time for the Input Data Register B, A

tIPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Input Data Register D, E

tIREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Input Data Register D, A

tIRECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Input Data Register D, A

Note: *See Figure 2-135 on page 2-213 for more information.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-215

Fully Registered I/O Buffers with Synchronous Enable and Asynchronous Clear

Figure 2-136 • Timing Model of the Registered I/O Buffers with Synchronous Enable and Asynchronous Clear

Core

Array

Data Input I/O Register with

Active High Enable

Active High Clear

Positive Edge Triggered Data Output Register and

Enable Output Register with

Active High Enable

Active High Clear

Positive Edge Triggered

Enable

CLK

Pad Out

CLK

Enable

CLR

Data_out

Data

EOUT

DOUT

DFN1E1C1

CLR

DFN1E1C1

CLR

DFN1E1C1

CLR

D_Enable

CLKBUF

INBUF

TRIBUF

INBUF INBUF CLKBUF

INBUF

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-216 v2.0

Table 2-172 • Parameter Definitions and Measuring Nodes

Parameter Name Parameter Definition

Measuring Nodes

(from, to)*

tOCLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Data Register HH, DOUT

tOSUD Data Setup Time for the Output Data Register FF, HH

tOHD Data Hold Time for the Output Data Register FF, HH

tOSUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Data Register GG, HH

tOHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Data Register GG, HH

tOCLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Output Data Register LL, DOUT

tOREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Output Data Register LL, HH

tORECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Output Data Register LL, HH

tOECLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Enable Register HH, EOUT

tOESUD Data Setup Time for the Output Enable Register JJ, HH

tOEHD Data Hold Time for the Output Enable Register JJ, HH

tOESUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Enable Register KK, HH

tOEHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Enable Register KK, HH

tOECLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Output Enable Register II, EOUT

tOEREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Output Enable Register II, HH

tOERECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Output Enable Register II, HH

tICLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Input Data Register AA, EE

tISUD Data Setup Time for the Input Data Register CC, AA

tIHD Data Hold Time for the Input Data Register CC, AA

tISUE Enable Setup Time for the Input Data Register BB, AA

tIHE Enable Hold Time for the Input Data Register BB, AA

tICLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Input Data Register DD, EE

tIREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Input Data Register DD, AA

tIRECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Input Data Register DD, AA

Note: *See Figure 2-136 on page 2-215 for more information.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-217

Input Register

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-137 • Input Register Timing Diagram

50%

Preset

Clear

Out_1

CLK

Data

Enable

tISUE

50%

tISUD

tIHD

50% 50%

tICLKQ

tIHE

tIRECPRE tIREMPRE

tIRECCLR tIREMCLR

tIWCLR

tIWPRE

tIPRE2Q

tICLR2Q

tICKMPWH tICKMPWL

50% 50%

50% 50% 50%

50% 50%

50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%

50%

Table 2-173 • Input Data Register Propagation Delays

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tICLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Input Data Register 0.24 0.27 0.32 ns

tISUD Data Setup Time for the Input Data Register 0.26 0.30 0.35 ns

tIHD Data Hold Time for the Input Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tISUE Enable Setup Time for the Input Data Register 0.37 0.42 0.50 ns

tIHE Enable Hold Time for the Input Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tICLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Input Data Register 0.45 0.52 0.61 ns

tIPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Input Data Register 0.45 0.52 0.61 ns

tIREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Input Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tIRECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Input Data Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tIREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Input Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tIRECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Input Data Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tIWCLR Asynchronous Clear Minimum Pulse Width for the Input Data

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tIWPRE Asynchronous Preset Minimum Pulse Width for the Input Data

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tICKMPWH Clock Minimum Pulse Width HIGH for the Input Data Register 0.36 0.41 0.48 ns

tICKMPWL Clock Minimum Pulse Width LOW for the Input Data Register 0.32 0.37 0.43 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-218 v2.0

Output Register

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-138 • Output Register Timing Diagram

Preset

Clear

DOUT

CLK

Data_out

Enable

tOSUE

50%

tOSUD tOHD

50% 50%

tOCLKQ

tOHE

tORECPRE

tOREMPRE

tORECCLR

tOREMCLR

tOWCLR

tOWPRE

tOPRE2Q

tOCLR2Q

tOCKMPWH tOCKMPWL

50% 50%

50% 50% 50%

50% 50%

50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%

50%

Table 2-174 • Output Data Register Propagation Delays

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tOCLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Data Register 0.59 0.67 0.79 ns

tOSUD Data Setup Time for the Output Data Register 0.31 0.36 0.42 ns

tOHD Data Hold Time for the Output Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOSUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Data Register 0.44 0.50 0.59 ns

tOHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOCLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Output Data Register 0.80 0.91 1.07 ns

tOPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Output Data Register 0.80 0.91 1.07 ns

tOREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Output Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tORECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Output Data Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Output Data Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tORECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Output Data Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOWCLR Asynchronous Clear Minimum Pulse Width for the Output Data

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOWPRE Asynchronous Preset Minimum Pulse Width for the Output Data

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOCKMPWH Clock Minimum Pulse Width HIGH for the Output Data Register 0.36 0.41 0.48 ns

tOCKMPWL Clock Minimum Pulse Width LOW for the Output Data Register 0.32 0.37 0.43 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

User I/Os

v2.0 2-219

Output Enable Register

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-139 • Output Enable Register Timing Diagram

50%

Preset

Clear

EOUT

CLK

D_Enable

Enable

OESUE

50%

OESUD

OEHD

50% 50%

OECLKQ

OEHE

OERECPRE

OEREMPRE

OERECCLR

OEREMCLR

OEWCLR

OEWPRE

OEPRE2Q

OECLR2Q

OECKMPWH

OECKMPWL

50% 50%

50% 50% 50%

50% 50%

50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%

50%

Table 2-175 • Output Enable Register Propagation Delays

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tOECLKQ Clock-to-Q of the Output Enable Register 0.44 0.51 0.59 ns

tOESUD Data Setup Time for the Output Enable Register 0.31 0.36 0.42 ns

tOEHD Data Hold Time for the Output Enable Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOESUE Enable Setup Time for the Output Enable Register 0.44 0.50 0.58 ns

tOEHE Enable Hold Time for the Output Enable Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOECLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Q of the Output Enable Register 0.67 0.76 0.89 ns

tOEPRE2Q Asynchronous Preset-to-Q of the Output Enable Register 0.67 0.76 0.89 ns

tOEREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for the Output Enable Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOERECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for the Output Enable Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOEREMPRE Asynchronous Preset Removal Time for the Output Enable Register 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tOERECPRE Asynchronous Preset Recovery Time for the Output Enable Register 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOEWCLR Asynchronous Clear Minimum Pulse Width for the Output Enable

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOEWPRE Asynchronous Preset Minimum Pulse Width for the Output Enable

0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tOECKMPWH Clock Minimum Pulse Width HIGH for the Output Enable Register 0.36 0.41 0.48 ns

tOECKMPWL Clock Minimum Pulse Width LOW for the Output Enable Register 0.32 0.37 0.43 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-220 v2.0

DDR Module Specifications

Input DDR Module

Figure 2-140 • Input DDR Timing Model

Table 2-176 • Parameter Definitions

Parameter Name Parameter Definition Measuring Nodes (from, to)

tDDRICLKQ1 Clock-to-Out Out_QR B, D

tDDRICLKQ2 Clock-to-Out Out_QF B, E

tDDRISUD Data Setup Time of DDR Input A, B

tDDRIHD Data Hold Time of DDR Input A, B

tDDRICLR2Q1 Clear-to-Out Out_QR C, D

tDDRICLR2Q2 Clear-to-Out Out_QF C, E

tDDRIREMCLR Clear Removal C, B

tDDRIRECCLR Clear Recovery C, B

Input DDR

Data

CLK

CLKBUF

INBUF

Out_QF

(to core)

FF2

FF1

INBUF

CLR

DDR_IN

Out_QR

(to core)

User I/Os

v2.0 2-221

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-141 • Input DDR Timing Diagram

tDDRICLR2Q2

tDDRIREMCLR

tDDRIRECCLR

tDDRICLR2Q1

12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CLK

Data

CLR

Out_QR

Out_QF

tDDRICLKQ1

246

357

tDDRIHD

tDDRISUD

tDDRICLKQ2

Table 2-177 • Input DDR Propagation Delays

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tDDRICLKQ1 Clock-to-Out Out_QR for Input DDR 0.39 0.44 0.52 ns

tDDRICLKQ2 Clock-to-Out Out_QF for Input DDR 0.27 0.31 0.37 ns

tDDRISUD Data Setup for Input DDR 0.28 0.32 0.38 ns

tDDRIHD Data Hold for Input DDR 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDDRICLR2Q1 Asynchronous Clear-to-Out Out_QR for Input DDR 0.57 0.65 0.76 ns

tDDRICLR2Q2 Asynchronous Clear-to-Out Out_QF for Input DDR 0.46 0.53 0.62 ns

tDDRIREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for Input DDR 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDDRIRECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for Input DDR 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tDDRIWCLR Asynchronous Clear Minimum Pulse Width for Input DDR 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tDDRICKMPWH Clock Minimum Pulse Width HIGH for Input DDR 0.36 0.41 0.48 ns

tDDRICKMPWL Clock Minimum Pulse Width LOW for Input DDR 0.32 0.37 0.43 ns

FDDRIMAX Maximum Frequency for Input DDR 1,404 1,048 1,232 MHz

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-222 v2.0

Output DDR

Figure 2-142 • Output DDR Timing Model

Table 2-178 • Parameter Definitions

Parameter Name Parameter Definition Measuring Nodes (From, To)

tDDROCLKQ Clock-to-Out B, E

tDDROCLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Out C, E

tDDROREMCLR Clear Removal C, B

tDDRORECCLR Clear Recovery C, B

tDDROSUD1 Data Setup Data_F A, B

tDDROSUD2 Data Setup Data_R D, B

tDDROHD1 Data Hold Data_F A, B

tDDROHD2 Data Hold Data_R D, B

Data_F

(from core)

CLK

CLKBUF

Out

FF2

INBUF

CLR

DDR_OUT

FF1

OUTBUF

Data_R

(from core)

User I/Os

v2.0 2-223

Timing Characteristics

Figure 2-143 • Output DDR Timing Diagram

116

910

28 3 9

DDROREMCLR

DDROHD1

DDROSUD1

DDROHD2

DDROSUD2

DDROCLKQ

DDRORECCLR

CLK

Data_R

Data_F

CLR

Out

DDROCLR2Q

7104

Table 2-179 • Output DDR Propagation Delays

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tDDROCLKQ Clock-to-Out of DDR for Output DDR 0.70 0.80 0.94 ns

tDDROSUD1 Data_F Data Setup for Output DDR 0.38 0.43 0.51 ns

tDDROSUD2 Data_R Data Setup for Output DDR 0.38 0.43 0.51 ns

tDDROHD1 Data_F Data Hold for Output DDR 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDDROHD2 Data_R Data Hold for Output DDR 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDDROCLR2Q Asynchronous Clear-to-Out for Output DDR 0.80 0.91 1.07 ns

tDDROREMCLR Asynchronous Clear Removal Time for Output DDR 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tDDRORECCLR Asynchronous Clear Recovery Time for Output DDR 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tDDROWCLR1 Asynchronous Clear Minimum Pulse Width for Output DDR 0.22 0.25 0.30 ns

tDDROCKMPWH Clock Minimum Pulse Width HIGH for the Output DDR 0.36 0.41 0.48 ns

tDDROCKMPWL Clock Minimum Pulse Width LOW for the Output DDR 0.32 0.37 0.43 ns

FDDOMAX Maximum Frequency for the Output DDR 1,048 1,232 1,404 MHz

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to Table 3-7 on

page 3-9.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-224 v2.0

Pin Descriptions

Supply Pins

GND Ground

Ground supply voltage to the core, I/O outputs, and I/O logic.

GNDQ Ground (quiet)

Quiet ground supply voltage to input buffers of I/O banks. Within the package, the GNDQ plane is

decoupled from the simultaneous switching noise originated from the output buffer ground

domain. This minimizes the noise transfer within the package and improves input signal integrity.

GNDQ needs to always be connected on the board to GND. Note: In FG256, FG484, and FG676

packages, GNDQ and GND pins are connected within the package and are labeled as GND pins in

the respective package pin assignment tables.

ADCGNDREF Analog Reference Ground

Analog ground reference used by the ADC. This pad should be connected to a quiet analog

ground.

GNDA Ground (analog)

Quiet ground supply voltage to the Analog Block of Fusion devices. The use of a separate analog

ground helps isolate the analog functionality of the Fusion device from any digital switching noise.

A 0.2 V maximum differential voltage between GND and GNDA/GNDQ should apply to system

implementation.

GNDAQ Ground (analog quiet)

Quiet ground supply voltage to the analog I/O of Fusion devices. The use of a separate analog

ground helps isolate the analog functionality of the Fusion device from any digital switching noise.

A 0.2 V maximum differential voltage between GND and GNDA/GNDQ should apply to system

implementation. Note: In FG256, FG484, and FG676 packages, GNDAQ and GNDA pins are

connected within the package and are labeled as GNDA pins in the respective package pin

assignment tables. In FG256 and

GNDNVM Flash Memory Ground

Ground supply used by the Fusion device's flash memory block module(s).

GNDOSC Oscillator Ground

Ground supply for both integrated RC oscillator and crystal oscillator circuit.

VCC15A Analog Power Supply (1.5 V)

1.5 V clean analog power supply input for use by the 1.5 V portion of the analog circuitry.

VCC33A Analog Power Supply (3.3 V)

3.3 V clean analog power supply input for use by the 3.3 V portion of the analog circuitry.

VCC33N Negative 3.3 V Output

This is the –3.3 V output from the voltage converter. A 2.2 µF capacitor must be connected from

this pin to ground.

VCC33PMP Analog Power Supply (3.3 V)

3.3 V clean analog power supply input for use by the analog charge pump. To avoid high current

draw, VCC33PMP should be powered up simultaneously with or after VCC33A.

VCCNVM Flash Memory Block Power Supply (1.5 V)

1.5 V power supply input used by the Fusion device's flash memory block module(s). To avoid high

current draw, VCC should be powered up before or simultaneously with VCCNVM.

VCCOSC Oscillator Power Supply (3.3 V)

Power supply for both integrated RC oscillator and crystal oscillator circuit. The internal 100 MHz

oscillator, powered by the VCCOSC pin, is needed for device programming, operation of the VDDN33

Pin Descriptions

v2.0 2-225

pump, and eNVM operation. VCCOSC is off only when VCCA is off. V

CCOSC must be powered

whenever the Fusion device needs to function.

VCC Core Supply Voltage

Supply voltage to the FPGA core, nominally 1.5 V. VCC is also required for powering the JTAG state

machine, in addition to VJTAG. Even when a Fusion device is in bypass mode in a JTAG chain of

interconnected devices, both VCC and VJTAG must remain powered to allow JTAG signals to pass

through the Fusion device.

VCCIBxI/O Supply Voltage

Supply voltage to the bank's I/O output buffers and I/O logic. Bx is the I/O bank number. There are

either four (AFS090 and AFS250) or five (AFS600 and AFS1500) I/O banks on the Fusion devices plus

a dedicated VJTAG bank.

Each bank can have a separate VCCI connection. All I/Os in a bank will run off the same VCCIBx

supply. VCCI can be 1.5 V, 1.8 V, 2.5 V, or 3.3 V, nominal voltage. Unused I/O banks should have

their corresponding VCCI pins tied to GND.

VCCPLA/B PLL Supply Voltage

Supply voltage to analog PLL, nominally 1.5 V, where A and B refer to the PLL. AFS090 and AFS250

each have a single PLL. The AFS600 and AFS1500 devices each have two PLLs. Actel recommends

tying VCCPLX to VCC and using proper filtering circuits to decouple VCC noise from PLL.

If unused, VCCPLA/B should be tied to GND.

VCOMPLA/B Ground for West and East PLL

VCOMPLA is the ground of the west PLL (CCC location F) and VCOMPLB is the ground of the east PLL

(CCC location C).

VJTAG JTAG Supply Voltage

Fusion devices have a separate bank for the dedicated JTAG pins. The JTAG pins can be run at any

voltage from 1.5 V to 3.3 V (nominal). Isolating the JTAG power supply in a separate I/O bank gives

greater flexibility in supply selection and simplifies power supply and PCB design. If the JTAG

interface is neither used nor planned to be used, the VJTAG pin together with the TRST pin could be

tied to GND. It should be noted that VCC is required to be powered for JTAG operation; VJTAG alone

is insufficient. If a Fusion device is in a JTAG chain of interconnected boards and it is desired to

power down the board containing the Fusion device, this may be done provided both VJTAG and

VCC to the Fusion part remain powered; otherwise, JTAG signals will not be able to transition the

Fusion device, even in bypass mode.

VPUMP Programming Supply Voltage

Fusion devices support single-voltage ISP programming of the configuration flash and FlashROM.

For programming, VPUMP should be in the 3.3 V +/-5% range. During normal device operation,

VPUMP can be left floating or can be tied to any voltage between 0 V and 3.6 V.

When the VPUMP pin is tied to ground, it shuts off the charge pump circuitry, resulting in no sources

of oscillation from the charge pump circuitry.

For proper programming, 0.01 µF and 0.33 µF capacitors (both rated at 16 V) are to be connected in

parallel across VPUMP and GND, and positioned as close to the FPGA pins as possible.

User-Defined Supply Pins

VREF I/O Voltage Reference

Reference voltage for I/O minibanks. Both AFS600 and AFS1500 (north bank only) support Actel Pro

I/O. These I/O banks support voltage reference standard I/O. The VREF pins are configured by the

user from regular I/Os, and any I/O in a bank, except JTAG I/Os, can be designated as the voltage

reference I/O. Only certain I/O standards require a voltage reference—HSTL (I) and (II), SSTL2 (I) and

(II), SSTL3 (I) and (II), and GTL/GTL+. One VREF pin can support the number of I/Os available in its

minibank.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-226 v2.0

VAREF Analog Reference Voltage

The Fusion device can be configured to generate a 2.56 V internal reference voltage that can be

used by the ADC. While using the internal reference, the reference voltage is output on the VAREF

pin for use as a system reference. If a different reference voltage is required, it can be supplied by

an external source and applied to this pin. The valid range of values that can be supplied to the

ADC is 1.0 V to 3.3 V. When VAREF is internally generated by the Fusion device, a bypass capacitor

must be connected from this pin to ground. The value of the bypass capacitor should be between

3.3 µF and 22 µF, which is based on the needs of the individual designs. The choice of the capacitor

value has an impact on the settling time it takes the VAREF signal to reach the required

specification of 2.56 V to initiate valid conversions by the ADC. If the lower capacitor value is

chosen, the settling time required for VAREF to achieve 2.56 V will be shorter than when selecting

the larger capacitor value. The above range of capacitor values supports the accuracy specification

of the ADC, which is detailed in the datasheet. Designers choosing the smaller capacitor value will

not obtain as much margin in the accuracy as that achieved with a larger capacitor value.

Depending on the capacitor value selected in the Analog System Builder, a tool in Libero IDE, an

automatic delay circuit will be generated using logic tiles available within the FPGA to ensure that

VAREF has achieved the 2.56 V value. Actel recommends customers use 10 µF as the value of the

bypass capacitor. Designers choosing to use an external VAREF need to ensure that a stable and

clean VAREF source is supplied to the VAREF pin before initiating conversions by the ADC.

Designers should also make sure that the ADCRESET signal is deasserted before initiating valid

conversions.2

User Pins

I/O User Input/Output

The I/O pin functions as an input, output, tristate, or bidirectional buffer. Input and output signal

levels are compatible with the I/O standard selected. Unused I/O pins are configured as inputs with

pull-up resistors.

During programming, I/Os become tristated and weakly pulled up to VCCI. With the VCCI and VCC

supplies continuously powered up, when the device transitions from programming to operating

mode, the I/Os get instantly configured to the desired user configuration.

Axy Analog Input/Output

Analog I/O pin, where x is the analog pad type (C = current pad, G = Gate driver pad,

T = Temperature pad, V = Voltage pad) and y is the Analog Quad number (0 to 9). There is a

minimum 1 MΩ to ground on AV, AC, and AT. This pin can be left floating when it is unused.

ATRTNxTemperature Monitor Return

AT returns are the returns for the temperature sensors. The cathode terminal of the external

diodes should be connected to these pins. There is one analog return pin for every two Analog

Quads. The x in the ATRTNx designator indicates the quad pairing (x= 0 for AQ1 and AQ2, x=1 for

AQ2 and AQ3, ..., x= 4 for AQ8 and AQ9). The signals that drive these pins are called out as

ATRETURNxy in the software (where x and y refer to the quads that share the return signal). ATRTN

is internally connected to ground. It can be left floating when it is unused. The maximum

capacitance allowed across the AT pins is 500 pF.

GL Globals

GL I/Os have access to certain clock conditioning circuitry (and the PLL) and/or have direct access to

the global network (spines). Additionally, the global I/Os can be used as Pro I/Os since they have

identical capabilities. Unused GL pins are configured as inputs with pull-up resistors. See more

detailed descriptions of global I/O connectivity in the "Clock Conditioning Circuits" section on

page 2-24.

2. The ADC is functional with an external reference down to 1V, however to meet the performance

parameters highlighted in the datasheet refer to the VAREF specification in Table 3-2 on page 3-3.

Pin Descriptions

v2.0 2-227

Refer to the "User I/O Naming Convention" section on page 2-159 for a description of naming of

global pins.

JTAG Pins

Fusion devices have a separate bank for the dedicated JTAG pins. The JTAG pins can be run at any

voltage from 1.5 V to 3.3 V (nominal). VCC must also be powered for the JTAG state machine to

operate, even if the device is in bypass mode; VJTAG alone is insufficient. Both VJTAG and VCC to the

Fusion part must be supplied to allow JTAG signals to transition the Fusion device.

Isolating the JTAG power supply in a separate I/O bank gives greater flexibility with supply

selection and simplifies power supply and PCB design. If the JTAG interface is neither used nor

planned to be used, the VJTAG pin together with the TRST pin could be tied to GND.

TCK Test Clock

Test clock input for JTAG boundary scan, ISP, and UJTAG. The TCK pin does not have an internal

pull-up/-down resistor. If JTAG is not used, Actel recommends tying off TCK to GND or VJTAG

through a resistor placed close to the FPGA pin. This prevents JTAG operation in case TMS enters an

undesired state.

Note that to operate at all VJTAG voltages, 500 Ω to 1 kΩ will satisfy the requirements. Refer to

Table 2-180 for more information.

TDI Test Data Input

Serial input for JTAG boundary scan, ISP, and UJTAG usage. There is an internal weak pull-up

resistor on the TDI pin.

TDO Test Data Output

Serial output for JTAG boundary scan, ISP, and UJTAG usage.

TMS Test Mode Select

The TMS pin controls the use of the IEEE1532 boundary scan pins (TCK, TDI, TDO, TRST). There is an

internal weak pull-up resistor on the TMS pin.

TRST Boundary Scan Reset Pin

The TRST pin functions as an active low input to asynchronously initialize (or reset) the boundary

scan circuitry. There is an internal weak pull-up resistor on the TRST pin. If JTAG is not used, an

external pull-down resistor could be included to ensure the TAP is held in reset mode. The resistor

values must be chosen from Table 2-180 and must satisfy the parallel resistance value requirement.

The values in Table 2-180 correspond to the resistor recommended when a single device is used and

to the equivalent parallel resistor when multiple devices are connected via a JTAG chain.

In critical applications, an upset in the JTAG circuit could allow entering an undesired JTAG state. In

such cases, Actel recommends tying off TRST to GND through a resistor placed close to the FPGA

pin.

Table 2-180 • Recommended Tie-Off Values for the TCK and TRST Pins

VJTAG Tie-Off Resistance2, 3

VJTAG at 3.3 V 200 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 2.5 V 200 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 1.8 V 500 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 1.5 V 500 Ω to 1 kΩ

Notes:

1. Equivalent parallel resistance if more than one device is on JTAG chain.

2. The TCK pin can be pulled up/down.

3. The TRST pin can only be pulled down.

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-228 v2.0

Note that to operate at all VJTAG voltages, 500 Ω to 1 kΩ will satisfy the requirements.

Special Function Pins

NC No Connect

This pin is not connected to circuitry within the device. These pins can be driven to any voltage or

can be left floating with no effect on the operation of the device.

DC Don't Connect

This pin should not be connected to any signals on the PCB. These pins should be left unconnected.

NCAP Negative Capacitor

Negative Capacitor is where the negative terminal of the charge pump capacitor is connected. A

capacitor, with a 2.2 µF recommended value, is required to connect between PCAP and NCAP.

PCAP Positive Capacitor

Positive Capacitor is where the positive terminal of the charge pump capacitor is connected. A

capacitor, with a 2.2 µF recommended value, is required to connect between PCAP and NCAP.

PUB Push Button

Push button is the connection for the external momentary switch used to turn on the 1.5 V voltage

regulator and can be floating if not used.

PTBASE Pass Transistor Base

Pass Transistor Base is the control signal of the voltage regulator. This pin should be connected to

the base of the external pass transistor used with the 1.5 V internal voltage regulator and can be

floating if not used.

PTEM Pass Transistor Emitter

Pass Transistor Emitter is the feedback input of the voltage regulator.

This pin should be connected to the emitter of the external pass transistor used with the 1.5 V

internal voltage regulator and can be floating if not used.

XTAL1 Crystal Oscillator Circuit Input

Input to crystal oscillator circuit. Pin for connecting external crystal, ceramic resonator, RC network,

or external clock input. When using an external crystal or ceramic oscillator, external capacitors are

also recommended (Please refer to the crystal oscillator manufacturer for proper capacitor value).

If using external RC network or clock input, XTAL1 should be used and XTAL2 left unconnected.

XTAL2 Crystal Oscillator Circuit Input

Input to crystal oscillator circuit. Pin for connecting external crystal, ceramic resonator, RC network,

or external clock input. When using an external crystal or ceramic oscillator, external capacitors are

also recommended (Please refer to the crystal oscillator manufacturer for proper capacitor value).

If using external RC network or clock input, XTAL1 should be used and XTAL2 left unconnected.

Security

Fusion devices have a built-in 128-bit AES decryption core. The decryption core facilitates secure, in-

system programming of the FPGA core array fabric and the FlashROM. The FlashROM and the FPGA

core fabric can be programmed independently from each other, allowing the FlashROM to be

updated without the need for change to the FPGA core fabric. The AES master key is stored in on-

chip nonvolatile memory (flash). The AES master key can be preloaded into parts in a secure

programming environment (such as the Actel in-house programming center), and then "blank"

parts can be shipped to an untrusted programming or manufacturing center for final

personalization with an AES-encrypted bitstream. Late stage product changes or personalization

can be implemented easily and securely by simply sending a STAPL file with AES-encrypted data.

Security

v2.0 2-229

Secure remote field updates over public networks (such as the Internet) are possible by sending and

programming a STAPL file with AES-encrypted data. For more information, refer to the Fusion

Security application note.

128-Bit AES Decryption

The 128-bit AES standard (FIPS-197) block cipher is the National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST) replacement for DES (Data Encryption Standard FIPS46-2). AES has been

designed to protect sensitive government information well into the 21st century. It replaces the

aging DES, which NIST adopted in 1977 as a Federal Information Processing Standard used by

federal agencies to protect sensitive, unclassified information. The 128-bit AES standard has

3.4 × 1038 possible 128-bit key variants, and it has been estimated that it would take 1,000 trillion

years to crack 128-bit AES cipher text using exhaustive techniques. Keys are stored (securely) in

Fusion devices in nonvolatile flash memory. All programming files sent to the device can be

authenticated by the part prior to programming to ensure that bad programming data is not

loaded into the part that may possibly damage it. All programming verification is performed on-

chip, ensuring that the contents of Fusion devices remain secure.

AES decryption can also be used on the 1,024-bit FlashROM to allow for secure remote updates of

the FlashROM contents. This allows for easy, secure support for subscription model products. See

the application note Fusion Security for more details.

AES for Flash Memory

AES decryption can also be used on the flash memory blocks. This allows for the secure update of

the flash memory blocks. During runtime, the encrypted data can be clocked in via the JTAG

interface. The data can be passed through the internal AES decryption engine, and the decrypted

data can then be stored in the flash memory block.

Programming

Programming can be performed using various programming tools, such as Silicon Sculptor II (BP

Micro Systems) or FlashPro3 (Actel).

The user can generate STP programming files from the Designer software and can use these files to

program a device.

Fusion devices can be programmed in-system. During programming, VCCOSC is needed in order to

power the internal 100 MHz oscillator. This oscillator is used as a source for the 20 MHz oscillator

that is used to drive the charge pump for programming.

ISP

Fusion devices support IEEE 1532 ISP via JTAG and require a single VPUMP voltage of 3.3 V during

programming. In addition, programming via a microcontroller in a target system can be achieved.

Refer to the standard or the In-System Programming (ISP) of Actel's Low-Power Flash Devices Using

FlashPro3 document for more details.

JTAG IEEE 1532

Programming with IEEE 1532

Fusion devices support the JTAG-based IEEE1532 standard for ISP. As part of this support, when a

Fusion device is in an unprogrammed state, all user I/O pins are disabled. This is achieved by

keeping the global IO_EN signal deactivated, which also has the effect of disabling the input

buffers. Consequently, the SAMPLE instruction will have no effect while the Fusion device is in this

unprogrammed state—different behavior from that of the ProASICPLUS® device family. This is done

because SAMPLE is defined in the IEEE1532 specification as a noninvasive instruction. If the input

buffers were to be enabled by SAMPLE temporarily turning on the I/Os, then it would not truly be

a noninvasive instruction. Refer to the standard or the In-System Programming (ISP) of Actel's Low-

Power Flash Devices Using FlashPro3 document for more details.

Boundary Scan

Fusion devices are compatible with IEEE Standard 1149.1, which defines a hardware architecture

and the set of mechanisms for boundary scan testing. The basic Fusion boundary scan logic circuit is

composed of the test access port (TAP) controller, test data registers, and instruction register

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-230 v2.0

(Figure 2-144 on page 2-231). This circuit supports all mandatory IEEE 1149.1 instructions (EXTEST,

SAMPLE/PRELOAD, and BYPASS) and the optional IDCODE instruction (Table 2-182 on page 2-231).

Each test section is accessed through the TAP, which has five associated pins: TCK (test clock input),

TDI, TDO (test data input and output), TMS (test mode selector), and TRST (test reset input). TMS,

TDI, and TRST are equipped with pull-up resistors to ensure proper operation when no input data is

supplied to them. These pins are dedicated for boundary scan test usage. Refer to the "JTAG Pins"

section on page 2-227 for pull-up/-down recommendations for TDO and TCK pins. The TAP

controller is a 4-bit state machine (16 states) that operates as shown in Figure 2-144 on page 2-231.

The 1s and 0s represent the values that must be present on TMS at a rising edge of TCK for the

given state transition to occur. IR and DR indicate that the instruction register or the data register is

operating in that state.

The TAP controller receives two control inputs (TMS and TCK) and generates control and clock

signals for the rest of the test logic architecture. On power-up, the TAP controller enters the Test-

Logic-Reset state. To guarantee a reset of the controller from any of the possible states, TMS must

remain HIGH for five TCK cycles. The TRST pin can also be used to asynchronously place the TAP

controller in the Test-Logic-Reset state.

Fusion devices support three types of test data registers: bypass, device identification, and

boundary scan. The bypass register is selected when no other register needs to be accessed in a

device. This speeds up test data transfer to other devices in a test data path. The 32-bit device

identification register is a shift register with four fields (LSB, ID number, part number, and version).

The boundary scan register observes and controls the state of each I/O pin. Each I/O cell has three

boundary scan register cells, each with a serial-in, serial-out, parallel-in, and parallel-out pin.

The serial pins are used to serially connect all the boundary scan register cells in a device into a

boundary scan register chain, which starts at the TDI pin and ends at the TDO pin. The parallel

ports are connected to the internal core logic I/O tile and the input, output, and control ports of an

I/O buffer to capture and load data into the register to control or observe the logic state of each

I/O.

Table 2-181 • TRST and TCK Pull-Down Recommendations

VJTAG Tie-Off Resistance*

VJTAG at 3.3 V 200 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 2.5 V 200 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 1.8 V 500 Ω to 1 kΩ

VJTAG at 1.5 V 500 Ω to 1 kΩ

Note: *Equivalent parallel resistance if more than one device is on JTAG chain.

Security

v2.0 2-231

Figure 2-144 • Boundary Scan Chain in Fusion

Table 2-182 • Boundary Scan Opcodes

Hex Opcode

EXTEST 00

HIGHZ 07

USERCODE 0E

SAMPLE/PRELOAD 01

IDCODE 0F

CLAMP 05

BYPASS FF

Device

Logic

TDI

TCK

TMS

TRST

TDO

I/OI/OI/O I/OI/O

I/O

Bypass Register

Instruction

TAP

Controller

Test Data

Registers

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-232 v2.0

IEEE 1532 Characteristics

JTAG timing delays do not include JTAG I/Os. To obtain complete JTAG timing, add I/O buffer

delays to the corresponding standard selected; refer to the I/O timing characteristics in the "User

I/Os" section on page 2-133 for more details.

Timing Characteristics

Table 2-183 • JTAG 1532

Commercial Temperature Range Conditions: TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V

Parameter Description –2 –1 Std. Units

tDISU Test Data Input Setup Time 0.50 0.57 0.67 ns

tDIHD Test Data Input Hold Time 1.00 1.13 1.33 ns

tTMSSU Test Mode Select Setup Time 0.50 0.57 0.67 ns

tTMDHD Test Mode Select Hold Time 1.00 1.13 1.33 ns

tTCK2Q Clock to Q (data out) 6.00 6.80 8.00 ns

tRSTB2Q Reset to Q (data out) 20.00 22.67 26.67 ns

FTCKMAX TCK Maximum Frequency 25.00 22.00 19.00 MHz

tTRSTREM ResetB Removal Time 0.00 0.00 0.00 ns

tTRSTREC ResetB Recovery Time 0.20 0.23 0.27 ns

Note: For the derating values at specific junction temperature and voltage supply levels, refer to

Table 3-7 on page 3-9.

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 2-233

Part Number and Revision Date

Part Number 51700092-014-1

Revised July 2009

List of Changes

The following table lists critical changes that were made in the current version of the document.

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Preliminary v1.7

(October 2008)

The MicroBlade and Fusion datasheets have been combined. Pigeon Point

information is new.

CoreMP7 support was removed since it is no longer offered.

–F was removed from the datasheet since it is no longer offered.

The operating temperature was changed from ambient to junction to better

reflect actual conditions of operations.

Commercial: 0°C to 85°C

Industrial: –40°C to 100°C

The version number category was changed from Preliminary to Production,

which means the datasheet contains information based on final

characterization. The version number changed from Preliminary v1.7 to v2.0.

N/A

The phrase "Commercial-Case Conditions" in timing table titles was changed to

"Commercial Temperature Range Conditions."

N/A

The "Crystal Oscillator" section was updated significantly. Please review

carefully.

2-22

The "Real-Time Counter (part of AB macro)" section was updated significantly.

Please review carefully.

2-35

There was a typo in Table 2-19 • Flash Memory Block Pin Names for the

ERASEPAGE description; it was the same as DISCARDPAGE. As as a result, the

ERASEPAGE description was updated.

2-43

The tFMAXCLKNVM parameter was updated in Table 2-25 • Flash Memory Block

Timing.

2-55

Table 2-31 • RAM4K9 and Table 2-32 • RAM512X18 were updated. 2-71 to

2-71

In Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin Description, the Function description for

PWRDWN was changed from "Comparator power-down if 1"

"ADC comparator power-down if 1. When asserted, the ADC will stop

functioning, and the digital portion of the analog block will continue

operating. This may result in invalid status flags from the analog block.

Therefore, Actel does not recommend asserting the PWRDWN pin."

2-82

Figure 2-76 • Gate Driver Example was updated. 2-95

The "ADC Configuration Description" section was updated. Please review

carefully.

2-102

Figure 2-85 • Intra-Conversion Timing Diagram and Figure 2-86 • Injected-

Conversion Timing Diagram are new.

2-108

The "Typical Performance Characteristics" section is new. 2-116

Table 2-46 • Analog Channel Specifications was significantly updated. 2-118

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-234 v2.0

Preliminary v1.7

(continued)

Table 2-47 • ADC Characteristics in Direct Input Mode was significantly

updated.

2-124

In Table 2-50 • Analog Channel Accuracy: Monitoring Standard Positive

Voltages, note 1 was updated.

2-125

In Table 2-49 • Calibrated Analog Channel Accuracy 1,2,3, note 2 was updated.

In Table 2-51 • ACM Address Decode Table for Analog Quad, bit 89 was

removed.

2-127

The data in the 2.5 V LCMOS and LVCMOS 2.5 V / 5.0 V rows were updated in

Table 2-72 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O – Hot-Swap and 5 V Input

Tolerance Capabilities.

2-144

In Table 2-75 • Fusion Standard I/O Standards—OUT_DRIVE Settings, LVCMOS

1.5 V, for OUT_DRIVE 2, was changed from a dash to a checkmark.

2-153

The "VCC15A Analog Power Supply (1.5 V)" definition was changed from "A

1.5 V analog power supply input should be used to provide this input"

"1.5 V clean analog power supply input for use by the 1.5 V portion of the

analog circuitry."

2-224

In the "VCC33PMP Analog Power Supply (3.3 V)" pin description, the following

text was changed from "VCC33PMP should be powered up before or

simultaneously with VCC33A"

"VCC33PMP should be powered up simultaneously with or after VCC33A."

2-224

The "VCCOSC Oscillator Power Supply (3.3 V)" section was updated to include

information about when to power the pin.

2-224

In the "128-Bit AES Decryption" section, FIPS-192 was incorrect and changed to

FIPS-197.

2-229

The note in Table 2-81 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O Attributes vs. I/O

Standard Applications was updated.

2-157

For 1.5 V LVCMOS, the VIL and VIH parameters, 0.30 * VCCI was changed to 0.35

* VCCI and 0.70 * VCCI was changed to 0.65 * VCCI in Table 2-83 • Summary of

Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels Applicable to Commercial

and Industrial Conditions, Table 2-84 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC

Input and Output Levels Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions,

and Table 2-85 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output

Levels Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions.

In Table 2-84 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output

Levels Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions, the VIH max column

was updated.

2-165 to

2-166

Table 2-86 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input Levels Applicable to

Commercial and Industrial Conditions was updated to include notes 3 and 4.

The temperature ranges were also updated in notes 1 and 2.

2-166

The titles in Table 2-89 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software

Default Settings to Table 2-91 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics –

Software Default Settings were updated to "VCCI = I/O Standard Dependent."

2-168 to

2-170

Below Table 2-95 • I/O Short Currents IOSH/IOSL, the paragraph was updated to

change 110°C to 100°C and three months was changed to six months.

2-174

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 2-235

Preliminary v1.7

(continued)

Table 2-96 • Short Current Event Duration before Failure was updated to

remove 110°C data.

2-176

In Table 2-98 • I/O Input Rise Time, Fall Time, and Related I/O Reliability,

LVTTL/LVCMOS rows were changed from 110°C to 100°C.

2-176

Advance v1.6

(August 2008)

For the VIL and VIH parameters, 0.30 * VCCI was changed to 0.35 * VCCI and 0.70

* VCCI was changed to 0.65 * VCCI in Table 2-123 • Minimum and Maximum DC

Input and Output Levels.

2-194

The version number category was changed from Advance to Preliminary, which

means the datasheet contains information based on simulation and/or initial

characterization. The information is believed to be correct, but changes are

possible.

N/A

The following updates were made to Table 2-38 • Temperature Data Format:

Temperature Digital Output

213 00 1111 1101

283 01 0001 1011

358 01 0110 0110 – only the digital output was updated.

Temperature 358 remains in the temperature column.

2-98

In Advance v1.2, the "VAREF Analog Reference Voltage" pin description was

significantly updated but the change was not noted in the change table.

2-226

Advance v1.5

(July 2008)

The references to the Peripherals User’s Guide in the "No-Glitch MUX

(NGMUX)" section and "Voltage Regulator Power Supply Monitor (VRPSM)"

section were changed to Fusion Handbook.

2-32,

2-42

Advance v1.4

(July 2008)

The title of the datasheet changed from Actel Programmable System Chips to

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs. In addition, all instances of programmable

system chip were changed to mixed-signal FPGA.

N/A

Advance v1.2

(June 2008)

The "ADC Description" section was significantly updated. Please review

carefully.

2-102

Advance v1.1

(May 2008)

Table 2-25 • Flash Memory Block Timing was significantly updated. 2-55

The "VAREF Analog Reference Voltage" pin description section was significantly

update. Please review it carefully.

2-226

Table 2-45 • ADC Interface Timingwas significantly updated. 2-110

Table 2-56 • Direct Analog Input Switch Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x =

1), and AT (x = 3) was significantly updated.

2-131

The following sentence was deleted from the "Voltage Monitor" section:

The Analog Quad inputs are tolerant up to 12 V + 10%.

2-86

Advance v1.0

(January 2008)

The following text was incorrect and therefore deleted:

VCC33A Analog Power Filter

Analog power pin for the analog power supply low-pass filter. An external 100

pF capacitor should be connected between this pin and ground.

There is still a description of VCC33A on page 2-224.

2-204

Advance v0.9

(October 2007)

All Timing Characteristics tables were updated. For the Differential I/O

Standards, the Standard I/O support tables are new.

N/A

Table 2-3 • Array Coordinates was updated to change the max x and y values 2-9

Table 2-12 • Fusion CCC/PLL Specification was updated. 2-31

A note was added to Table2-16·RTC ACM Memory Map.2-37

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-236 v2.0

Advance v0.9

(continued)

A reference to the Peripheral’s User’s Guide was added to the "Voltage

Regulator Power Supply Monitor (VRPSM)" section.

2-42

In Table 2-25 • Flash Memory Block Timing, the commercial conditions were

updated.

2-55

In Table 2-26 • FlashROM Access Time, the commercial conditions were missing

and have been added below the title of the table.

2-58

In Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin Description, the function description was

updated for the ADCRESET.

2-82

In the "Voltage Monitor" section, the following sentence originally had ± 10%

and it was changed to +10%.

The Analog Quad inputs are tolerant up to 12 V + 10%.

In addition, this statement was deleted from the datasheet:

Each I/O will draw power when connected to power (3 mA at 3 V).

2-86

The "Terminology" section is new. 2-88

The "Current Monitor" section was significantly updated. Figure 2-72 • Timing

Diagram for Current Monitor Strobe to Figure 2-74 • Negative Current Monitor

and Table 2-37 • Recommended Resistor for Different Current Range

Measurement are new.

2-90

The "ADC Description" section was updated to add the "Terminology" section.2-93

In the "Gate Driver" section, 25 mA was changed to 20 mA and 1.5 MHz was

changed to 1.3 MHz. In addition, the following sentence was deleted:

The maximum AG pad switching frequency is 1.25 MHz.

2-94

The "Temperature Monitor" section was updated to rewrite most of the text

and add Figure 2-78, Figure 2-79, and Table 2-38 • Temperature Data Format.

2-96

In Table 2-38 • Temperature Data Format, the temperature K column was

changed for 85°C from 538 to 358.

2-98

In Table 2-45 • ADC Interface Timing, "Typical-Case" was changed to "Worst-

Case."

2-110

The "ADC Interface Timing" section is new. 2-110

Table 2-46 • Analog Channel Specifications was updated. 2-118

The "VCC15A Analog Power Supply (1.5 V)" section was updated. 2-224

The "VCCPLA/B PLL Supply Voltage" section is new. 2-225

In "VCCNVM Flash Memory Block Power Supply (1.5 V)" section, supply was

changed to supply input.

2-224

The "VCCPLA/B PLL Supply Voltage" pin description was updated to include the

following statement:

Actel recommends tying VCCPLX to VCC and using proper filtering circuits to

decouple VCC noise from PLL.

2-225

The "VCOMPLA/B Ground for West and East PLL" section was updated. 2-225

In Table 2-47 • ADC Characteristics in Direct Input Mode, the commercial

conditions were updated and note 2 is new.

2-121

The VCC33ACAP signal name was changed to "XTAL1 Crystal Oscillator Circuit

Input".

2-228

Table 2-48 • Uncalibrated Analog Channel Accuracy*is new. 2-123

Table 2-49 • Calibrated Analog Channel Accuracy 1,2,3, is new. 2-124

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 2-237

Advance v0.9

(continued)

Table 2-50 • Analog Channel Accuracy: Monitoring Standard Positive Voltages is

new.

2-125

In Table 2-57 • Voltage Polarity Control Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x = 1), and

AT (x = 3)*, the following I/O Bank names were changed:

Hot-Swap changed to Standard

LVDS changed to Advanced

2-131

In Table 2-58 • Prescaler Op Amp Power-Down Truth Table—AV (x = 0), AC (x =

1), and AT (x = 3), the following I/O Bank names were changed:

Hot-Swap changed to Standard

LVDS changed to Advanced

2-132

In the title of Table 2-64 • I/O Standards Supported by Bank Type, LVDS I/O was

changed to Advanced I/O.

2-134

The title was changed from "Fusion Standard, LVDS, and Standard plus Hot-

Swap I/O" to Table 2-68 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O Features. In

addition, the table headings were all updated. The heading used to be

Standard and LVDS I/O and was changed to Advanced I/O. Standard Hot-Swap

was changed to just Standard.

2-136

This sentence was deleted from the "Slew Rate Control and Drive Strength"

section:

The Standard hot-swap I/Os do not support slew rate control. In addition, these

references were changed:

• From: Fusion hot-swap I/O (Table 2-69 on page 2-122) To: Fusion Standard I/O

• From: Fusion LVDS I/O (Table 2-70 on page 2-122) To: Fusion Advanced I/O

2-152

The "Cold-Sparing Support" section was significantly updated. 2-143

In the title of Table 2-75 • Fusion Standard I/O Standards—OUT_DRIVE Settings,

Hot-Swap was changed to Standard.

2-153

In the title of Table 2-76 • Fusion Advanced I/O Standards—SLEW and

OUT_DRIVE Settings, LVDS was changed to Advanced.

2-153

In the title of Table 2-81 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O Attributes vs. I/O

Standard Applications, LVDS was changed to Advanced.

2-157

In Figure 2-111 • Naming Conventions of Fusion Devices with Three Digital I/O

Banks and Figure 2-112 • Naming Conventions of Fusion Devices with Four I/O

Banks the following names were changed:

Hot-Swap changed to Standard

LVDS changed to Advanced

2-160

The Figure 2-113 • Timing Model was updated. 2-161

In the notes for Table 2-86 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input

Levels Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions, TJ was changed to

TA.

2-166

Advance v0.7

(January 2007)

Figure 2-16 • Fusion Clocking Options and the "RC Oscillator" section were

updated to change GND_OSC and VCC_OSC to GNDOSC and VCCOSC.

2-20,

2-21

Figure 2-19 • Fusion CCC Options: Global Buffers with the PLL Macro was

updated to change the positions of OADIVRST and OADIVHALF, and a note was

added.

2-25

The "Crystal Oscillator" section was updated to include information about

controlling and enabling/disabling the crystal oscillator.

2-22

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-238 v2.0

Advance v0.7

(continued)

Table 2-11 · Electrical Characteristics of the Crystal Oscillator was updated to

change the typical value of IDYNXTAL for 0.032–0.2 MHz to 0.19.

2-24

The "1.5 V Voltage Regulator" section was updated to add "or floating" in the

paragraph stating that an external pull-down is required on TRST to power

down the VR.

2-41

The "1.5 V Voltage Regulator" section was updated to include information on

powering down with the VR.

2-41

This sentence was updated in the "No-Glitch MUX (NGMUX)" section to delete

GLA:

The GLMUXCFG[1:0] configuration bits determine the source of the CLK inputs

(i.e., internal signal or GLC).

2-32

In Table 2-13 • NGMUX Configuration and Selection Table, 10 and 11 were

deleted.

2-32

The method to enable sleep mode was updated for bit 0 in Table 2-16 • RTC

Control/Status Register.

2-38

S2 was changed to D2 in Figure 2-39 • Read Waveform (Pipe Mode, 32-bit

access) for RD[31:0] was updated.

2-51

The definitions for bits 2 and 3 were updated in Table 2-24 • Page Status Bit

Definition.

2-52

Figure 2-46 • FlashROM Timing Diagram was updated. 2-58

Table 2-26 • FlashROM Access Time is new. 2-58

Figure 2-55 • Write Access After Write onto Same Address, Figure 2-56 • Read

Access After Write onto Same Address, and Figure 2-57 • Write Access After

Read onto Same Address are new.

2-68–

2-70

Table 2-31 • RAM4K9 and Table 2-32 • RAM512X18 were updated. 2-71,

2-72

The VAREF and SAMPLE functions were updated in Table 2-36 • Analog Block

Pin Description.

2-82

The title of Figure 2-72 • Timing Diagram for Current Monitor Strobe was

updated to add the word "positive."

2-91

The "Gate Driver" section was updated to give information about the

switching rate in High Current Drive mode.

2-94

The "ADC Description" section was updated to include information about the

SAMPLE and BUSY signals and the maximum frequencies for SYSCLK and

ADCCLK. EQ 2-12 was updated to add parentheses around the entire

expression in the denominator.

2-102

Table 2-46 · Analog Channel Specifications and Table 2-47 · ADC Characteristics

in Direct Input Mode were updated.

2-118,

2-121

The note was removed from Table 2-55 • Analog Multiplexer Truth Table—AV

(x = 0), AC (x = 1), and AT (x = 3).

2-131

Table 2-63 • Internal Temperature Monitor Control Truth Table is new. 2-132

The "Cold-Sparing Support" section was updated to add information about

cases where current draw can occur.

2-143

Figure 2-104 • Solution 4 was updated. 2-147

Table 2-75 • Fusion Standard I/O Standards—OUT_DRIVE Settings was updated. 2-153

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 2-239

Advance v0.7

(continued)

The "GNDA Ground (analog)" section and "GNDAQ Ground (analog quiet)"

section were updated to add information about maximum differential voltage.

2-224

The "VAREF Analog Reference Voltage" section and "VPUMP Programming

Supply Voltage" section were updated.

2-226

The "VCCPLA/B PLL Supply Voltage" section was updated to include information

about the east and west PLLs.

2-225

The VCOMPLF pin description was deleted. N/A

The "Axy Analog Input/Output" section was updated with information about

grounding and floating the pin.

2-226

The voltage range in the "VPUMP Programming Supply Voltage" section was

updated. The parenthetical reference to "pulled up" was removed from the

statement, "VPUMP can be left floating or can be tied (pulled up) to any

voltage between 0 V and 3.6 V."

2-225

The "ATRTNx Temperature Monitor Return" section was updated with

information about grounding and floating the pin.

2-226

The following text was deleted from the "VREF I/O Voltage Reference" section:

(all digital I/O).

2-225

The "NCAP Negative Capacitor" section and "PCAP Positive Capacitor" section

were updated to include information about the type of capacitor that is

required to connect the two.

2-228

1 µF was changed to 100 pF in the "XTAL1 Crystal Oscillator Circuit Input".2-228

The "Programming" section was updated to include information about VCCOSC.2-229

Advance v0.5

(June 2006)

The second paragraph of the "PLL Macro" section was updated to include

information about POWERDOWN.

2-30

The description for bit 0 was updated in Table 2-17 · RTC Control/Status

2-38

3.9 was changed to 7.8 in the "Crystal Oscillator (Xtal Osc)" section.2-40.

All function descriptions in Table 2-18 · Signals for VRPSM Macro.2-42

In Table 2-19 • Flash Memory Block Pin Names, the RD[31:0] description was

updated.

2-43

The "RESET" section was updated. 2-61

The "RESET" section was updated. 2-64

Table 2-35 • FIFO was updated. 2-79

The VAREF function description was updated in Table 2-36 • Analog Block Pin

Description.

2-82

The "Voltage Monitor" section was updated to include information about low

power mode and sleep mode.

2-86

The text in the "Current Monitor" section was changed from 2 mV to 1 mV. 2-90

The "Gate Driver" section was updated to include information about forcing 1

V on the drain.

2-94

The "Analog-to-Digital Converter Block" section was updated with the

following statement:

"All results are MSB justified in the ADC."

2-99

The information about the ADCSTART signal was updated in the "ADC

Description" section.

2-102

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-240 v2.0

Advance v0.5

(continued)

Table 2-46 · Analog Channel Specifications was updated. 2-118

Table 2-47 · ADC Characteristics in Direct Input Mode was updated. 2-121

Table 2-51 • ACM Address Decode Table for Analog Quad was updated. 2-127

In Table 2-53 • Analog Quad ACM Byte Assignment, the Function and Default

Setting for Bit 6 in Byte 3 was updated.

2-130

The "Introduction" section was updated to include information about digital

inputs, outputs, and bibufs.

2-133

In Table 2-69 • Fusion Pro I/O Features, the programmable delay descriptions

were updated for the following features:

Single-ended receiver

Voltage-referenced differential receiver

LVDS/LVPECL differential receiver features

2-137

The "User I/O Naming Convention" section was updated to include "V" and "z"

descriptions

2-159

The "VCC33PMP Analog Power Supply (3.3 V)" section was updated to include

information about avoiding high current draw.

2-224

The "VCCNVM Flash Memory Block Power Supply (1.5 V)" section was updated to

include information about avoiding high current draw.

2-224

The "VMVx I/O Supply Voltage (quiet)" section was updated to include this

statement: VMV and VCCI must be connected to the same power supply and

VCCI pins within a given I/O bank.

2-185

The "PUB Push Button" section was updated to include information about

leaving the pin floating if it is not used.

2-228

The "PTBASE Pass Transistor Base" section was updated to include information

about leaving the pin floating if it is not used.

2-228

The "PTEM Pass Transistor Emitter" section was updated to include information

about leaving the pin floating if it is not used.

2-228

Advance v0.4

(April 2006)

The "Voltage Regulator Power Supply Monitor (VRPSM)" section was updated. 2-42

Advance v0.2

(April 2006)

Figure 2-46 • FlashROM Timing Diagram was updated. 2-58

The "FlashROM" section was updated. 2-57

The "RESET" section was updated. 2-61

The "RESET" section was updated. 2-64

Figure 2-27 · Real-Time Counter System was updated. 2-35

Table 2-19 • Flash Memory Block Pin Names was updated. 2-43

Figure 2-33 • Flash Memory Block Diagram was updated to include AUX block

information.

2-45

Figure 2-34 • Flash Memory Block Organization was updated to include AUX

block information.

2-46

The note in the "Program Operation" section was updated. 2-48

Figure 2-76 • Gate Driver Example was updated. 2-95

The "Analog Quad ACM Description" section was updated. 2-130

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 2-241

Advance v0.2

(continued)

Information about the maximum pad input frequency was added to the "Gate

Driver" section.

2-94

Figure 2-65 • Analog Block Macro was updated. 2-81

The "Analog Quad" section was updated. 2-84

The "Voltage Monitor" section was updated. 2-86

The "Direct Digital Input" section was updated. 2-89

The "Current Monitor" section was updated. 2-90

Information about the maximum pad input frequency was added to the "Gate

Driver" section.

2-94

The "Temperature Monitor" section was updated. 2-96

EQ 2-12 is new. 2-103

The "ADC Description" section was updated. 2-102

Figure 2-16 • Fusion Clocking Options was updated. 2-20

Table 2-46 · Analog Channel Specifications was updated. 2-118

The notes in Table 2-72 • Fusion Standard and Advanced I/O – Hot-Swap and 5

V Input Tolerance Capabilities were updated.

2-144

The "Simultaneously Switching Outputs and PCB Layout" section is new. 2-149

LVPECL and LVDS were updated in Table 2-81 • Fusion Standard and Advanced

I/O Attributes vs. I/O Standard Applications.

2-157

LVPECL and LVDS were updated in Table 2-82 • Fusion Pro I/O Attributes vs. I/O

Standard Applications.

2-158

The "Timing Model" was updated. 2-161

All voltage-referenced Minimum and Maximum DC Input and Output Level

tables were updated.

N/A

All Timing Characteristic tables were updated N/A

Table 2-83 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels

Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions was updated.

2-165

Table 2-79 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software Default Settings

was updated.

2-134

Table 2-93 • I/O Output Buffer Maximum Resistances 1 was updated. 2-171

The "BLVDS/M-LVDS" section is new. BLVDS and M-LVDS are two new I/O

standards included in the datasheet.

2-211

The "CoreMP7 and Cortex-M1 Software Tools" section is new. 2-257

Table 2-83 • Summary of Maximum and Minimum DC Input and Output Levels

Applicable to Commercial and Industrial Conditions was updated.

2-165

Table 2-79 • Summary of I/O Timing Characteristics – Software Default Settings

was updated.

2-134

Table 2-93 • I/O Output Buffer Maximum Resistances 1 was updated. 2-171

The "BLVDS/M-LVDS" section is new. BLVDS and M-LVDS are two new I/O

standards included in the datasheet.

2-211

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal Flash FPGAs Device Architecture

2-242 v2.0

v2.0 3-1

3 – DC and Power Characteristics

General Specifications

Operating Conditions

Stresses beyond those listed in Table 3-1 may cause permanent damage to the device.

Exposure to absolute maximum rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

Devices should not be operated outside the recommended operating ranges specified in Table 3-2

on page 3-3.

Table 3-1 • Absolute Maximum Ratings

Symbol Parameter Commercial Industrial Units

VCC DC core supply voltage –0.3 to 1.65 –0.3 to 1.65 V

VJTAG JTAG DC voltage –0.3 to 3.75 –0.3 to 3.75 V

VPUMP Programming voltage –0.3 to 3.75 –0.3 to 3.75 V

VCCPLL Analog power supply (PLL) –0.3 to 1.65 –0.3 to 1.65 V

VCCI DC I/O output buffer supply voltage –0.3 to 3.75 –0.3 to 3.75 V

VI I/O input voltage 1–0.3 V to 3.6 V (when I/O hot insertion mode

is enabled)

–0.3 V to (VCCI + 1 V) or 3.6 V, whichever

voltage is lower (when I/O hot-insertion

mode is disabled)

VCC33A +3.3 V power supply –0.3 to 3.75 2–0.3 to 3.75 2V

VCC33PMP +3.3 V power supply –0.3 to 3.75 2–0.3 to 3.75 2V

VAREF Voltage reference for ADC –0.3 to 3.75 –0.3 to 3.75 V

VCC15A Digital power supply for the analog system –0.3 to 1.65 –0.3 to 1.65 V

VCCNVM Embedded flash power supply –0.3 to 1.65 –0.3 to 1.65 V

VCCOSC Oscillator power supply –0.3 to 3.75 –0.3 to 3.75 V

Notes:

1. The device should be operated within the limits specified by the datasheet. During transitions, the input

signal may undershoot or overshoot according to the limits shown in Table 3-4 on page 3-4.

2. Analog data not valid beyond 3.65 V.

3. The high current mode has a maximum power limit of 20 mW. Appropriate current limit resistors must be

used, based on voltage on the pad.

4. For flash programming and retention maximum limits, refer to Table 3-5 on page 3-5. For recommended

operating limits refer to Table 3-2 on page 3-3.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-2 v2.0

AV, AC Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or

unconfigured

–11.0 to 12.6 –11.0 to 12.0 V

Analog input (+16 V to +2 V prescaler range) –0.4 to 12.6 –0.4 to 12.0 V

Analog input (+1 V to +0.125 V prescaler

range)

–0.4 to 3.75 –0.4 to 3.75 V

Analog input (–16 V to –2 V prescaler range) –11.0 to 0.4 –11.0 to 0.4 V

Analog input (–1 V to –0.125 V prescaler

range)

–3.75 to 0.4 –3.75 to 0.4 V

Analog input (direct input to ADC) –0.4 to 3.75 –0.4 to 3.75 V

Digital input –0.4 to 12.6 –0.4 to 12.0 V

AG Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or

unconfigured

–11.0 to 12.6 –11.0 to 12.0 V

Low Current Mode (1 µA, 3 µA, 10 µA, 30 µA) –0.4 to 12.6 –0.4 to 12.0 V

Low Current Mode (–1 µA, –3 µA, –10 µA, –30

µA)

–11.0 to 0.4 –11.0 to 0.4 V

High Current Mode 3–11.0 to 12.6 –11.0 to 12.0 V

AT Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or

unconfigured

–0.4 to 16.0 –0.4 to 15.0 V

Analog input (+16 V, 4 V prescaler range) –0.4 to 16.0 –0.4 to 15.0 V

Analog input (direct input to ADC) –0.4 to 3.75 –0.4 to 3.75 V

Digital input –0.4 to 16.0 –0.4 to 15.0 V

TSTG 4Storage temperature –65 to +150 °C

TJ4Junction temperature +125 °C

Table 3-1 • Absolute Maximum Ratings (continued)

Symbol Parameter Commercial Industrial Units

Notes:

1. The device should be operated within the limits specified by the datasheet. During transitions, the input

signal may undershoot or overshoot according to the limits shown in Table 3-4 on page 3-4.

2. Analog data not valid beyond 3.65 V.

3. The high current mode has a maximum power limit of 20 mW. Appropriate current limit resistors must be

used, based on voltage on the pad.

4. For flash programming and retention maximum limits, refer to Table 3-5 on page 3-5. For recommended

operating limits refer to Table 3-2 on page 3-3.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-3

Table 3-2 • Recommended Operating Conditions

Symbol Parameter Commercial Industrial Units

TJJunction temperature 0 to +85 –40 to +100 °C

VCC 1.5 V DC core supply voltage 1.425 to 1.575 1.425 to 1.575 V

VJTAG JTAG DC voltage 1.4 to 3.6 1.4 to 3.6 V

VPUMP Programming voltage Programming mode 3.15 to 3.45 3.15 to 3.45 V

Operation30 to 3.6 0 to 3.6 V

VCCPLL Analog power supply (PLL) 1.425 to 1.575 1.425 to 1.575 V

VCCI 1.5 V DC supply voltage 1.425 to 1.575 1.425 to 1.575 V

1.8 V DC supply voltage 1.7 to 1.9 1.7 to 1.9 V

2.5 V DC supply voltage 2.3 to 2.7 2.3 to 2.7 V

3.3 V DC supply voltage 3.0 to 3.6 3.0 to 3.6 V

LVDS differential I/O 2.375 to 2.625 2.375 to 2.625 V

LVPECL differential I/O 3.0 to 3.6 3.0 to 3.6 V

VCC33A +3.3 V power supply 2.97 to 3.63 2.97 to 3.63 V

VCC33PMP +3.3 V power supply 2.97 to 3.63 2.97 to 3.63 V

VAREF Voltage reference for ADC 2.527 to 2.593 2.527 to 2.593 V

VCC15A 6Digital power supply for the analog system 1.425 to 1.575 1.425 to 1.575 V

VCCNVM Embedded flash power supply 1.425 to 1.575 1.425 to 1.575 V

VCCOSC Oscillator power supply 2.97 to 3.63 2.97 to 3.63 V

AV, AC 4Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or unconfigured –10.5 to 12.0 –10.5 to 11.6 V

Analog input (+16 V to +2 V prescaler range) –0.3 to 12.0 –0.3 to 11.6 V

Analog input (+1 V to + 0.125 V prescaler range) –0.3 to 3.6 –0.3 to 3.6 V

Analog input (–16 V to –2 V prescaler range) –10.5 to 0.3 –10.5 to 0.3 V

Analog input (–1 V to –0.125 V prescaler range) –3.6 to 0.3 –3.6 to 0.3 V

Analog input (direct input to ADC) –0.3 to 3.6 –0.3 to 3.6 V

Digital input –0.3 to 12.0 –0.3 to 11.6 V

AG 4Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or unconfigured –10.5 to 12.0 –10.5 to 11.6 V

Low Current Mode (1 µA, 3 µA, 10 µA, 30 µA) –0.3 to 12.0 –0.3 to 11.6 V

Low Current Mode (–1 µA, –3 µA, –10 µA, –30 µA) –10.5 to 0.3 –10.5 to 0.3 V

High Current Mode 5–10.5 to 12.0 –10.5 to 11.6 V

AT 4Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or unconfigured –0.3 to 15.5 –0.3 to 14.5 V

Analog input (+16 V, +4 V prescaler range) –0.3 to 15.5 –0.3 to 14.5 V

Analog input (direct input to ADC) –0.3 to 3.6 –0.3 to 3.6 V

Digital input –0.3 to 15.5 –0.3 to 14.5 V

Notes:

1. The ranges given here are for power supplies only. The recommended input voltage ranges specific to each

I/O standard are given in Table 2-82 on page 2-158.

2. All parameters representing voltages are measured with respect to GND unless otherwise specified.

3. VPUMP can be left floating during normal operation (not programming mode).

4. The input voltage may overshoot by up to 500 mV above the Recommended Maximum (150 mV in Direct

mode), provided the duration of the overshoot is less than 50% of the operating lifetime of the device.

5. The AG pad should also conform to the limits as specified in Table 2-45 on page 2-110.

6. Violating the VCC15A recommended voltage supply during an embedded flash program cycle can corrupt

the page being programmed.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-4 v2.0

Table 3-3 • Input Resistance of Analog Pads

Pads Pad Configuration Prescaler Range Input Resistance to Ground

AV, AC Analog Input (direct input to ADC) +16 V to +2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

+1 V to +0.125 V > 10 MΩ

Analog Input (positive prescaler) +16 V to +2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

+1 V to +0.125 V > 10 MΩ

Analog Input (negative prescaler) –16 V to –2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

–1 V to –0.125 V > 10 MΩ

Digital input +16 V to +2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

Current monitor +16 V to +2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

–16 V to –2 V 1 MΩ (typical)

AT Analog Input (direct input to ADC) +16 V, +4 V 1 MΩ (typical)

Analog Input (positive prescaler) +16 V, +4 V 1 MΩ (typical)

Digital input +16 V, +4 V 1 MΩ (typical)

Temperature monitor +16 V, +4 V > 10 MΩ

Table 3-4 • Overshoot and Undershoot Limits 1

VCCI

Average VCCI–GND Overshoot or Undershoot

Duration as a Percentage of Clock Cycle2Maximum Overshoot/

Undershoot2

2.7 V or less 10% 1.4 V

5% 1.49 V

3.0 V 10% 1.1 V

5% 1.19 V

3.3 V 10% 0.79 V

5% 0.88 V

3.6 V 10% 0.45 V

5% 0.54 V

Notes:

1. Based on reliability requirements at a junction temperature of 85°C.

2. The duration is allowed at one cycle out of six clock cycle. If the overshoot/undershoot occurs at one out of

two cycles, the maximum overshoot/undershoot has to be reduced by 0.15 V.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-5

I/O Power-Up and Supply Voltage Thresholds for Power-On Reset

(Commercial and Industrial)

Sophisticated power-up management circuitry is designed into every Fusion device. These circuits

ensure easy transition from the powered off state to the powered up state of the device. The many

different supplies can power up in any sequence with minimized current spikes or surges. In

addition, the I/O will be in a known state through the power-up sequence. The basic principle is

shown in Figure 3-1 on page 3-6.

There are five regions to consider during power-up.

Fusion I/Os are activated only if ALL of the following three conditions are met:

1. VCC and VCCI are above the minimum specified trip points (Figure 3-1).

2. VCCI > VCC – 0.75 V (typical).

3. Chip is in the operating mode.

VCCI Trip Point:

Ramping up: 0.6 V < trip_point_up < 1.2 V

Ramping down: 0.5 V < trip_point_down < 1.1 V

VCC Trip Point:

Ramping up: 0.6 V < trip_point_up < 1.1 V

Ramping down: 0.5 V < trip_point_down < 1 V

VCC and VCCI ramp-up trip points are about 100 mV higher than ramp-down trip points. This

specifically built-in hysteresis prevents undesirable power-up oscillations and current surges. Note

the following:

• During programming, I/Os become tristated and weakly pulled up to VCCI.

• JTAG supply, PLL power supplies, and charge pump VPUMP supply have no influence on I/O

behavior.

Internal Power-Up Activation Sequence

1. Core

2. Input buffers

3. Output buffers, after 200 ns delay from input buffer activation

PLL Behavior at Brownout Condition

Actel recommends using monotonic power supplies or voltage regulators to ensure proper power-

up behavior. Power ramp-up should be monotonic at least until VCC and VCCPLX exceed brownout

activation levels. The VCC activation level is specified as 1.1 V worst-case (see Figure 3-1 on page 3-6

for more details).

Table 3-5 • FPGA Programming, Storage, and Operating Limits

Product Grade

Storage

Temperature Element

Grade Programming

Cycles Retention

Commercial Min. TJ = 0°C FPGA/FlashROM 500 20 years

Min. TJ = 85°C Embedded Flash < 1,000 20 years

< 10,000 10 years

< 15,000 5 years

Industrial Min. TJ = –40°C FPGA/FlashROM 500 20 years

Min. TJ = 100°C Embedded Flash < 1,000 20 years

< 10,000 10 years

< 15,000 5 years

DC and Power Characteristics

3-6 v2.0

When PLL power supply voltage and/or VCC levels drop below the VCC brownout levels

(0.75 V ± 0.25 V), the PLL output lock signal goes low and/or the output clock is lost.

Figure 3-1 • I/O State as a Function of VCCI and VCC Voltage Levels

Region 1: I/O buffers are OFF

Region 2: I/O buffers are ON.

I/Os are functional (except differential inputs)

but slower because VCCI/VCC are below

specification. For the same reason, input

buffers do not meet VIH/VIL levels, and

output buffers do not meet VOH/VOL levels.

Min VCCI datasheet specification

voltage at a selected I/O

standard; i.e., 1.425 V or 1.7 V

or 2.3 V or 3.0 V

VCC

VCC = 1.425 V

Region 1: I/O Buffers are OFF

Activation trip point:

Va = 0.85 V ± 0.25 V

Deactivation trip point:

Vd = 0.75 V ± 0.25 V

Activation trip point:

Va = 0.9 V ±0.3 V

Deactivation trip point:

Vd = 0.8 V ± 0.3 V

VCC = 1.575 V

Region 5: I/O buffers are ON

and power supplies are within

specification.

I/Os meet the entire datasheet

and timer specifications for

speed, VIH/VIL , VOH /VOL , etc.

Region 4: I/O

buffers are ON.

I/Os are functional

(except differential inputs)

but slower because VCCI is

below specification. For the

same reason, input buffers do not

meet VIH/VIL levels, and output

buffers do not meet VOH/VOL levels.

Where VT can be from 0.58 V to 0.9 V (typically 0.75 V)

VCC = VCCI + VT

VCCI

Region 3: I/O buffers are ON.

I/Os are functional; I/O DC

specifications are met,

but I/Os are slower because

the VCC is below specification

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-7

Thermal Characteristics

Introduction

The temperature variable in the Actel Designer software refers to the junction temperature, not

the ambient, case, or board temperatures. This is an important distinction because dynamic and

static power consumption will cause the chip's junction temperature to be higher than the

ambient, case, or board temperatures. EQ 3-1 through EQ 3-3 give the relationship between

thermal resistance, temperature gradient, and power.

EQ 3-1

EQ 3-2

EQ 3-3

where

θJA = Junction-to-air thermal resistance

θJB = Junction-to-board thermal resistance

θJC = Junction-to-case thermal resistance

TJ= Junction temperature

TA= Ambient temperature

TB= Board temperature (measured 1.0 mm away from

the package edge)

TC= Case temperature

P = Total power dissipated by the device

Table 3-6 • Package Thermal Resistance

Product

Die Size θJA

θJC θJB Units(mm) Still Air 1.0 m/s 2.5 m/s

AFS090-QN108 X = 3.4; Y = 4.8 34.5 30.0 27.7 8.1 16.7 °C/W

AFS090-QN180 X = 3.4; Y = 4.8 33.3 27.6 25.7 9.2 21.2 °C/W

AFS250-QN180 X = 4.0; Y = 5.6 32.2 26.5 24.7 5.7 15.0 °C/W

AFS090-FG256 X = 3.4; Y = 4.8 37.7 33.9 32.2 11.5 29.7 °C/W

AFS250-FG256 X = 4.0; Y = 5.6 33.7 30.0 28.3 9.3 24.8 °C/W

AFS600-FG256 X = 5.10; Y = 7.3 28.9 25.2 23.5 6.8 19.9 °C/W

AFS1500-FG256 X = 7.62; Y = 9.98 23.3 19.6 18.0 4.3 14.2 °C/W

AFS600-FG484 X = 5.10; Y = 7.3 21.8 18.2 16.7 7.7 16.8 °C/W

AFS1500-FG484 X = 7.62; Y = 9.98 21.6 16.8 15.2 5.6 14.9 °C/W

θJA

TJθA

–

-----------------=

θJB

TJTB

–

----------------=

θJC

TJTC

–

-----------------=

DC and Power Characteristics

3-8 v2.0

Theta-JA

Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance (θJA) is determined under standard conditions specified by

JEDEC (JESD-51), but it has little relevance in actual performance of the product. It should be used

with caution but is useful for comparing the thermal performance of one package to another.

A sample calculation showing the maximum power dissipation allowed for the AFS600-FG484

package under forced convection of 1.0 m/s and 75°C ambient temperature is as follows:

EQ 3-4

where

EQ 3-5

The power consumption of a device can be calculated using the Actel power calculator. The device's

power consumption must be lower than the calculated maximum power dissipation by the

package. If the power consumption is higher than the device's maximum allowable power

dissipation, a heat sink can be attached on top of the case, or the airflow inside the system must be

increased.

Theta-JB

Junction-to-board thermal resistance (θJB) measures the ability of the package to dissipate heat

from the surface of the chip to the PCB. As defined by the JEDEC (JESD-51) standard, the thermal

resistance from junction to board uses an isothermal ring cold plate zone concept. The ring cold

plate is simply a means to generate an isothermal boundary condition at the perimeter. The cold

plate is mounted on a JEDEC standard board with a minimum distance of 5.0 mm away from the

package edge.

Theta-JC

Junction-to-case thermal resistance (θJC) measures the ability of a device to dissipate heat from the

surface of the chip to the top or bottom surface of the package. It is applicable for packages used

with external heat sinks. Constant temperature is applied to the surface in consideration and acts

as a boundary condition. This only applies to situations where all or nearly all of the heat is

dissipated through the surface in consideration.

Calculation for Heat Sink

For example, in a design implemented in an AFS600-FG484 package with 2.5 m/s airflow, the power

consumption value using the power calculator is 3.00 W. The user-dependent Ta and Tj are given as

follows:

From the datasheet:

θJA = 19.00°C/W (taken from Table 3-6 on page 3-7).

TA= 75.00°C

TJ= 100.00°C

TA= 70.00°C

θJA = 17.00°C/W

θJC = 8.28°C/W

Maximum Power Allowed TJ(MAX) TA(MAX)

–

θJA

------------------------------------------=

Maximum Power Allowed 100.00°C 75.00°C–

19.00°C/W

----------------------------------------------------1.3 W==

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-9

EQ 3-6

The 1.76 W power is less than the required 3.00 W. The design therefore requires a heat sink, or the

airflow where the device is mounted should be increased. The design's total junction-to-air thermal

resistance requirement can be estimated by EQ 3-7:

EQ 3-7

Determining the heat sink's thermal performance proceeds as follows:

EQ 3-8

where

EQ 3-9

A heat sink with a thermal resistance of 5.01°C/W or better should be used. Thermal resistance of

heat sinks is a function of airflow. The heat sink performance can be significantly improved with

increased airflow.

Carefully estimating thermal resistance is important in the long-term reliability of an Actel FPGA.

Design engineers should always correlate the power consumption of the device with the maximum

allowable power dissipation of the package selected for that device.

Note: The junction-to-air and junction-to-board thermal resistances are based on JEDEC standard

(JESD-51) and assumptions made in building the model. It may not be realized in actual application

and therefore should be used with a degree of caution. Junction-to-case thermal resistance

assumes that all power is dissipated through the case.

Temperature and Voltage Derating Factors

θJA = 0.37°C/W

= Thermal resistance of the interface material

between the case and the heat sink, usually

provided by the thermal interface manufacturer

θSA = Thermal resistance of the heat sink in °C/W

Table 3-7 • Temperature and Voltage Derating Factors for Timing Delays

(normalized to TJ = 70°C, Worst-Case VCC = 1.425 V)

Array

Voltage VCC

(V)

Junction Temperature (°C)

–40°C 0°C 25°C 70°C 85°C 100°C

1.425 0.88 0.93 0.95 1.00 1.02 1.05

1.500 0.83 0.88 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.99

1.575 0.80 0.85 0.87 0.91 0.93 0.96

PTJTA

–

θJA

-----------------100°C 70°C–

17.00 W

----------------------------------- 1.76 W== =

θja(total)

TJTA

–

-----------------100°C 70°C–

3.00 W

----------------------------------- 10.00°C/W== =

θJA(TOTAL) θJC θCS θSA

++=

θSA θJA(TOTAL) θJC

–θCS

–=

θSA 13.33°C/W 8.28°C/W–0.37°C/W–5.01°C/W==

DC and Power Characteristics

3-10 v2.0

Calculating Power Dissipation

Quiescent Supply Current

Table 3-8 • AFS1500 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min. Typ. Max. Unit

ICC11.5 V quiescent current Operational standby4,

VCC =1.575V

TJ=25°C 20 40 mA

TJ=85°C 32 65 mA

TJ= 100°C 59 120 mA

Standby mode5 or Sleep mode6,

VCC = 0 V

00µA

ICC3323.3 V analog supplies

current

Operational standby4,

VCC33 =3.63V

TJ=25°C 9.8 13 mA

TJ= 85°C 10.7 14 mA

TJ= 100°C 10.8 15 mA

Operational standby, only Analog

Quad and –3.3 V output ON,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 0.31 2 mA

TJ=85°C 0.35 2 mA

TJ= 100°C 0.45 2 mA

Standby mode5, VCC33 = 3.63 V TJ= 25°C 2.9 3.6 mA

TJ=85°C 2.9 4 mA

TJ= 100°C 3.3 6 mA

Sleep mode6, VCC33 = 3.63 V TJ=25°C 17 19 µA

TJ=85°C 18 20 µA

TJ= 100°C 24 25 µA

ICCI3I/O quiescent current Operational standby4,

Standby mode, and Sleep Mode6,

VCCIx = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 417 649 µA

TJ= 85°C 417 649 µA

TJ= 100°C 417 649 µA

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC and ICC15A.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, ICCI2, and ICCI4.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-11

IJTAG JTAG I/O quiescent

current

Operational standby4,

VJTAG = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep mode6,

VJTAG = 0 V

00µA

IPP Programming supply

current

Non-programming mode,

VPP = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 39 80 µA

TJ=85°C 40 80 µA

TJ= 100°C 40 80 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep mode6,

VPP = 0 V

00µA

ICCNVM Embedded NVM

current

Reset asserted, VCCNVM = 1.575 V TJ= 25°C 50 150 µA

TJ=85°C 50 150 µA

TJ= 100°C 50 150 µA

ICCPLL 1.5 V PLL quiescent

current

Operational standby

, VCCPLL =1.575V

TJ= 25°C 130 200 µA

TJ= 85°C 130 200 µA

TJ= 100°C 130 200 µA

Table 3-8 • AFS1500 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (continued)

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min. Typ. Max. Unit

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC and ICC15A.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, ICCI2, and ICCI4.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-12 v2.0

Table 3-9 • AFS600 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

ICC11.5 V quiescent current Operational standby4,

VCC = 1.575 V

TJ=25°C 13 25 mA

TJ=85°C 20 45 mA

TJ=100°C 25 75 mA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VCC = 0 V

00µA

ICC3323.3 V analog supplies

current

Operational standby4,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 9.8 13 mA

TJ= 85°C 10.7 14 mA

TJ= 100°C 10.8 15 mA

Operational standby,

only Analog Quad and –3.3 V

output ON, VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 0.31 2 mA

TJ=85°C 0.35 2 mA

TJ= 100°C 0.45 2 mA

Standby mode5,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 2.8 3.6 mA

TJ=85°C 2.9 4 mA

TJ= 100°C 3.5 6 mA

Sleep mode6, VCC33 = 3.63 V TJ=25°C 17 19 µA

TJ=85°C 18 20 µA

TJ= 100°C 24 25 µA

ICCI3I/O quiescent current Operational standby4,

VCCIx = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 417 648 µA

TJ= 85°C 417 648 µA

TJ= 100°C 417 649 µA

IJTAG JTAG I/O quiescent current Operational standby4,

VJTAG = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VJTAG = 0 V

00µA

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC and ICC15A.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, ICCI2, and ICCI4.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-13

IPP Programming supply

current

Non-programming mode,

VPP = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 36 80 µA

TJ=85°C 36 80 µA

TJ= 100°C 36 80 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VPP = 0 V

00µA

ICCNVM Embedded NVM current Reset asserted,

VCCNVM = 1.575 V

TJ=25°C 22 80 µA

TJ=85°C 24 80 µA

TJ= 100°C 25 80 µA

ICCPLL 1.5 V PLL quiescent current Operational standby,

VCCPLL = 1.575 V

TJ= 25°C 130 200 µA

TJ= 85°C 130 200 µA

TJ= 100°C 130 200 µA

Table 3-9 • AFS600 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (continued)

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC and ICC15A.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, ICCI2, and ICCI4.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-14 v2.0

Table 3-10 • AFS250 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

ICC11.5 V quiescent current Operational standby4,

VCC = 1.575 V

TJ= 25°C 4.8 10 mA

TJ= 85°C 8.2 30 mA

TJ= 100°C 15 50 mA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VCC = 0 V

00µA

ICC3323.3 V analog supplies

current

Operational standby4,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 9.8 13 mA

TJ= 85°C 9.8 14 mA

TJ= 100°C 10.8 15 mA

Operational standby, only

Analog Quad and –3.3 V

output ON, VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 0.29 2 mA

TJ=85°C 0.31 2 mA

TJ= 100°C 0.45 2 mA

Standby mode5, VCC33 = 3.63V TJ= 25°C 2.9 3.0 mA

TJ= 85°C 2.9 3.1 mA

TJ= 100°C 3.5 6 mA

Sleep mode6, VCC33 = 3.63 V TJ=25°C 19 18 µA

TJ=85°C 19 20 µA

TJ= 100°C 24 25 µA

ICCI3I/O quiescent current Operational standby6,

VCCIx = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 266 437 µA

TJ= 85°C 266 437 µA

TJ= 100°C 266 437 µA

IJTAG JTAG I/O quiescent current Operational standby4,

VJTAG = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VJTAG = 0 V

00µA

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC, ICCPLL, ICC15A, ICCNVM.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, and ICCI2.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTA G =V

PP =0V.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-15

IPP Programming supply

current

Non-programming mode,

VPP = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 37 80 µA

TJ=85°C 37 80 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VPP = 0 V

00µA

ICCNVM Embedded NVM current Reset asserted,

VCCNVM = 1.575 V

TJ=25°C 10 40 µA

TJ=85°C 14 40 µA

TJ= 100°C 14 40 µA

ICCPLL 1.5 V PLL quiescent current Operational standby,

VCCPLL = 1.575 V

TJ= 25°C 65 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 65 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 65 100 µA

Table 3-10 • AFS250 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (continued)

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC, ICCPLL, ICC15A, ICCNVM.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, and ICCI2.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTA G =V

PP =0V.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-16 v2.0

Table 3-11 • AFS090 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

ICC11.5 V quiescent current Operational standby4,

VCC = 1.575 V

TJ= 25°C 5 7.5 mA

TJ= 85°C 6.5 20 mA

TJ= 100°C 14 48 mA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VCC = 0 V

00µA

ICC3323.3 V analog supplies

current

Operational standby4,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 9.8 12 mA

TJ= 85°C 9.8 12 mA

TJ= 100°C 10.7 15 mA

Operational standby, only

Analog Quad and –3.3 V

output ON, VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 0.30 2 mA

TJ=85°C 0.30 2 mA

TJ= 100°C 0.45 2 mA

Standby mode5,

VCC33 = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 2.9 2.9 mA

TJ= 85°C 2.9 3.0 mA

TJ= 100°C 3.5 6 mA

Sleep mode6, VCC33 = 3.63 V TJ= 25°C 17 18 µA

TJ=85°C 18 20 µA

TJ= 100°C 24 25 µA

ICCI3I/O quiescent current Operational standby6,

VCCIx = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 260 437 µA

TJ= 85°C 260 437 µA

TJ= 100°C 260 437 µA

IJTAG JTAG I/O quiescent current Operational standby4,

VJTAG = 3.63 V

TJ= 25°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 80 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VJTAG = 0 V

00µA

IPP Programming supply

current

Non-programming mode,

VPP = 3.63 V

TJ=25°C 37 80 µA

TJ=85°C 37 80 µA

TJ= 100°C 80 100 µA

Standby mode5 or Sleep

mode6, VPP = 0 V

00µA

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC, ICCPLL, ICC15A, ICCNVM.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, and ICCI2.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0 V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-17

ICCNVM Embedded NVM current Reset asserted,

VCCNVM = 1.575 V

TJ=25°C 10 40 µA

TJ=85°C 14 40 µA

TJ= 100°C 14 40 µA

ICCPLL 1.5 V PLL quiescent current Operational standby,

VCCPLL = 1.575 V

TJ= 25°C 65 100 µA

TJ= 85°C 65 100 µA

TJ= 100°C 65 100 µA

Table 3-11 • AFS090 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (continued)

Parameter Description Conditions Temp. Min Typ Max Unit

Notes:

1. ICC is the 1.5 V power supplies, ICC, ICCPLL, ICC15A, ICCNVM.

2. ICC33A includes ICC33A, ICC33PMP, and ICCOSC.

3. ICCI includes all ICCI0, ICCI1, and ICCI2.

4. Operational standby is when the Fusion device is powered up, all blocks are used, no I/O is toggling,

Voltage Regulator is loaded with 200 mA, VCC33PMP is ON, XTAL is ON, and ADC is ON.

5. XTAL is configured as high gain, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0 V.

6. Sleep Mode, VCC =V

JTAG =V

PP =0V.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-18 v2.0

Power per I/O Pin

Table 3-12 • Summary of I/O Input Buffer Power (per pin)—Default I/O Software Settings

VCCI (V)

Static Power

PDC7 (mW)1

Dynamic Power

PAC9 (µW/MHz)2

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

Single-Ended

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 – 17.39

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS – Schmitt trigger 3.3 – 25.51

2.5 V LVCMOS 2.5 – 5.76

2.5 V LVCMOS – Schmitt trigger 2.5 – 7.16

1.8 V LVCMOS 1.8 – 2.72

1.8 V LVCMOS – Schmitt trigger 1.8 – 2.80

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 1.5 – 2.08

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) – Schmitt trigger 1.5 – 2.00

3.3 V PCI 3.3 – 18.82

3.3 V PCI – Schmitt trigger 3.3 – 20.12

3.3 V PCI-X 3.3 – 18.82

3.3 V PCI-X – Schmitt trigger 3.3 – 20.12

Voltage-Referenced

3.3 V GTL 3.3 2.90 8.23

2.5 V GTL 2.5 2.13 4.78

3.3 V GTL+ 3.3 2.81 4.14

2.5 V GTL+ 2.5 2.57 3.71

HSTL (I) 1.5 0.17 2.03

HSTL (II) 1.5 0.17 2.03

SSTL2 (I) 2.5 1.38 4.48

SSTL2 (II) 2.5 1.38 4.48

SSTL3 (I) 3.3 3.21 9.26

SSTL3 (II) 3.3 3.21 9.26

Differential

LVDS 2.5 2.26 1.50

LVPECL 3.3 5.71 2.17

Notes:

1. PDC7 is the static power (where applicable) measured on VCCI.

2. PAC9 is the total dynamic power measured on VCC and VCCI.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-19

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

Single-Ended

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 – 16.69

2.5 V LVCMOS 2.5 – 5.12

1.8 V LVCMOS 1.8 – 2.13

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 1.5 – 1.45

3.3 V PCI 3.3 – 18.11

3.3 V PCI-X 3.3 – 18.11

Differential

LVDS 2.5 2.26 1.20

LVPECL 3.3 5.72 1.87

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS 3.3 – 16.79

2.5 V LVCMOS 2.5 – 5.19

1.8 V LVCMOS 1.8 – 2.18

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 1.5 – 1.52

Table 3-12 • Summary of I/O Input Buffer Power (per pin)—Default I/O Software Settings (continued)

VCCI (V)

Static Power

PDC7 (mW)1

Dynamic Power

PAC9 (µW/MHz)2

Notes:

1. PDC7 is the static power (where applicable) measured on VCCI.

2. PAC9 is the total dynamic power measured on VCC and VCCI.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-20 v2.0

Table 3-13 • Summary of I/O Output Buffer Power (per pin)—Default I/O Software Settings1

CLOAD (pF) VCCI (V)

Static Power

PDC8 (mW)2

Dynamic Power

PAC10 (µW/MHz)3

Applicable to Pro I/O Banks

Single-Ended

3.3 V LVTTL/LVCMOS 35 3.3 – 474.70

2.5 V LVCMOS 35 2.5 – 270.73

1.8 V LVCMOS 35 1.8 – 151.78

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 35 1.5 – 104.55

3.3 V PCI 10 3.3 – 204.61

3.3 V PCI-X 10 3.3 – 204.61

Voltage-Referenced

3.3 V GTL 10 3.3 – 24.08

2.5 V GTL 10 2.5 – 13.52

3.3 V GTL+ 10 3.3 – 24.10

2.5 V GTL+ 10 2.5 – 13.54

HSTL (I) 20 1.5 7.08 26.22

HSTL (II) 20 1.5 13.88 27.22

SSTL2 (I) 30 2.5 16.69 105.56

SSTL2 (II) 30 2.5 25.91 116.60

SSTL3 (I) 30 3.3 26.02 114.87

SSTL3 (II) 30 3.3 42.21 131.76

Differential

LVDS – 2.5 7.70 89.62

LVPECL – 3.3 19.42 168.02

Applicable to Advanced I/O Banks

Single-Ended

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 35 3.3 – 468.67

2.5 V LVCMOS 35 2.5 – 267.48

1.8 V LVCMOS 35 1.8 – 149.46

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 35 1.5 – 103.12

3.3 V PCI 10 3.3 – 201.02

3.3 V PCI-X 10 3.3 – 201.02

Notes:

1. Dynamic power consumption is given for standard load and software-default drive strength and output

slew.

2. PDC8 is the static power (where applicable) measured on VCCI.

3. PAC10 is the total dynamic power measured on VCC and VCCI.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-21

Differential

LVDS – 2.5 7.74 88.92

LVPECL – 3.3 19.54 166.52

Applicable to Standard I/O Banks

Single-Ended

3.3 V LVTTL / 3.3 V LVCMOS 35 3.3 – 431.08

2.5 V LVCMOS 35 2.5 – 247.36

1.8 V LVCMOS 35 1.8 – 128.46

1.5 V LVCMOS (JESD8-11) 35 1.5 – 89.46

Table 3-13 • Summary of I/O Output Buffer Power (per pin)—Default I/O Software Settings1 (continued)

CLOAD (pF) VCCI (V)

Static Power

PDC8 (mW)2

Dynamic Power

PAC10 (µW/MHz)3

Notes:

1. Dynamic power consumption is given for standard load and software-default drive strength and output

slew.

2. PDC8 is the static power (where applicable) measured on VCCI.

3. PAC10 is the total dynamic power measured on VCC and VCCI.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-22 v2.0

Dynamic Power Consumption of Various Internal Resources

Table 3-14 • Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power Consumption in Fusion Devices

Parameter Definition

Power Supply

Device-Specific

Dynamic Contributions

UnitsName Setting AFS1500 AFS600 AFS250 AFS090

PAC1 Clock contribution of

a Global Rib

VCC 1.5 V 14.5 12.8 11 11 µW/MHz

PAC2 Clock contribution of

a Global Spine

VCC 1.5 V 2.5 1.9 1.6 0.8 µW/MHz

PAC3 Clock contribution of

a VersaTile row

VCC 1.5 V 0.81 µW/MHz

PAC4 Clock contribution of

a VersaTile used as a

sequential module

VCC 1.5 V 0.11 µW/MHz

PAC5 First contribution of a

VersaTile used as a

sequential module

VCC 1.5 V 0.07 µW/MHz

PAC6 Second contribution

of a VersaTile used as

a sequential module

VCC 1.5 V 0.29 µW/MHz

PAC7 Contribution of a

VersaTile used as a

combinatorial

module

VCC 1.5 V 0.29 µW/MHz

PAC8 Average contribution

of a routing net

VCC 1.5 V 0.70 µW/MHz

PAC9 Contribution of an

I/O input pin

(standard dependent)

VCCI See Table 3-12 on page 3-18

PAC10 Contribution of an

I/O output pin

(standard dependent)

VCCI See Table 3-13 on page 3-20

PAC11 Average contribution

of a RAM block

during a read

operation

VCC 1.5 V 25 µW/MHz

PAC12 Average contribution

of a RAM block

during a write

operation

VCC 1.5 V 30 µW/MHz

PAC13 Dynamic

Contribution for PLL

VCC 1.5 V 2.6 µW/MHz

PAC15 Contribution of NVM

block during a read

operation (F <

33MHz)

VCC 1.5 V 358 µW/MHz

PAC16 1st contribution of

NVM block during a

read operation (F >

33MHz)

VCC 1.5 V 12.88 mW

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-23

PAC17 2nd contribution of

NVM block during a

read operation (F >

33MHz)

VCC 1.5 V 4.8 µW/MHz

PAC18 Crystal Oscillator

contribution

VCC33A 3.3 V 0.63 mW

PAC19 RC Oscillator

contribution

VCC33A 3.3 V 3.3 mW

PAC20 Analog Block

dynamic power

contribution of ADC

VCC 1.5 V 3 mW

Table 3-14 • Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power Consumption in Fusion Devices

Parameter Definition

Power Supply

Device-Specific

Dynamic Contributions

UnitsName Setting AFS1500 AFS600 AFS250 AFS090

DC and Power Characteristics

3-24 v2.0

Static Power Consumption of Various Internal Resources

Table 3-15 • Different Components Contributing to the Static Power Consumption in Fusion Devices

Parameter Definition

Power

Supply

Device-Specific Static Contributions

UnitsAFS1500 AFS600 AFS250 AFS090

PDC1 Core static power

contribution in

operating mode

VCC 1.5 V 18 7.5 4.50 3.00 mW

PDC2 Device static power

contribution in standby

mode

VCC33A 3.3 V 0.66 mW

PDC3 Device static power

contribution in sleep

mode

VCC33A 3.3 V 0.03 mW

PDC4 NVM static power

contribution

VCC 1.5 V 1.19 mW

PDC5 Analog Block static

power contribution of

ADC

VCC33A 3.3 V 8.25 mW

PDC6 Analog Block static

power contribution per

Quad

VCC33A 3.3 V 3.3 mW

PDC7 Static contribution per

input pin – standard

dependent contribution

VCCI See Table 3-12 on page 3-18

PDC8 Static contribution per

input pin – standard

dependent contribution

VCCI See Table 3-13 on page 3-20

PDC9 Static contribution for

PLL

VCC 1.5 V 2.55 mW

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-25

Power Calculation Methodology

This section describes a simplified method to estimate power consumption of an application. For

more accurate and detailed power estimations, use the SmartPower tool in the Libero IDE

software.

The power calculation methodology described below uses the following variables:

• The number of PLLs as well as the number and the frequency of each output clock

generated

• The number of combinatorial and sequential cells used in the design

•The internal clock frequencies

• The number and the standard of I/O pins used in the design

• The number of RAM blocks used in the design

• The number of NVM blocks used in the design

• The number of Analog Quads used in the design

• Toggle rates of I/O pins as well as VersaTiles—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on

page 3-29.

• Enable rates of output buffers—guidelines are provided for typical applications in

Table 3-17 on page 3-29.

• Read rate and write rate to the RAM—guidelines are provided for typical applications in

Table 3-17 on page 3-29.

• Read rate to the NVM blocks

The calculation should be repeated for each clock domain defined in the design.

Methodology

Total Power Consumption—PTOTAL

Operating Mode, Standby Mode, and Sleep Mode

PTOTAL = PSTAT + PDYN

PSTAT is the total static power consumption.

PDYN is the total dynamic power consumption.

Total Static Power Consumption—PSTAT

Operating Mode

PSTAT = PDC1 + (NNVM-BLOCKS * PDC4) + PDC5+ (NQUADS * PDC6) + (NINPUTS * PDC7) + (NOUTPUTS * PDC8) +

(NPLLS * PDC9)

NNVM-BLOCKS is the number of NVM blocks available in the device.

NQUADS is the number of Analog Quads used in the design.

NINPUTS is the number of I/O input buffers used in the design.

NOUTPUTS is the number of I/O output buffers used in the design.

NPLLS is the number of PLLs available in the device.

Standby Mode

PSTAT = PDC2

Sleep Mode

PSTAT = PDC3

Total Dynamic Power Consumption—PDYN

Operating Mode

PDYN = PCLOCK + PS-CELL + PC-CELL + PNET + PINPUTS + POUTPUTS + PMEMORY + PPLL + PNVM+ PXTL-OSC +

PRC-OSC + PAB

DC and Power Characteristics

3-26 v2.0

Standby Mode

PDYN = PXTL-OSC

Sleep Mode

PDYN = 0 W

Global Clock Dynamic Contribution—PCLOCK

Operating Mode

PCLOCK = (PAC1 + NSPINE * PAC2 + NROW * PAC3 + NS-CELL * PAC4) * FCLK

NSPINE is the number of global spines used in the user design—guidelines are provided in

Table 3-16 on page 3-29.

NROW is the number of VersaTile rows used in the design—guidelines are provided in

Table 3-16 on page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

NS-CELL is the number of VersaTiles used as sequential modules in the design.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PCLOCK = 0 W

Sequential Cells Dynamic Contribution—PS-CELL

Operating Mode

PS-CELL = NS-CELL * (PAC5 + (α1 / 2) * PAC6) * FCLK

NS-CELL is the number of VersaTiles used as sequential modules in the design. When a multi-

tile sequential cell is used, it should be accounted for as 1.

α1 is the toggle rate of VersaTile outputs—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on

page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PS-CELL = 0 W

Combinatorial Cells Dynamic Contribution—PC-CELL

Operating Mode

PC-CELL = NC-CELL* (α1 / 2) * PAC7 * FCLK

NC-CELL is the number of VersaTiles used as combinatorial modules in the design.

α1 is the toggle rate of VersaTile outputs—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on

page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PC-CELL = 0 W

Routing Net Dynamic Contribution—PNET

Operating Mode

PNET = (NS-CELL + NC-CELL) * (α1 / 2) * PAC8 * FCLK

NS-CELL is the number VersaTiles used as sequential modules in the design.

NC-CELL is the number of VersaTiles used as combinatorial modules in the design.

α1 is the toggle rate of VersaTile outputs—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on

page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-27

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PNET = 0 W

I/O Input Buffer Dynamic Contribution—PINPUTS

Operating Mode

PINPUTS = NINPUTS * (α2 / 2) * PAC9 * FCLK

NINPUTS is the number of I/O input buffers used in the design.

α2 is the I/O buffer toggle rate—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PINPUTS = 0 W

I/O Output Buffer Dynamic Contribution—POUTPUTS

Operating Mode

POUTPUTS = NOUTPUTS * (α2 / 2) * β1 * PAC10 * FCLK

NOUTPUTS is the number of I/O output buffers used in the design.

α2 is the I/O buffer toggle rate—guidelines are provided in Table 3-16 on page 3-29.

β1 is the I/O buffer enable rate—guidelines are provided in Table 3-17 on page 3-29.

FCLK is the global clock signal frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

POUTPUTS = 0 W

RAM Dynamic Contribution—PMEMORY

Operating Mode

PMEMORY = (NBLOCKS * PAC11 * β2 * FREAD-CLOCK) + (NBLOCKS * PAC12 * β3 * FWRITE-CLOCK)

NBLOCKS is the number of RAM blocks used in the design.

FREAD-CLOCK is the memory read clock frequency.

β2 is the RAM enable rate for read operations—guidelines are provided in Table 3-17 on

page 3-29.

β3 the RAM enable rate for write operations—guidelines are provided in Table 3-17 on

page 3-29.

FWRITE-CLOCK is the memory write clock frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PMEMORY = 0 W

PLL/CCC Dynamic Contribution—PPLL

Operating Mode

PPLL = PAC13 * FCLKOUT

FCLKIN is the input clock frequency.

FCLKOUT is the output clock frequency.1

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PPLL = 0 W

1. The PLL dynamic contribution depends on the input clock frequency, the number of output clock

signals generated by the PLL, and the frequency of each output clock. If a PLL is used to generate more

than one output clock, include each output clock in the formula output clock by adding its

corresponding contribution (PAC14 * FCLKOUT product) to the total PLL contribution.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-28 v2.0

Nonvolatile Memory Dynamic Contribution—PNVM

Operating Mode

The NVM dynamic power consumption is a piecewise linear function of frequency.

PNVM = NNVM-BLOCKS * β4 * PAC15 * FREAD-NVM when FREAD-NVM ≤ 33 MHz,

PNVM = NNVM-BLOCKS * β4 *(PAC16 + PAC17 * FREAD-NVM)when FREAD-NVM > 33 MHz

NNVM-BLOCKS is the number of NVM blocks used in the design (2 inAFS600).

β4 is the NVM enable rate for read operations. Default is 0 (NVM mainly in idle state).

FREAD-NVM is the NVM read clock frequency.

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PNVM = 0 W

Crystal Oscillator Dynamic Contribution—PXTL-OSC

Operating Mode

PXTL-OSC = PAC18

Standby Mode

PXTL-OSC = PAC18

Sleep Mode

PXTL-OSC = 0 W

RC Oscillator Dynamic Contribution—PRC-OSC

Operating Mode

PRC-OSC = PAC19

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PRC-OSC = 0 W

Analog System Dynamic Contribution—PAB

Operating Mode

PAB = PAC20

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PAB = 0 W

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-29

Guidelines

Toggle Rate Definition

A toggle rate defines the frequency of a net or logic element relative to a clock. It is a percentage.

If the toggle rate of a net is 100%, this means that the net switches at half the clock frequency.

Below are some examples:

• The average toggle rate of a shift register is 100%, as all flip-flop outputs toggle at half of

the clock frequency.

• The average toggle rate of an 8-bit counter is 25%:

– Bit 0 (LSB) = 100%

– Bit 1 = 50%

– Bit 2 = 25%

–…

– Bit 7 (MSB) = 0.78125%

– Average toggle rate = (100% + 50% + 25% + 12.5% + . . . 0.78125%) / 8.

Enable Rate Definition

Output enable rate is the average percentage of time during which tristate outputs are enabled.

When non-tristate output buffers are used, the enable rate should be 100%.

Table 3-16 • Toggle Rate Guidelines Recommended for Power Calculation

Component Definition Guideline

α1 Toggle rate of VersaTile outputs 10%

α2 I/O buffer toggle rate 10%

Table 3-17 • Enable Rate Guidelines Recommended for Power Calculation

Component Definition Guideline

β1 I/O output buffer enable rate 100%

β2 RAM enable rate for read operations 12.5%

β3RAM enable rate for write operations 12.5%

β4 NVM enable rate for read operations 0%

DC and Power Characteristics

3-30 v2.0

Example of Power Calculation

This example considers a shift register with 5,000 storage tiles, including a counter and memory

that stores analog information. The shift register is clocked at 50 MHz and stores and reads

information from a RAM.

The device used is a commercial AFS600 device operating in typical conditions.

The calculation below uses the power calculation methodology previously presented and shows

how to determine the dynamic and static power consumption of resources used in the application.

Also included in the example is the calculation of power consumption in operating, standby, and

sleep modes to illustrate the benefit of power-saving modes.

Global Clock Contribution—PCLOCK

FCLK = 50 MHz

Number of sequential VersaTiles: NS-CELL = 5,000

Estimated number of Spines: NSPINES = 5

Estimated number of Rows: NROW = 313

Operating Mode

PCLOCK = (PAC1 + NSPINE * PAC2 + NROW * PAC3 + NS-CELL * PAC4) * FCLK

PCLOCK = (0.0128 + 5 * 0.0019 + 313 * 0.00081 + 5,000 * 0.00011) * 50

PCLOCK = 41.28 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PCLOCK = 0 W

Logic—Sequential Cells, Combinational Cells, and Routing Net Contributions—PS-CELL,

PC-CELL, and PNET

FCLK = 50 MHz

Number of sequential VersaTiles: NS-CELL = 5,000

Number of combinatorial VersaTiles: NC-CELL = 6,000

Estimated toggle rate of VersaTile outputs: α1 = 0.1 (10%)

Operating Mode

PS-CELL = NS-CELL * (PAC5+ (α1 / 2) * PAC6) * FCLK

PS-CELL = 5,000 * (0.00007 + (0.1 / 2) * 0.00029) * 50

PS-CELL = 21.13 mW

PC-CELL = NC-CELL* (α1 / 2) * PAC7 * FCLK

PC-CELL = 6,000 * (0.1 / 2) * 0.00029 * 50

PC-CELL = 4.35 mW

PNET = (NS-CELL + NC-CELL) * (α1 / 2) * PAC8 * FCLK

PNET = (5,000 + 6,000) * (0.1 / 2) * 0.0007 * 50

PNET = 19.25 mW

PLOGIC = PS-CELL + PC-CELL + PNET

PLOGIC = 21.13 mW + 4.35 mW + 19.25 mW

PLOGIC = 44.73 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-31

PS-CELL = 0 W

PC-CELL = 0 W

PNET = 0 W

PLOGIC = 0 W

I/O Input and Output Buffer Contribution—PI/O

This example uses LVTTL 3.3 V I/O cells. The output buffers are 12 mA–capable, configured with

high output slew and driving a 35 pF output load.

FCLK = 50 MHz

Number of input pins used: NINPUTS = 30

Number of output pins used: NOUTPUTS = 40

Estimated I/O buffer toggle rate: α2 = 0.1 (10%)

Estimated IO buffer enable rate: β1 = 1 (100%)

Operating Mode

PINPUTS = NINPUTS * (α2 / 2) * PAC9 * FCLK

PINPUTS = 30 * (0.1 / 2) * 0.01739 * 50

PINPUTS = 1.30 mW

POUTPUTS = NOUTPUTS * (α2 / 2) * β1 * PAC10 * FCLK

POUTPUTS = 40 * (0.1 / 2) * 1 * 0.4747 * 50

POUTPUTS = 47.47 mW

PI/O = PINPUTS + POUTPUTS

PI/O = 1.30 mW + 47.47 mW

PI/O = 48.77 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PINPUTS = 0 W

POUTPUTS = 0 W

PI/O = 0 W

RAM Contribution—PMEMORY

Frequency of Read Clock: FREAD-CLOCK = 10 MHz

Frequency of Write Clock: FWRITE-CLOCK = 10 MHz

Number of RAM blocks: NBLOCKS = 20

Estimated RAM Read Enable Rate: β2 = 0.125 (12.5%)

Estimated RAM Write Enable Rate: β3 = 0.125 (12.5%)

Operating Mode

PMEMORY = (NBLOCKS * PAC11 * β2 * FREAD-CLOCK) + (NBLOCKS * PAC12 * β3 * FWRITE-CLOCK)

PMEMORY = (20 * 0.025 * 0.125 * 10) + (20 * 0.030 * 0.125 * 10)

PMEMORY = 1.38 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PMEMORY = 0 W

PLL/CCC Contribution—PPLL

PLL is not used in this application.

DC and Power Characteristics

3-32 v2.0

PPLL = 0 W

Nonvolatile Memory—PNVM

Nonvolatile memory is not used in this application.

PNVM = 0 W

Crystal Oscillator—PXTL-OSC

The application utilizes standby mode. The crystal oscillator is assumed to be active.

Operating Mode

PXTL-OSC = PAC18

PXTL-OSC = 0.63 mW

Standby Mode

PXTL-OSC = PAC18

PXTL-OSC = 0.63 mW

Sleep Mode

PXTL-OSC = 0 W

RC Oscillator—PRC-OSC

Operating Mode

PRC-OSC = PAC19

PRC-OSC = 3.30 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PRC-OSC = 0 W

Analog System—PAB

Number of Quads used: NQUADS = 4

Operating Mode

PAB = PAC20

PAB = 3.00 mW

Standby Mode and Sleep Mode

PAB = 0 W

Total Dynamic Power Consumption—PDYN

Operating Mode

PDYN = PCLOCK + PS-CELL + PC-CELL + PNET + PINPUTS + POUTPUTS + PMEMORY + PPLL + PNVM+ PXTL-OSC + PRC-

OSC + PAB

PDYN = 41.28 mW + 21.1 mW + 4.35 mW + 19.25 mW + 1.30 mW + 47.47 mW + 1.38 mW + 0 + 0 +

0.63 mW + 3.30 mW + 3.00 mW

PDYN = 143.06 mW

Standby Mode

PDYN = PXTL-OSC

PDYN = 0.63 mW

Sleep Mode

PDYN = 0 W

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-33

Total Static Power Consumption—PSTAT

Number of Quads used: NQUADS = 4

Number of NVM blocks available (AFS600): NNVM-BLOCKS = 2

Number of input pins used: NINPUTS = 30

Number of output pins used: NOUTPUTS = 40

Operating Mode

PSTAT = PDC1 + (NNVM-BLOCKS * PDC4) + PDC5 + (NQUADS * PDC6) + (NINPUTS * PDC7) + (NOUTPUTS * PDC8)

PSTAT = 7.50 mW + (2 * 1.19 mW) + 8.25 mW + (4 * 3.30 mW) + (30 * 0.00) + (40 * 0.00)

PSTAT = 31.33 mW

Standby Mode

PSTAT = PDC2

PSTAT = 0.03 mW

Sleep Mode

PSTAT = PDC3

PSTAT = 0.03 mW

Total Power Consumption—PTOTAL

In operating mode, the total power consumption of the device is 174.39 mW:

PTOTAL = PSTAT + PDYN

PTOTAL = 143.06 mW + 31.33 mW

PTOTAL = 174.39 mW

In standby mode, the total power consumption of the device is limited to 0.66 mW:

PTOTAL = PSTAT + PDYN

PTOTAL = 0.03 mW + 0.63 mW

PTOTAL = 0.66 mW

In sleep mode, the total power consumption of the device drops as low as 0.03 mW:

PTOTAL = PSTAT + PDYN

PTOTAL = 0.03 mW

DC and Power Characteristics

3-34 v2.0

Power Consumption

Table 3-18 • Power Consumption

Parameter Description Condition Min. Typical Max. Units

Crystal Oscillator

ISTBXTAL Standby Current of Crystal

Oscillator

10 µA

IDYNXTAL Operating Current RC 0.6 mA

0.032–0.2 0.19 mA

0.2–2.0 0.6 mA

2.0–20.0 0.6 mA

RC Oscillator

IDYNRC Operating Current 1 mA

ACM

Operating Current (fixed

clock)

200 µA/MHz

Operating Current (user

clock)

30 µA

NVM System

NVM Array Operating

Power

Idle 795 µA

Read

operation

See

Table 3-15 on

page 3-24.

See

Table 3-15 on

page 3-24.

Erase 900 µA

Write 900 µA

PNVMCTRL NVM Controller Operating

Power

20 µW/MHz

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-35

Part Number and Revision Date

Part Number 51700092-015-1

Revised July 2009

List of Changes

The following table lists critical changes that were made in the current version of the document.

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Preliminary v1.7

(October 2008)

The MicroBlade and Fusion datasheets have been combined. Pigeon Point

information is new.

CoreMP7 support was removed since it is no longer offered.

–F was removed from the datasheet since it is no longer offered.

The operating temperature was changed from ambient to junction to better

reflect actual conditions of operations.

Commercial: 0°C to 85°C

Industrial: –40°C to 100°C

The version number category was changed from Preliminary to Production,

which means the datasheet contains information based on final

characterization. The version number changed from Preliminary v1.7 to v2.0.

N/A

VCC33PMP was added to Table 3-1 · Absolute Maximum Ratings. In addition,

conditions for AV, AC, AG, and AT were also updated.

3-1

VCC33PMP was added to Table 3-2 · Recommended Operating Conditions. In

addition, conditions for AV, AC, AG, and AT were also updated.

3-3

Table 3-5 · FPGA Programming, Storage, and Operating Limits was updated to

include new data and the temperature ranges were changed. The notes were

removed from the table.

3-5

Table 3-6 · Package Thermal Resistance was updated to include new data. 3-7

In EQ 3-4 to EQ 3-6, the junction temperature was changed from 110°C to 100°C. 3-8 to

3-9

Table 3-8 · AFS1500 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics through

Table 3-11 · AFS090 Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics are new and have

replaced the Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (IDDQ) table.

3-10 to

3-16

In Table 3-14 · Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices, the power supply for PAC9 and PAC10 were

changed from VMV/VCC to VCCI.

3-22

In Table 3-15 · Different Components Contributing to the Static Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices, the power supply for PDC7 and PDC8 were

changed from VMV/VCC to VCCI. PDC1 was updated from TBD to 18.

3-24

Advance v1.6

(August 2008)

The version number category was changed from Advance to Preliminary, which

means the datasheet contains information based on simulation and/or initial

characterization. The information is believed to be correct, but changes are

possible.

N/A

Advance v1.4

(July 2008)

The title of the datasheet changed from Actel Programmable System Chips to

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs. In addition, all instances of programmable

system chip were changed to mixed-signal FPGA.

N/A

Advance v1.3

(July 2008)

In Table 3-8 · Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (IDDQ)1, footnote

references were updated for IDC2 and IDC3.

Footnote 3 and 4 were updated and footnote 5 is new.

3-11

DC and Power Characteristics

3-36 v2.0

Advance v1.1 Table 3-6 · Package Thermal Resistance was significantly updated 3-7

Table 3-14 · Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices was significantly updated.

3-22

Table3-16·Toggle Rate Guidelines Recommended for Power Calculation was

significantly updated.

3-29

Advance v0.9 In Table 3-1 · Absolute Maximum Ratings, the AT for the Unpowered, ADC reset

asserted or unconfigured parameter, –11 was changed to –0.4.

3-1

The units column of Table 3-2 · Recommended Operating Conditions was

incomplete in the previous version. V was added to all the rows. In addition, AT

for the Unpowered, ADC reset asserted or unconfigured parameter, –10.5 was

changed to –0.3. Note 6 was updated to include VCC15A.

3-3

In the title of Table 3-3 · Input Resistance of Analog Pads, Impedance was

changed to Resistance.

3-4

In Table 3-5 · FPGA Programming, Storage, and Operating Limits, note 2 is new.

"Program" was removed from the table heading in the Retention column.

3-5

The "PLL Behavior at Brownout Condition" section is new. 3-5

Table 3-7 · Temperature and Voltage Derating Factors for Timing Delays was

updated.

3-9

In the Table 3-12 · Summary of I/O Input Buffer Power (per pin)—Default I/O

Software Settings, the HSTL (I) for the Static Power PDC7 (mW) was changed

from 0.1 to 0.17.

3-18

The Table 3-14 · Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices was updated.

3-22

The Table 3-15 · Different Components Contributing to the Static Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices was updated.

3-24

In the "PLL/CCC Dynamic Contribution—PPLL" section, PAC14 was deleted. 3-27

Advance v0.8

(June 2007)

In Table 3-6 · Package Thermal Resistance, the data for the following

device/packages were updated:

AFS090-FG256

AFS250-FG256

AFS600-FG256

AFS1500-FG256

AFS600-FG484

AFS1500-FG484

AFS1500-FG676

3-7

Advance v0.7

(January 2007)

The VMV pins have now been tied internally with the VCCI pins. N/A

The VCOMPLF pin description was deleted. N/A

Table 3-1 · Absolute Maximum Ratings, Table 3-2 · Recommended Operating

Conditions, and Table 3-3 · Input Resistance of Analog Pads were updated.

3-1 to

3-4

Table 3-5 · FPGA Programming, Storage, and Operating Limits was updated. 3-5

PAC13 and PAC14 were updated in Table3-14·Different Components Contributing

to the Dynamic Power Consumption in Fusion Devices.

3-22

The Operating Mode for the "PLL/CCC Dynamic Contribution—PPLL" section was

updated.

3-27

Table 3-18 · Power Consumption was updated to change the typical value of

IDYNXTAL for 0.032–0.2 MHz to 0.19.

3-34

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

v2.0 3-37

Advance v0.5

(June 2006)

Table 3-3 · Input Resistance of Analog Pads is new. 3-4

Advance v0.4

(April 2006)

The low power modes of operation were updated and clarified. N/A

Advance v0.2

(April 2006)

Table 3-8 · Quiescent Supply Current Characteristics (IDDQ)1 was updated. 3-11

Table 3-14 · Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices was updated.

3-22

Table 3-14 · Different Components Contributing to the Dynamic Power

Consumption in Fusion Devices was updated.

3-22

The "Example of Power Calculation" was updated. 3-30

The Analog System information was deleted from Table3-18·Power

Consumption.

3-34

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

DC and Power Characteristics

3-38 v2.0

Actel Safety Critical, Life Support, and High-Reliability

Applications Policy

The Actel products described in this advance status datasheet may not have completed Actel’s

qualification process. Actel may amend or enhance products during the product introduction and

qualification process, resulting in changes in device functionality or performance. It is the

responsibility of each customer to ensure the fitness of any Actel product (but especially a new

product) for a particular purpose, including appropriateness for safety-critical, life-support, and

other high-reliability applications. Consult Actel’s Terms and Conditions for specific liability

exclusions relating to life-support applications. A reliability report covering all of Actel’s products is

available on the Actel website at http://www.actel.com/documents/ORT_Report.pdf. Actel also

offers a variety of enhanced qualification and lot acceptance screening procedures. Contact your

local Actel sales office for additional reliability information.

v2.0 4-1

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs

4 – Package Pin Assignments

108-Pin QFN

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

Note: The die attach paddle center of the package is tied to ground (GND).

B41 B52

A44 A56

B26 B14

A28 A15

A14

B13

A43

A29

B40

B27

Pin A1 Mark

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-2 v2.0

108-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function

A1 NC

A2 GNDQ

A3 GAA2/IO52PDB3V0

A4 GND

A5 GFA1/IO47PDB3V0

A6 GEB1/IO45PDB3V0

A7 VCCOSC

A8 XTAL2

A9 GEA1/IO44PPB3V0

A10 GEA0/IO44NPB3V0

A11 GEB2/IO42PDB3V0

A12 VCCNVM

A13 VCC15A

A14 PCAP

A15 NC

A16 GNDA

A17 AV0

A18 AG0

A19 ATRTN0

A20 AT1

A21 AC1

A22 AV2

A23 AG2

A24 AT2

A25 AT3

A26 AC3

A27 GNDAQ

A28 ADCGNDREF

A29 NC

A30 GNDA

A31 PTEM

A32 GNDNVM

A33 VPUMP

A34 TCK

A35 TMS

A36 TRST

A37 GDB1/IO39PSB1V0

A38 GDC1/IO38PDB1V0

A39 GND

A40 GCB1/IO35PDB1V0

A41 GCB2/IO33PDB1V0

A42 GBA2/IO31PDB1V0

A43 NC

A44 GBA1/IO30RSB0V0

A45 GBB1/IO28RSB0V0

A46 GND

A47 VCC

A48 GBC1/IO26RSB0V0

A49 IO21RSB0V0

A50 IO19RSB0V0

A51 IO09RSB0V0

A52 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0

A53 VCCIB0

A54 GND

A55 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0

A56 GAA0/IO00RSB0V0

B1 VCOMPLA

B2 VCCIB3

B3 GAB2/IO52NDB3V0

B4 VCCIB3

B5 GFA0/IO47NDB3V0

B6 GEB0/IO45NDB3V0

B7 XTAL1

B8 GNDOSC

B9 GEC2/IO43PSB3V0

B10 GEA2/IO42NDB3V0

B11 VCC

B12 GNDNVM

B13 NCAP

B14 VCC33PMP

B15 VCC33N

B16 GNDAQ

B17 AC0

B18 AT0

B19 AG1

B20 AV1

108-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function

B21 AC2

B22 ATRTN1

B23 AG3

B24 AV3

B25 VCC33A

B26 VAREF

B27 PUB

B28 VCC33A

B29 PTBASE

B30 VCCNVM

B31 VCC

B32 TDI

B33 TDO

B34 VJTAG

B35 GDC0/IO38NDB1V0

B36 VCCIB1

B37 GCB0/IO35NDB1V0

B38 GCC2/IO33NDB1V0

B39 GBB2/IO31NDB1V0

B40 VCCIB1

B41 GNDQ

B42 GBA0/IO29RSB0V0

B43 VCCIB0

B44 GBB0/IO27RSB0V0

B45 GBC0/IO25RSB0V0

B46 IO20RSB0V0

B47 IO10RSB0V0

B48 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0

B49 GAB1/IO03RSB0V0

B50 VCC

B51 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0

B52 VCCPLA

108-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function

180-Pin QFN

v2.0 4-3

180-Pin QFN

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

Note: The die attach paddle center of the package is tied to ground (GND).

A16

B15

C14

A48

Pin A1 Mark

Optional Corner

Pad (4X)

A49 A64

A32 A17

B45

B46 B60

B30 B16

C42

C43 C56

C28 C15

A33B31

C29

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-4 v2.0

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

A1 GNDQ GNDQ

A2 VCCIB3 VCCIB3

A3 GAB2/IO52NDB3V0 IO74NDB3V0

A4 GFA2/IO51NDB3V0 IO71NDB3V0

A5 GFC2/IO50NDB3V0 IO69NPB3V0

A6 VCCIB3 VCCIB3

A7 GFA1/IO47PPB3V0 GFB1/IO67PPB3V0

A8 GEB0/IO45NDB3V0 NC

A9 XTAL1 XTAL1

A10 GNDOSC GNDOSC

A11 GEC2/IO43PPB3V0 GEA1/IO61PPB3V0

A12 IO43NPB3V0 GEA0/IO61NPB3V0

A13 NC VCCIB3

A14 GNDNVM GNDNVM

A15 PCAP PCAP

A16 VCC33PMP VCC33PMP

A17 NC NC

A18 AV0 AV0

A19 AG0 AG0

A20 ATRTN0 ATRTN0

A21 AG1 AG1

A22 AC1 AC1

A23 AV2 AV2

A24 AT2 AT2

A25 AT3 AT3

A26 AC3 AC3

A27 AV4 AV4

A28 AC4 AC4

A29 AT4 AT4

A30 NC AG5

A31 NC AV5

A32 ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF

A33 VCC33A VCC33A

A34 GNDA GNDA

A35 PTBASE PTBASE

A36 VCCNVM VCCNVM

A37 VPUMP VPUMP

A38 TDI TDI

A39 TDO TDO

A40 VJTAG VJTAG

A41 GDB1/IO39PPB1V0 GDA1/IO54PPB1V0

A42 GDC1/IO38PDB1V0 GDB1/IO53PDB1V0

A43 VCC VCC

A44 GCB0/IO35NPB1V0 GCB0/IO48NPB1V0

A45 GCC1/IO34PDB1V0 GCC1/IO47PDB1V0

A46 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

A47 GBC2/IO32PPB1V0 GBB2/IO41PPB1V0

A48 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

A49 NC NC

A50 GBA0/IO29RSB0V0 GBB1/IO37RSB0V0

A51 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

A52 GBB0/IO27RSB0V0 GBC0/IO34RSB0V0

A53 GBC1/IO26RSB0V0 IO33RSB0V0

A54 IO24RSB0V0 IO29RSB0V0

A55 IO21RSB0V0 IO26RSB0V0

A56 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

A57 IO15RSB0V0 IO21RSB0V0

A58 IO10RSB0V0 IO13RSB0V0

A59 IO07RSB0V0 IO10RSB0V0

A60 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0 IO06RSB0V0

A61 GAB1/IO03RSB0V0 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0

A62 VCC VCC

A63 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0

A64 NC NC

B1 VCOMPLA VCOMPLA

B2 GAA2/IO52PDB3V0 GAC2/IO74PDB3V0

B3 GAC2/IO51PDB3V0 GFA2/IO71PDB3V0

B4 GFB2/IO50PDB3V0 GFB2/IO70PSB3V0

B5 VCC VCC

B6 GFC0/IO49NDB3V0 GFC0/IO68NDB3V0

B7 GEB1/IO45PDB3V0 NC

B8 VCCOSC VCCOSC

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

180-Pin QFN

v2.0 4-5

B9 XTAL2 XTAL2

B10 GEA0/IO44NDB3V0 GFA0/IO66NDB3V0

B11 GEB2/IO42PDB3V0 IO60NDB3V0

B12 VCC VCC

B13 VCCNVM VCCNVM

B14 VCC15A VCC15A

B15 NCAP NCAP

B16 VCC33N VCC33N

B17 GNDAQ GNDAQ

B18 AC0 AC0

B19 AT0 AT0

B20 AT1 AT1

B21 AV1 AV1

B22 AC2 AC2

B23 ATRTN1 ATRTN1

B24 AG3 AG3

B25 AV3 AV3

B26 AG4 AG4

B27 ATRTN2 ATRTN2

B28 NC AC5

B29 VCC33A VCC33A

B30 VAREF VAREF

B31 PUB PUB

B32 PTEM PTEM

B33 GNDNVM GNDNVM

B34 VCC VCC

B35 TCK TCK

B36 TMS TMS

B37 TRST TRST

B38 GDB2/IO41PSB1V0 GDA2/IO55PSB1V0

B39 GDC0/IO38NDB1V0 GDB0/IO53NDB1V0

B40 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

B41 GCA1/IO36PDB1V0 GCA1/IO49PDB1V0

B42 GCC0/IO34NDB1V0 GCC0/IO47NDB1V0

B43 GCB2/IO33PSB1V0 GBC2/IO42PSB1V0

B44 VCC VCC

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

B45 GBA2/IO31PDB1V0 GBA2/IO40PDB1V0

B46 GNDQ GNDQ

B47 GBA1/IO30RSB0V0 GBA0/IO38RSB0V0

B48 GBB1/IO28RSB0V0 GBC1/IO35RSB0V0

B49 VCC VCC

B50 GBC0/IO25RSB0V0 IO31RSB0V0

B51 IO23RSB0V0 IO28RSB0V0

B52 IO20RSB0V0 IO25RSB0V0

B53 VCC VCC

B54 IO11RSB0V0 IO14RSB0V0

B55 IO08RSB0V0 IO11RSB0V0

B56 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0 IO08RSB0V0

B57 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

B58 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0

B59 GAA0/IO00RSB0V0 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0

B60 VCCPLA VCCPLA

C1 NC NC

C2 NC VCCIB3

C3 GND GND

C4 NC GFC2/IO69PPB3V0

C5 GFC1/IO49PDB3V0 GFC1/IO68PDB3V0

C6 GFA0/IO47NPB3V0 GFB0/IO67NPB3V0

C7 VCCIB3 NC

C8 GND GND

C9 GEA1/IO44PDB3V0 GFA1/IO66PDB3V0

C10 GEA2/IO42NDB3V0 GEC2/IO60PDB3V0

C11 NC GEA2/IO58PSB3V0

C12 NC NC

C13 GND GND

C14 NC NC

C15 NC NC

C16 GNDA GNDA

C17 NC NC

C18 NC NC

C19 NC NC

C20 NC NC

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-6 v2.0

C21 AG2 AG2

C22 NC NC

C23 NC NC

C24 NC NC

C25 NC AT5

C26 GNDAQ GNDAQ

C27 NC NC

C28 NC NC

C29 NC NC

C30 NC NC

C31 GND GND

C32 NC NC

C33 NC NC

C34 NC NC

C35 GND GND

C36 GDB0/IO39NPB1V0 GDA0/IO54NPB1V0

C37 GDA1/IO37NSB1V0 GDC0/IO52NSB1V0

C38 GCA0/IO36NDB1V0 GCA0/IO49NDB1V0

C39 GCB1/IO35PPB1V0 GCB1/IO48PPB1V0

C40 GND GND

C41 GCA2/IO32NPB1V0 IO41NPB1V0

C42 GBB2/IO31NDB1V0 IO40NDB1V0

C43 NC NC

C44 NC GBA1/IO39RSB0V0

C45 NC GBB0/IO36RSB0V0

C46 GND GND

C47 NC IO30RSB0V0

C48 IO22RSB0V0 IO27RSB0V0

C49 GND GND

C50 IO13RSB0V0 IO16RSB0V0

C51 IO09RSB0V0 IO12RSB0V0

C52 IO06RSB0V0 IO09RSB0V0

C53 GND GND

C54 NC GAB1/IO03RSB0V0

C55 NC GAA0/IO00RSB0V0

C56 NC NC

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

D1 NC NC

D2 NC NC

D3 NC NC

D4 NC NC

180-Pin QFN

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function

208-Pin PQFP

v2.0 4-7

208-Pin PQFP

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

208-Pin PQFP

1208

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-8 v2.0

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

CCPLA VCCPLA

COMPLA VCOMPLA

3 GNDQ GAA2/IO85PDB4V0

CCIB3 IO85NDB4V0

5 GAA2/IO76PDB3V0 GAB2/IO84PDB4V0

6 IO76NDB3V0 IO84NDB4V0

7 GAB2/IO75PDB3V0 GAC2/IO83PDB4V0

8 IO75NDB3V0 IO83NDB4V0

9 NC IO77PDB4V0

10 NC IO77NDB4V0

11 VCC IO76PDB4V0

12 GND IO76NDB4V0

13 VCCIB3 VCC

14 IO72PDB3V0 GND

15 IO72NDB3V0 VCCIB4

16 GFA2/IO71PDB3V0 GFA2/IO75PDB4V0

17 IO71NDB3V0 IO75NDB4V0

18 GFB2/IO70PDB3V0 GFC2/IO73PDB4V0

19 IO70NDB3V0 IO73NDB4V0

20 GFC2/IO69PDB3V0 VCCOSC

21 IO69NDB3V0 XTAL1

22 VCC XTAL2

23 GND GNDOSC

24 VCCIB3 GFC1/IO72PDB4V0

25 GFC1/IO68PDB3V0 GFC0/IO72NDB4V0

26 GFC0/IO68NDB3V0 GFB1/IO71PDB4V0

27 GFB1/IO67PDB3V0 GFB0/IO71NDB4V0

28 GFB0/IO67NDB3V0 GFA1/IO70PDB4V0

29 VCCOSC GFA0/IO70NDB4V0

30 XTAL1 IO69PDB4V0

31 XTAL2 IO69NDB4V0

32 GNDOSC VCC

33 GEB1/IO62PDB3V0 GND

34 GEB0/IO62NDB3V0 VCCIB4

35 GEA1/IO61PDB3V0 GEC1/IO63PDB4V0

36 GEA0/IO61NDB3V0 GEC0/IO63NDB4V0

37 GEC2/IO60PDB3V0 GEB1/IO62PDB4V0

38 IO60NDB3V0 GEB0/IO62NDB4V0

39 GND GEA1/IO61PDB4V0

40 VCCIB3 GEA0/IO61NDB4V0

41 GEB2/IO59PDB3V0 GEC2/IO60PDB4V0

42 IO59NDB3V0 IO60NDB4V0

43 GEA2/IO58PDB3V0 VCCIB4

44 IO58NDB3V0 GNDQ

45 VCC VCC

46 VCCNVM VCCNVM

47 GNDNVM GNDNVM

48 GND GND

49 VCC15A VCC15A

50 PCAP PCAP

51 NCAP NCAP

52 VCC33PMP VCC33PMP

53 VCC33N VCC33N

54 GNDA GNDA

55 GNDAQ GNDAQ

56 NC AV0

57 NC AC0

58 NC AG0

59 NC AT0

60 NC ATRTN0

61 NC AT1

62 NC AG1

63 NC AC1

64 NC AV1

65 AV0 AV2

66 AC0 AC2

67 AG0 AG2

68 AT0 AT2

69 ATRTN0 ATRTN1

70 AT1 AT3

71 AG1 AG3

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

208-Pin PQFP

v2.0 4-9

72 AC1 AC3

73 AV1 AV3

74 AV2 AV4

75 AC2 AC4

76 AG2 AG4

77 AT2 AT4

78 ATRTN1 ATRTN2

79 AT3 AT5

80 AG3 AG5

81 AC3 AC5

82 AV3 AV5

83 AV4 AV6

84 AC4 AC6

85 AG4 AG6

86 AT4 AT6

87 ATRTN2 ATRTN3

88 AT5 AT7

89 AG5 AG7

90 AC5 AC7

91 AV5 AV7

92 NC AV8

93 NC AC8

94 NC AG8

95 NC AT8

96 NC ATRTN4

97 NC AT9

98 NC AG9

99 NC AC9

100 NC AV9

101 GNDAQ GNDAQ

102 VCC33A VCC33A

103 ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF

104 VAREF VAREF

105 PUB PUB

106 VCC33A VCC33A

107 GNDA GNDA

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

108 PTEM PTEM

109 PTBASE PTBASE

110 GNDNVM GNDNVM

111 VCCNVM VCCNVM

112 VCC VCC

113 VPUMP VPUMP

114 GNDQ NC

115 VCCIB1 TCK

116 TCK TDI

117 TDI TMS

118 TMS TDO

119 TDO TRST

120 TRST VJTAG

121 VJTAG IO57NDB2V0

122 IO57NDB1V0 GDC2/IO57PDB2V0

123 GDC2/IO57PDB1V0 IO56NDB2V0

124 IO56NDB1V0 GDB2/IO56PDB2V0

125 GDB2/IO56PDB1V0 IO55NDB2V0

126 VCCIB1 GDA2/IO55PDB2V0

127 GND GDA0/IO54NDB2V0

128 IO55NDB1V0 GDA1/IO54PDB2V0

129 GDA2/IO55PDB1V0 VCCIB2

130 GDA0/IO54NDB1V0 GND

131 GDA1/IO54PDB1V0 VCC

132 GDB0/IO53NDB1V0 GCA0/IO45NDB2V0

133 GDB1/IO53PDB1V0 GCA1/IO45PDB2V0

134 GDC0/IO52NDB1V0 GCB0/IO44NDB2V0

135 GDC1/IO52PDB1V0 GCB1/IO44PDB2V0

136 IO51NSB1V0 GCC0/IO43NDB2V0

137 VCCIB1 GCC1/IO43PDB2V0

138 GND IO42NDB2V0

139 VCC IO42PDB2V0

140 IO50NDB1V0 IO41NDB2V0

141 IO50PDB1V0 GCC2/IO41PDB2V0

142 GCA0/IO49NDB1V0 VCCIB2

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-10 v2.0

143 GCA1/IO49PDB1V0 GND

144 GCB0/IO48NDB1V0 VCC

145 GCB1/IO48PDB1V0 IO40NDB2V0

146 GCC0/IO47NDB1V0 GCB2/IO40PDB2V0

147 GCC1/IO47PDB1V0 IO39NDB2V0

148 IO42NDB1V0 GCA2/IO39PDB2V0

149 GBC2/IO42PDB1V0 IO31NDB2V0

150 VCCIB1 GBB2/IO31PDB2V0

151 GND IO30NDB2V0

152 VCC GBA2/IO30PDB2V0

153 IO41NDB1V0 VCCIB2

154 GBB2/IO41PDB1V0 GNDQ

155 IO40NDB1V0 VCOMPLB

156 GBA2/IO40PDB1V0 VCCPLB

157 GBA1/IO39RSB0V0 VCCIB1

158 GBA0/IO38RSB0V0 GNDQ

159 GBB1/IO37RSB0V0 GBB1/IO27PPB1V1

160 GBB0/IO36RSB0V0 GBA1/IO28PPB1V1

161 GBC1/IO35RSB0V0 GBB0/IO27NPB1V1

162 VCCIB0 GBA0/IO28NPB1V1

163 GND VCCIB1

164 VCC GND

165 GBC0/IO34RSB0V0 VCC

166 IO33RSB0V0 GBC1/IO26PDB1V1

167 IO32RSB0V0 GBC0/IO26NDB1V1

168 IO31RSB0V0 IO24PPB1V1

169 IO30RSB0V0 IO23PPB1V1

170 IO29RSB0V0 IO24NPB1V1

171 IO28RSB0V0 IO23NPB1V1

172 IO27RSB0V0 IO22PPB1V0

173 IO26RSB0V0 IO21PPB1V0

174 IO25RSB0V0 IO22NPB1V0

175 VCCIB0 IO21NPB1V0

176 GND IO20PSB1V0

177 VCC IO19PSB1V0

178 IO24RSB0V0 IO14NSB0V1

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

179 IO23RSB0V0 IO12PDB0V1

180 IO22RSB0V0 IO12NDB0V1

181 IO21RSB0V0 VCCIB0

182 IO20RSB0V0 GND

183 IO19RSB0V0 VCC

184 IO18RSB0V0 IO10PPB0V1

185 IO17RSB0V0 IO09PPB0V1

186 IO16RSB0V0 IO10NPB0V1

187 IO15RSB0V0 IO09NPB0V1

188 VCCIB0 IO08PPB0V1

189 GND IO07PPB0V1

190 VCC IO08NPB0V1

191 IO14RSB0V0 IO07NPB0V1

192 IO13RSB0V0 IO06PPB0V0

193 IO12RSB0V0 IO05PPB0V0

194 IO11RSB0V0 IO06NPB0V0

195 IO10RSB0V0 IO04PPB0V0

196 IO09RSB0V0 IO05NPB0V0

197 IO08RSB0V0 IO04NPB0V0

198 IO07RSB0V0 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0

199 IO06RSB0V0 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0

200 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0 VCCIB0

201 VCCIB0 GND

202 GND VCC

203 VCC GAB1/IO02PDB0V0

204 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0 GAB0/IO02NDB0V0

205 GAB1/IO03RSB0V0 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0

206 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0

207 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0 GNDQ

208 GAA0/IO00RSB0V0 VCCIB0

208-Pin PQFP

Pin Number AFS250 Function AFS600 Function

256-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-11

256-Pin FBGA

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

791113

15 246

101214

A1 Ball Pad Corner

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-12 v2.0

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

A1 GND GND GND GND

A2 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

A3 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0 GAA0/IO00RSB0V0 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0

A4 GAB1/IO03RSB0V0 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0

A5 GND GND GND GND

A6 IO07RSB0V0 IO11RSB0V0 IO10PDB0V1 IO07PDB0V1

A7 IO10RSB0V0 IO14RSB0V0 IO12PDB0V1 IO13PDB0V2

A8 IO11RSB0V0 IO15RSB0V0 IO12NDB0V1 IO13NDB0V2

A9 IO16RSB0V0 IO24RSB0V0 IO22NDB1V0 IO24NDB1V0

A10 IO17RSB0V0 IO25RSB0V0 IO22PDB1V0 IO24PDB1V0

A11 IO18RSB0V0 IO26RSB0V0 IO24NDB1V1 IO29NDB1V1

A12 GND GND GND GND

A13 GBC0/IO25RSB0V0 GBA0/IO38RSB0V0 GBA0/IO28NDB1V1 GBA0/IO42NDB1V2

A14 GBA0/IO29RSB0V0 IO32RSB0V0 IO29NDB1V1 IO43NDB1V2

A15 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

A16 GND GND GND GND

B1 VCOMPLA VCOMPLA VCOMPLA VCOMPLA

B2 VCCPLA VCCPLA VCCPLA VCCPLA

B3 GAA0/IO00RSB0V0 IO07RSB0V0 IO00NDB0V0 IO00NDB0V0

B4 GAA1/IO01RSB0V0 IO06RSB0V0 IO00PDB0V0 IO00PDB0V0

B5 NC GAB1/IO03RSB0V0 GAB1/IO02PPB0V0 GAB1/IO02PPB0V0

B6 IO06RSB0V0 IO10RSB0V0 IO10NDB0V1 IO07NDB0V1

B7 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

B8 IO12RSB0V0 IO16RSB0V0 IO18NDB1V0 IO22NDB1V0

B9 IO13RSB0V0 IO17RSB0V0 IO18PDB1V0 IO22PDB1V0

B10 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

B11 IO19RSB0V0 IO27RSB0V0 IO24PDB1V1 IO29PDB1V1

B12 GBB0/IO27RSB0V0 GBC0/IO34RSB0V0 GBC0/IO26NPB1V1 GBC0/IO40NPB1V2

B13 GBC1/IO26RSB0V0 GBA1/IO39RSB0V0 GBA1/IO28PDB1V1 GBA1/IO42PDB1V2

B14 GBA1/IO30RSB0V0 IO33RSB0V0 IO29PDB1V1 IO43PDB1V2

B15 NC NC VCCPLB VCCPLB

B16 NC NC VCOMPLB VCOMPLB

C1 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

C2 GND GND GND GND

C3 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

C4 NC NC VCCIB0 VCCIB0

C5 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

C6 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0 GAC1/IO05RSB0V0 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0

256-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-13

C7 IO09RSB0V0 IO12RSB0V0 IO06NDB0V0 IO09NDB0V1

C8 IO14RSB0V0 IO22RSB0V0 IO16PDB1V0 IO23PDB1V0

C9 IO15RSB0V0 IO23RSB0V0 IO16NDB1V0 IO23NDB1V0

C10 IO22RSB0V0 IO30RSB0V0 IO25NDB1V1 IO31NDB1V1

C11 IO20RSB0V0 IO31RSB0V0 IO25PDB1V1 IO31PDB1V1

C12 VCCIB0 VCCIB0 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

C13 GBB1/IO28RSB0V0 GBC1/IO35RSB0V0 GBC1/IO26PPB1V1 GBC1/IO40PPB1V2

C14 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

C15 GND GND GND GND

C16 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

D1 GFC2/IO50NPB3V0 IO75NDB3V0 IO84NDB4V0 IO124NDB4V0

D2 GFA2/IO51NDB3V0 GAB2/IO75PDB3V0 GAB2/IO84PDB4V0 GAB2/IO124PDB4V0

D3 GAC2/IO51PDB3V0 IO76NDB3V0 IO85NDB4V0 IO125NDB4V0

D4 GAA2/IO52PDB3V0 GAA2/IO76PDB3V0 GAA2/IO85PDB4V0 GAA2/IO125PDB4V0

D5 GAB2/IO52NDB3V0 GAB0/IO02RSB0V0 GAB0/IO02NPB0V0 GAB0/IO02NPB0V0

D6 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0 GAC0/IO04RSB0V0 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0

D7 IO08RSB0V0 IO13RSB0V0 IO06PDB0V0 IO09PDB0V1

D8 NC IO20RSB0V0 IO14NDB0V1 IO15NDB0V2

D9 NC IO21RSB0V0 IO14PDB0V1 IO15PDB0V2

D10 IO21RSB0V0 IO28RSB0V0 IO23PDB1V1 IO37PDB1V2

D11 IO23RSB0V0 GBB0/IO36RSB0V0 GBB0/IO27NDB1V1 GBB0/IO41NDB1V2

D12 NC NC VCCIB1 VCCIB1

D13 GBA2/IO31PDB1V0 GBA2/IO40PDB1V0 GBA2/IO30PDB2V0 GBA2/IO44PDB2V0

D14 GBB2/IO31NDB1V0 IO40NDB1V0 IO30NDB2V0 IO44NDB2V0

D15 GBC2/IO32PDB1V0 GBB2/IO41PDB1V0 GBB2/IO31PDB2V0 GBB2/IO45PDB2V0

D16 GCA2/IO32NDB1V0 IO41NDB1V0 IO31NDB2V0 IO45NDB2V0

E1 GND GND GND GND

E2 GFB0/IO48NPB3V0 IO73NDB3V0 IO81NDB4V0 IO118NDB4V0

E3 GFB2/IO50PPB3V0 IO73PDB3V0 IO81PDB4V0 IO118PDB4V0

E4 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

E5 NC IO74NPB3V0 IO83NPB4V0 IO123NPB4V0

E6 NC IO08RSB0V0 IO04NPB0V0 IO05NPB0V1

E7 GND GND GND GND

E8 NC IO18RSB0V0 IO08PDB0V1 IO11PDB0V1

E9 NC NC IO20NDB1V0 IO27NDB1V1

E10 GND GND GND GND

E11 IO24RSB0V0 GBB1/IO37RSB0V0 GBB1/IO27PDB1V1 GBB1/IO41PDB1V2

E12 NC IO50PPB1V0 IO33PSB2V0 IO48PSB2V0

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-14 v2.0

E13 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

E14 GCC2/IO33NDB1V0 IO42NDB1V0 IO32NDB2V0 IO46NDB2V0

E15 GCB2/IO33PDB1V0 GBC2/IO42PDB1V0 GBC2/IO32PDB2V0 GBC2/IO46PDB2V0

E16 GND GND GND GND

F1 NC NC IO79NDB4V0 IO111NDB4V0

F2 NC NC IO79PDB4V0 IO111PDB4V0

F3 GFB1/IO48PPB3V0 IO72NDB3V0 IO76NDB4V0 IO112NDB4V0

F4 GFC0/IO49NDB3V0 IO72PDB3V0 IO76PDB4V0 IO112PDB4V0

F5 NC NC IO82PSB4V0 IO120PSB4V0

F6 GFC1/IO49PDB3V0 GAC2/IO74PPB3V0 GAC2/IO83PPB4V0 GAC2/IO123PPB4V0

F7 NC IO09RSB0V0 IO04PPB0V0 IO05PPB0V1

F8 NC IO19RSB0V0 IO08NDB0V1 IO11NDB0V1

F9 NC NC IO20PDB1V0 IO27PDB1V1

F10 NC IO29RSB0V0 IO23NDB1V1 IO37NDB1V2

F11 NC IO43NDB1V0 IO36NDB2V0 IO50NDB2V0

F12 NC IO43PDB1V0 IO36PDB2V0 IO50PDB2V0

F13 NC IO44NDB1V0 IO39NDB2V0 IO59NDB2V0

F14 NC GCA2/IO44PDB1V0 GCA2/IO39PDB2V0 GCA2/IO59PDB2V0

F15 GCC1/IO34PDB1V0 GCB2/IO45PDB1V0 GCB2/IO40PDB2V0 GCB2/IO60PDB2V0

F16 GCC0/IO34NDB1V0 IO45NDB1V0 IO40NDB2V0 IO60NDB2V0

G1 GEC0/IO46NPB3V0 IO70NPB3V0 IO74NPB4V0 IO109NPB4V0

G2 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

G3 GEC1/IO46PPB3V0 GFB2/IO70PPB3V0 GFB2/IO74PPB4V0 GFB2/IO109PPB4V0

G4 GFA1/IO47PDB3V0 GFA2/IO71PDB3V0 GFA2/IO75PDB4V0 GFA2/IO110PDB4V0

G5 GND GND GND GND

G6 GFA0/IO47NDB3V0 IO71NDB3V0 IO75NDB4V0 IO110NDB4V0

G7 GND GND GND GND

G8 VCC VCC VCC VCC

G9 GND GND GND GND

G10 VCC VCC VCC VCC

G11 GDA1/IO37NDB1V0 GCC0/IO47NDB1V0 GCC0/IO43NDB2V0 GCC0/IO62NDB2V0

G12 GND GND GND GND

G13 IO37PDB1V0 GCC1/IO47PDB1V0 GCC1/IO43PDB2V0 GCC1/IO62PDB2V0

G14 GCB0/IO35NPB1V0 IO46NPB1V0 IO41NPB2V0 IO61NPB2V0

G15 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

G16 GCB1/IO35PPB1V0 GCC2/IO46PPB1V0 GCC2/IO41PPB2V0 GCC2/IO61PPB2V0

H1 GEB1/IO45PDB3V0 GFC2/IO69PDB3V0 GFC2/IO73PDB4V0 GFC2/IO108PDB4V0

H2 GEB0/IO45NDB3V0 IO69NDB3V0 IO73NDB4V0 IO108NDB4V0

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

256-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-15

H3 XTAL2 XTAL2 XTAL2 XTAL2

H4 XTAL1 XTAL1 XTAL1 XTAL1

H5 GNDOSC GNDOSC GNDOSC GNDOSC

H6 VCCOSC VCCOSC VCCOSC VCCOSC

H7 VCC VCC VCC VCC

H8 GND GND GND GND

H9 VCC VCC VCC VCC

H10 GND GND GND GND

H11 GDC0/IO38NDB1V0 IO51NDB1V0 IO47NDB2V0 IO69NDB2V0

H12 GDC1/IO38PDB1V0 IO51PDB1V0 IO47PDB2V0 IO69PDB2V0

H13 GDB1/IO39PDB1V0 GCA1/IO49PDB1V0 GCA1/IO45PDB2V0 GCA1/IO64PDB2V0

H14 GDB0/IO39NDB1V0 GCA0/IO49NDB1V0 GCA0/IO45NDB2V0 GCA0/IO64NDB2V0

H15 GCA0/IO36NDB1V0 GCB0/IO48NDB1V0 GCB0/IO44NDB2V0 GCB0/IO63NDB2V0

H16 GCA1/IO36PDB1V0 GCB1/IO48PDB1V0 GCB1/IO44PDB2V0 GCB1/IO63PDB2V0

J1 GEA0/IO44NDB3V0 GFA0/IO66NDB3V0 GFA0/IO70NDB4V0 GFA0/IO105NDB4V0

J2 GEA1/IO44PDB3V0 GFA1/IO66PDB3V0 GFA1/IO70PDB4V0 GFA1/IO105PDB4V0

J3 IO43NDB3V0 GFB0/IO67NDB3V0 GFB0/IO71NDB4V0 GFB0/IO106NDB4V0

J4 GEC2/IO43PDB3V0 GFB1/IO67PDB3V0 GFB1/IO71PDB4V0 GFB1/IO106PDB4V0

J5 NC GFC0/IO68NDB3V0 GFC0/IO72NDB4V0 GFC0/IO107NDB4V0

J6 NC GFC1/IO68PDB3V0 GFC1/IO72PDB4V0 GFC1/IO107PDB4V0

J7 GND GND GND GND

J8 VCC VCC VCC VCC

J9 GND GND GND GND

J10 VCC VCC VCC VCC

J11 GDC2/IO41NPB1V0 IO56NPB1V0 IO56NPB2V0 IO83NPB2V0

J12 NC GDB0/IO53NPB1V0 GDB0/IO53NPB2V0 GDB0/IO80NPB2V0

J13 NC GDA1/IO54PDB1V0 GDA1/IO54PDB2V0 GDA1/IO81PDB2V0

J14 GDA0/IO40PDB1V0 GDC1/IO52PPB1V0 GDC1/IO52PPB2V0 GDC1/IO79PPB2V0

J15 NC IO50NPB1V0 IO51NSB2V0 IO77NSB2V0

J16 GDA2/IO40NDB1V0 GDC0/IO52NPB1V0 GDC0/IO52NPB2V0 GDC0/IO79NPB2V0

K1 NC IO65NPB3V0 IO67NPB4V0 IO92NPB4V0

K2 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

K3 NC IO65PPB3V0 IO67PPB4V0 IO92PPB4V0

K4 NC IO64PDB3V0 IO65PDB4V0 IO96PDB4V0

K5 GND GND GND GND

K6 NC IO64NDB3V0 IO65NDB4V0 IO96NDB4V0

K7 VCC VCC VCC VCC

K8 GND GND GND GND

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-16 v2.0

K9 VCC VCC VCC VCC

K10 GND GND GND GND

K11 NC GDC2/IO57PPB1V0 GDC2/IO57PPB2V0 GDC2/IO84PPB2V0

K12 GND GND GND GND

K13 NC GDA0/IO54NDB1V0 GDA0/IO54NDB2V0 GDA0/IO81NDB2V0

K14 NC GDA2/IO55PPB1V0 GDA2/IO55PPB2V0 GDA2/IO82PPB2V0

K15 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

K16 NC GDB1/IO53PPB1V0 GDB1/IO53PPB2V0 GDB1/IO80PPB2V0

L1 NC GEC1/IO63PDB3V0 GEC1/IO63PDB4V0 GEC1/IO90PDB4V0

L2 NC GEC0/IO63NDB3V0 GEC0/IO63NDB4V0 GEC0/IO90NDB4V0

L3 NC GEB1/IO62PDB3V0 GEB1/IO62PDB4V0 GEB1/IO89PDB4V0

L4 NC GEB0/IO62NDB3V0 GEB0/IO62NDB4V0 GEB0/IO89NDB4V0

L5 NC IO60NDB3V0 IO60NDB4V0 IO87NDB4V0

L6 NC GEC2/IO60PDB3V0 GEC2/IO60PDB4V0 GEC2/IO87PDB4V0

L7 GNDA GNDA GNDA GNDA

L8 AC0 AC0 AC2 AC2

L9AV2AV2AV4AV4

L10 AC3 AC3 AC5 AC5

L11 PTEM PTEM PTEM PTEM

L12 TDO TDO TDO TDO

L13 VJTAG VJTAG VJTAG VJTAG

L14 NC IO57NPB1V0 IO57NPB2V0 IO84NPB2V0

L15 GDB2/IO41PPB1V0 GDB2/IO56PPB1V0 GDB2/IO56PPB2V0 GDB2/IO83PPB2V0

L16 NC IO55NPB1V0 IO55NPB2V0 IO82NPB2V0

M1 GND GND GND GND

M2 NC GEA1/IO61PDB3V0 GEA1/IO61PDB4V0 GEA1/IO88PDB4V0

M3 NC GEA0/IO61NDB3V0 GEA0/IO61NDB4V0 GEA0/IO88NDB4V0

M4 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

M5 NC IO58NPB3V0 IO58NPB4V0 IO85NPB4V0

M6 NC NC AV0 AV0

M7 NC NC AC1 AC1

M8 AG1 AG1 AG3 AG3

M9 AC2 AC2 AC4 AC4

M10 AC4 AC4 AC6 AC6

M11 NC AG5 AG7 AG7

M12 VPUMP VPUMP VPUMP VPUMP

M13 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

M14 TMS TMS TMS TMS

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

256-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-17

M15 TRST TRST TRST TRST

M16 GND GND GND GND

N1 GEB2/IO42PDB3V0 GEB2/IO59PDB3V0 GEB2/IO59PDB4V0 GEB2/IO86PDB4V0

N2 GEA2/IO42NDB3V0 IO59NDB3V0 IO59NDB4V0 IO86NDB4V0

N3 NC GEA2/IO58PPB3V0 GEA2/IO58PPB4V0 GEA2/IO85PPB4V0

N4 VCC33PMP VCC33PMP VCC33PMP VCC33PMP

N5 VCC15A VCC15A VCC15A VCC15A

N6 NC NC AG0 AG0

N7 AC1 AC1 AC3 AC3

N8 AG3 AG3 AG5 AG5

N9AV3AV3AV5AV5

N10 AG4 AG4 AG6 AG6

N11 NC NC AC8 AC8

N12 GNDA GNDA GNDA GNDA

N13 VCC33A VCC33A VCC33A VCC33A

N14 VCCNVM VCCNVM VCCNVM VCCNVM

N15 TCK TCK TCK TCK

N16 TDI TDI TDI TDI

P1 VCCNVM VCCNVM VCCNVM VCCNVM

P2 GNDNVM GNDNVM GNDNVM GNDNVM

P3 GNDA GNDA GNDA GNDA

P4 NC NC AC0 AC0

P5 NC NC AG1 AG1

P6 NC NC AV1 AV1

P7 AG0 AG0 AG2 AG2

P8 AG2 AG2 AG4 AG4

P9 GNDA GNDA GNDA GNDA

P10 NC AC5 AC7 AC7

P11 NC NC AV8 AV8

P12 NC NC AG8 AG8

P13 NC NC AV9 AV9

P14 ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF

P15 PTBASE PTBASE PTBASE PTBASE

P16 GNDNVM GNDNVM GNDNVM GNDNVM

R1 VCCIB3 VCCIB3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

R2 PCAP PCAP PCAP PCAP

R3 NC NC AT1 AT1

R4 NC NC AT0 AT0

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-18 v2.0

R5AV0AV0AV2AV2

R6 AT0 AT0 AT2 AT2

R7AV1AV1AV3AV3

R8 AT3 AT3 AT5 AT5

R9AV4AV4AV6AV6

R10 NC AT5 AT7 AT7

R11 NC AV5 AV7 AV7

R12 NC NC AT9 AT9

R13 NC NC AG9 AG9

R14 NC NC AC9 AC9

R15 PUB PUB PUB PUB

R16 VCCIB1 VCCIB1 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

T1 GND GND GND GND

T2 NCAP NCAP NCAP NCAP

T3 VCC33N VCC33N VCC33N VCC33N

T4 NC NC ATRTN0 ATRTN0

T5 AT1 AT1 AT3 AT3

T6 ATRTN0 ATRTN0 ATRTN1 ATRTN1

T7 AT2 AT2 AT4 AT4

T8 ATRTN1 ATRTN1 ATRTN2 ATRTN2

T9 AT4 AT4 AT6 AT6

T10 ATRTN2 ATRTN2 ATRTN3 ATRTN3

T11 NC NC AT8 AT8

T12 NC NC ATRTN4 ATRTN4

T13 GNDA GNDA GNDA GNDA

T14 VCC33A VCC33A VCC33A VCC33A

T15 VAREF VAREF VAREF VAREF

T16 GND GND GND GND

256-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS090 Function AFS250 Function AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

484-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-19

484-Pin FBGA

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

12345678910111213141516171819202122

A1 Ball Pad Corner

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-20 v2.0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

A1 GND GND

A2 VCC NC

A3 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0

A4 GAB0/IO02NDB0V0 GAB0/IO02NDB0V0

A5 GAB1/IO02PDB0V0 GAB1/IO02PDB0V0

A6 IO07NDB0V1 IO07NDB0V1

A7 IO07PDB0V1 IO07PDB0V1

A8 IO10PDB0V1 IO09PDB0V1

A9 IO14NDB0V1 IO13NDB0V2

A10 IO14PDB0V1 IO13PDB0V2

A11 IO17PDB1V0 IO24PDB1V0

A12 IO18PDB1V0 IO26PDB1V0

A13 IO19NDB1V0 IO27NDB1V1

A14 IO19PDB1V0 IO27PDB1V1

A15 IO24NDB1V1 IO35NDB1V2

A16 IO24PDB1V1 IO35PDB1V2

A17 GBC0/IO26NDB1V1 GBC0/IO40NDB1V2

A18 GBA0/IO28NDB1V1 GBA0/IO42NDB1V2

A19 IO29NDB1V1 IO43NDB1V2

A20 IO29PDB1V1 IO43PDB1V2

A21 VCC NC

A22 GND GND

AA1 VCC NC

AA2 GND GND

AA3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

AA4 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

AA5 PCAP PCAP

AA6 AG0 AG0

AA7 GNDA GNDA

AA8 AG1 AG1

AA9 AG2 AG2

AA10 GNDA GNDA

AA11 AG3 AG3

AA12 AG6 AG6

AA13 GNDA GNDA

AA14 AG7 AG7

AA15 AG8 AG8

AA16 GNDA GNDA

AA17 AG9 AG9

AA18 VAREF VAREF

AA19 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

AA20 PTEM PTEM

AA21 GND GND

AA22 VCC NC

AB1 GND GND

AB2 VCC NC

AB3 NC IO94NSB4V0

AB4 GND GND

AB5 VCC33N VCC33N

AB6 AT0 AT0

AB7 ATRTN0 ATRTN0

AB8 AT1 AT1

AB9 AT2 AT2

AB10 ATRTN1 ATRTN1

AB11 AT3 AT3

AB12 AT6 AT6

AB13 ATRTN3 ATRTN3

AB14 AT7 AT7

AB15 AT8 AT8

AB16 ATRTN4 ATRTN4

AB17 AT9 AT9

AB18 VCC33A VCC33A

AB19 GND GND

AB20 NC IO76NPB2V0

AB21 VCC NC

AB22 GND GND

B1 VCC NC

B2 GND GND

B3 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0

B4 GND GND

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

484-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-21

B5 IO05NDB0V0 IO04NDB0V0

B6 IO05PDB0V0 IO04PDB0V0

B7 GND GND

B8 IO10NDB0V1 IO09NDB0V1

B9 IO13PDB0V1 IO11PDB0V1

B10 GND GND

B11 IO17NDB1V0 IO24NDB1V0

B12 IO18NDB1V0 IO26NDB1V0

B13 GND GND

B14 IO21NDB1V0 IO31NDB1V1

B15 IO21PDB1V0 IO31PDB1V1

B16 GND GND

B17 GBC1/IO26PDB1V1 GBC1/IO40PDB1V2

B18 GBA1/IO28PDB1V1 GBA1/IO42PDB1V2

B19 GND GND

B20 VCCPLB VCCPLB

B21 GND GND

B22 VCC NC

C1 IO82PDB4V0 IO121PDB4V0

C2 NC IO122PSB4V0

C3 IO00NDB0V0 IO00NDB0V0

C4 IO00PDB0V0 IO00PDB0V0

C5 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

C6 IO06NDB0V0 IO05NDB0V1

C7 IO06PDB0V0 IO05PDB0V1

C8 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

C9 IO13NDB0V1 IO11NDB0V1

C10 IO11PDB0V1 IO14PDB0V2

C11 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

C12 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

C13 IO20NDB1V0 IO29NDB1V1

C14 IO20PDB1V0 IO29PDB1V1

C15 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

C16 IO25NDB1V1 IO37NDB1V2

C17 GBB0/IO27NDB1V1 GBB0/IO41NDB1V2

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

C18 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

C19 VCOMPLB VCOMPLB

C20 GBA2/IO30PDB2V0 GBA2/IO44PDB2V0

C21 NC IO48PSB2V0

C22 GBB2/IO31PDB2V0 GBB2/IO45PDB2V0

D1 IO82NDB4V0 IO121NDB4V0

D2 GND GND

D3 IO83NDB4V0 IO123NDB4V0

D4 GAC2/IO83PDB4V0 GAC2/IO123PDB4V0

D5 GAA2/IO85PDB4V0 GAA2/IO125PDB4V0

D6 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0

D7 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0

D8 IO09NDB0V1 IO10NDB0V1

D9 IO09PDB0V1 IO10PDB0V1

D10 IO11NDB0V1 IO14NDB0V2

D11 IO16NDB1V0 IO23NDB1V0

D12 IO16PDB1V0 IO23PDB1V0

D13 NC IO32NPB1V1

D14 IO23NDB1V1 IO34NDB1V1

D15 IO23PDB1V1 IO34PDB1V1

D16 IO25PDB1V1 IO37PDB1V2

D17 GBB1/IO27PDB1V1 GBB1/IO41PDB1V2

D18 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

D19 NC IO47PPB2V0

D20 IO30NDB2V0 IO44NDB2V0

D21 GND GND

D22 IO31NDB2V0 IO45NDB2V0

E1 IO81NDB4V0 IO120NDB4V0

E2 IO81PDB4V0 IO120PDB4V0

E3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

E4 GAB2/IO84PDB4V0 GAB2/IO124PDB4V0

E5 IO85NDB4V0 IO125NDB4V0

E6 GND GND

E7 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

E8 NC IO08NDB0V1

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-22 v2.0

E9 NC IO08PDB0V1

E10 GND GND

E11 IO15NDB1V0 IO22NDB1V0

E12 IO15PDB1V0 IO22PDB1V0

E13 GND GND

E14 NC IO32PPB1V1

E15 NC IO36NPB1V2

E16 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

E17 GND GND

E18 NC IO47NPB2V0

E19 IO33PDB2V0 IO49PDB2V0

E20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

E21 IO32NDB2V0 IO46NDB2V0

E22 GBC2/IO32PDB2V0 GBC2/IO46PDB2V0

F1 IO80NDB4V0 IO118NDB4V0

F2 IO80PDB4V0 IO118PDB4V0

F3 NC IO119NSB4V0

F4 IO84NDB4V0 IO124NDB4V0

F5 GND GND

F6 VCOMPLA VCOMPLA

F7 VCCPLA VCCPLA

F8 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

F9 IO08NDB0V1 IO12NDB0V1

F10 IO08PDB0V1 IO12PDB0V1

F11 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

F12 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

F13 IO22NDB1V0 IO30NDB1V1

F14 IO22PDB1V0 IO30PDB1V1

F15 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

F16 NC IO36PPB1V2

F17 NC IO38NPB1V2

F18 GND GND

F19 IO33NDB2V0 IO49NDB2V0

F20 IO34PDB2V0 IO50PDB2V0

F21 IO34NDB2V0 IO50NDB2V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

F22 IO35PDB2V0 IO51PDB2V0

G1 IO77PDB4V0 IO115PDB4V0

G2 GND GND

G3 IO78NDB4V0 IO116NDB4V0

G4 IO78PDB4V0 IO116PDB4V0

G5 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

G6 NC IO117PDB4V0

G7 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

G8 GND GND

G9 IO04NDB0V0 IO06NDB0V1

G10 IO04PDB0V0 IO06PDB0V1

G11 IO12NDB0V1 IO16NDB0V2

G12 IO12PDB0V1 IO16PDB0V2

G13 NC IO28NDB1V1

G14 NC IO28PDB1V1

G15 GND GND

G16 NC IO38PPB1V2

G17 NC IO53PDB2V0

G18 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

G19 IO36PDB2V0 IO52PDB2V0

G20 IO36NDB2V0 IO52NDB2V0

G21 GND GND

G22 IO35NDB2V0 IO51NDB2V0

H1 IO77NDB4V0 IO115NDB4V0

H2 IO76PDB4V0 IO113PDB4V0

H3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

H4 IO79NDB4V0 IO114NDB4V0

H5 IO79PDB4V0 IO114PDB4V0

H6 NC IO117NDB4V0

H7 GND GND

H8 VCC VCC

H9 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

H10 GND GND

H11 VCCIB0 VCCIB0

H12 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

484-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-23

H13 GND GND

H14 VCCIB1 VCCIB1

H15 GND GND

H16 GND GND

H17 NC IO53NDB2V0

H18 IO38PDB2V0 IO57PDB2V0

H19 GCA2/IO39PDB2V0 GCA2/IO59PDB2V0

H20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

H21 IO37NDB2V0 IO54NDB2V0

H22 IO37PDB2V0 IO54PDB2V0

J1 NC IO112PPB4V0

J2 IO76NDB4V0 IO113NDB4V0

J3 GFB2/IO74PDB4V0 GFB2/IO109PDB4V0

J4 GFA2/IO75PDB4V0 GFA2/IO110PDB4V0

J5 NC IO112NPB4V0

J6 NC IO104PDB4V0

J7 NC IO111PDB4V0

J8 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

J9 GND GND

J10 VCC VCC

J11 GND GND

J12 VCC VCC

J13 GND GND

J14 VCC VCC

J15 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

J16 GCB2/IO40PDB2V0 GCB2/IO60PDB2V0

J17 NC IO58NDB2V0

J18 IO38NDB2V0 IO57NDB2V0

J19 IO39NDB2V0 IO59NDB2V0

J20 GCC2/IO41PDB2V0 GCC2/IO61PDB2V0

J21 NC IO55PSB2V0

J22 IO42PDB2V0 IO56PDB2V0

K1 GFC2/IO73PDB4V0 GFC2/IO108PDB4V0

K2 GND GND

K3 IO74NDB4V0 IO109NDB4V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

K4 IO75NDB4V0 IO110NDB4V0

K5 GND GND

K6 NC IO104NDB4V0

K7 NC IO111NDB4V0

K8 GND GND

K9 VCC VCC

K10 GND GND

K11 VCC VCC

K12 GND GND

K13 VCC VCC

K14 GND GND

K15 GND GND

K16 IO40NDB2V0 IO60NDB2V0

K17 NC IO58PDB2V0

K18 GND GND

K19 NC IO68NPB2V0

K20 IO41NDB2V0 IO61NDB2V0

K21 GND GND

K22 IO42NDB2V0 IO56NDB2V0

L1 IO73NDB4V0 IO108NDB4V0

L2 VCCOSC VCCOSC

L3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

L4 XTAL2 XTAL2

L5 GFC1/IO72PDB4V0 GFC1/IO107PDB4V0

L6 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

L7 GFB1/IO71PDB4V0 GFB1/IO106PDB4V0

L8 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

L9 GND GND

L10 VCC VCC

L11 GND GND

L12 VCC VCC

L13 GND GND

L14 VCC VCC

L15 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

L16 IO48PDB2V0 IO70PDB2V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-24 v2.0

L17 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

L18 IO46PDB2V0 IO69PDB2V0

L19 GCA1/IO45PDB2V0 GCA1/IO64PDB2V0

L20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

L21 GCC0/IO43NDB2V0 GCC0/IO62NDB2V0

L22 GCC1/IO43PDB2V0 GCC1/IO62PDB2V0

M1 NC IO103PDB4V0

M2 XTAL1 XTAL1

M3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

M4 GNDOSC GNDOSC

M5 GFC0/IO72NDB4V0 GFC0/IO107NDB4V0

M6 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

M7 GFB0/IO71NDB4V0 GFB0/IO106NDB4V0

M8 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

M9 VCC VCC

M10 GND GND

M11 VCC VCC

M12 GND GND

M13 VCC VCC

M14 GND GND

M15 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

M16 IO48NDB2V0 IO70NDB2V0

M17 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

M18 IO46NDB2V0 IO69NDB2V0

M19 GCA0/IO45NDB2V0 GCA0/IO64NDB2V0

M20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

M21 GCB0/IO44NDB2V0 GCB0/IO63NDB2V0

M22 GCB1/IO44PDB2V0 GCB1/IO63PDB2V0

N1 NC IO103NDB4V0

N2 GND GND

N3 IO68PDB4V0 IO101PDB4V0

N4 NC IO100NPB4V0

N5 GND GND

N6 NC IO99PDB4V0

N7 NC IO97PDB4V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

N8 GND GND

N9 GND GND

N10 VCC VCC

N11 GND GND

N12 VCC VCC

N13 GND GND

N14 VCC VCC

N15 GND GND

N16 GDB2/IO56PDB2V0 GDB2/IO83PDB2V0

N17 NC IO78PDB2V0

N18 GND GND

N19 IO47NDB2V0 IO72NDB2V0

N20 IO47PDB2V0 IO72PDB2V0

N21 GND GND

N22 IO49PDB2V0 IO71PDB2V0

P1 GFA1/IO70PDB4V0 GFA1/IO105PDB4V0

P2 GFA0/IO70NDB4V0 GFA0/IO105NDB4V0

P3 IO68NDB4V0 IO101NDB4V0

P4 IO65PDB4V0 IO96PDB4V0

P5 IO65NDB4V0 IO96NDB4V0

P6 NC IO99NDB4V0

P7 NC IO97NDB4V0

P8 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

P9 VCC VCC

P10 GND GND

P11 VCC VCC

P12 GND GND

P13 VCC VCC

P14 GND GND

P15 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

P16 IO56NDB2V0 IO83NDB2V0

P17 NC IO78NDB2V0

P18 GDA1/IO54PDB2V0 GDA1/IO81PDB2V0

P19 GDB1/IO53PDB2V0 GDB1/IO80PDB2V0

P20 IO51NDB2V0 IO73NDB2V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

484-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-25

P21 IO51PDB2V0 IO73PDB2V0

P22 IO49NDB2V0 IO71NDB2V0

R1 IO69PDB4V0 IO102PDB4V0

R2 IO69NDB4V0 IO102NDB4V0

R3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

R4 IO64PDB4V0 IO91PDB4V0

R5 IO64NDB4V0 IO91NDB4V0

R6 NC IO92PDB4V0

R7 GND GND

R8 GND GND

R9 VCC33A VCC33A

R10 GNDA GNDA

R11 VCC33A VCC33A

R12 GNDA GNDA

R13 VCC33A VCC33A

R14 GNDA GNDA

R15 VCC VCC

R16 GND GND

R17 NC IO74NDB2V0

R18 GDA0/IO54NDB2V0 GDA0/IO81NDB2V0

R19 GDB0/IO53NDB2V0 GDB0/IO80NDB2V0

R20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

R21 IO50NDB2V0 IO75NDB2V0

R22 IO50PDB2V0 IO75PDB2V0

T1 NC IO100PPB4V0

T2 GND GND

T3 IO66PDB4V0 IO95PDB4V0

T4 IO66NDB4V0 IO95NDB4V0

T5 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

T6 NC IO92NDB4V0

T7 GNDNVM GNDNVM

T8 GNDA GNDA

T9 NC NC

T10 AV4 AV4

T11 NC NC

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

T12 AV5 AV5

T13 AC5 AC5

T14 NC NC

T15 GNDA GNDA

T16 NC IO77PPB2V0

T17 NC IO74PDB2V0

T18 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

T19 IO55NDB2V0 IO82NDB2V0

T20 GDA2/IO55PDB2V0 GDA2/IO82PDB2V0

T21 GND GND

T22 GDC1/IO52PDB2V0 GDC1/IO79PDB2V0

U1 IO67PDB4V0 IO98PDB4V0

U2 IO67NDB4V0 IO98NDB4V0

U3 GEC1/IO63PDB4V0 GEC1/IO90PDB4V0

U4 GEC0/IO63NDB4V0 GEC0/IO90NDB4V0

U5 GND GND

U6 VCCNVM VCCNVM

U7 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

U8 VCC15A VCC15A

U9 GNDA GNDA

U10 AC4 AC4

U11 VCC33A VCC33A

U12 GNDA GNDA

U13 AG5 AG5

U14 GNDA GNDA

U15 PUB PUB

U16 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

U17 TDI TDI

U18 GND GND

U19 IO57NDB2V0 IO84NDB2V0

U20 GDC2/IO57PDB2V0 GDC2/IO84PDB2V0

U21 NC IO77NPB2V0

U22 GDC0/IO52NDB2V0 GDC0/IO79NDB2V0

V1 GEB1/IO62PDB4V0 GEB1/IO89PDB4V0

V2 GEB0/IO62NDB4V0 GEB0/IO89NDB4V0

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-26 v2.0

V3 VCCIB4 VCCIB4

V4 GEA1/IO61PDB4V0 GEA1/IO88PDB4V0

V5 GEA0/IO61NDB4V0 GEA0/IO88NDB4V0

V6 GND GND

V7 VCC33PMP VCC33PMP

V8 NC NC

V9 VCC33A VCC33A

V10 AG4 AG4

V11 AT4 AT4

V12 ATRTN2 ATRTN2

V13 AT5 AT5

V14 VCC33A VCC33A

V15 NC NC

V16 VCC33A VCC33A

V17 GND GND

V18 TMS TMS

V19 VJTAG VJTAG

V20 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

V21 TRST TRST

V22 TDO TDO

W1 NC IO93PDB4V0

W2 GND GND

W3 NC IO93NDB4V0

W4 GEB2/IO59PDB4V0 GEB2/IO86PDB4V0

W5 IO59NDB4V0 IO86NDB4V0

W6 AV0 AV0

W7 GNDA GNDA

W8 AV1 AV1

W9 AV2 AV2

W10 GNDA GNDA

W11 AV3 AV3

W12 AV6 AV6

W13 GNDA GNDA

W14 AV7 AV7

W15 AV8 AV8

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

W16 GNDA GNDA

W17 AV9 AV9

W18 VCCIB2 VCCIB2

W19 NC IO68PPB2V0

W20 TCK TCK

W21 GND GND

W22 NC IO76PPB2V0

Y1 GEC2/IO60PDB4V0 GEC2/IO87PDB4V0

Y2 IO60NDB4V0 IO87NDB4V0

Y3 GEA2/IO58PDB4V0 GEA2/IO85PDB4V0

Y4 IO58NDB4V0 IO85NDB4V0

Y5 NCAP NCAP

Y6 AC0 AC0

Y7 VCC33A VCC33A

Y8 AC1 AC1

Y9 AC2 AC2

Y10 VCC33A VCC33A

Y11 AC3 AC3

Y12 AC6 AC6

Y13 VCC33A VCC33A

Y14 AC7 AC7

Y15 AC8 AC8

Y16 VCC33A VCC33A

Y17 AC9 AC9

Y18 ADCGNDREF ADCGNDREF

Y19 PTBASE PTBASE

Y20 GNDNVM GNDNVM

Y21 VCCNVM VCCNVM

Y22 VPUMP VPUMP

484-Pin FBGA

Number AFS600 Function AFS1500 Function

676-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-27

676-Pin FBGA

Note

For Package Manufacturing and Environmental information, visit the Resource Center at

http://www.actel.com/products/solutions/package/default.aspx.

A1 Ball Pad Corner

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-28 v2.0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

A1 NC

A2 GND

A3 NC

A4 NC

A5 GND

A6 NC

A7 NC

A8 GND

A9 IO17NDB0V2

A10 IO17PDB0V2

A11 GND

A12 IO18NDB0V2

A13 IO18PDB0V2

A14 IO20NDB0V2

A15 IO20PDB0V2

A16 GND

A17 IO21PDB0V2

A18 IO21NDB0V2

A19 GND

A20 IO39NDB1V2

A21 IO39PDB1V2

A22 GND

A23 NC

A24 NC

A25 GND

A26 NC

AA1 NC

AA2 VCCIB4

AA3 IO93PDB4V0

AA4 GND

AA5 IO93NDB4V0

AA6 GEB2/IO86PDB4V0

AA7 IO86NDB4V0

AA8 AV0

AA9 GNDA

AA10 AV1

AA11 AV2

AA12 GNDA

AA13 AV3

AA14 AV6

AA15 GNDA

AA16 AV7

AA17 AV8

AA18 GNDA

AA19 AV9

AA20 VCCIB2

AA21 IO68PPB2V0

AA22 TCK

AA23 GND

AA24 IO76PPB2V0

AA25 VCCIB2

AA26 NC

AB1 GND

AB2 NC

AB3 GEC2/IO87PDB4V0

AB4 IO87NDB4V0

AB5 GEA2/IO85PDB4V0

AB6 IO85NDB4V0

AB7 NCAP

AB8 AC0

AB9 VCC33A

AB10 AC1

AB11 AC2

AB12 VCC33A

AB13 AC3

AB14 AC6

AB15 VCC33A

AB16 AC7

AB17 AC8

AB18 VCC33A

AB19 AC9

AB20 ADCGNDREF

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

AB21 PTBASE

AB22 GNDNVM

AB23 VCCNVM

AB24 VPUMP

AB25 NC

AB26 GND

AC1 NC

AC2 NC

AC3 NC

AC4 GND

AC5 VCCIB4

AC6 VCCIB4

AC7 PCAP

AC8 AG0

AC9 GNDA

AC10 AG1

AC11 AG2

AC12 GNDA

AC13 AG3

AC14 AG6

AC15 GNDA

AC16 AG7

AC17 AG8

AC18 GNDA

AC19 AG9

AC20 VAREF

AC21 VCCIB2

AC22 PTEM

AC23 GND

AC24 NC

AC25 NC

AC26 NC

AD1 NC

AD2 NC

AD3 GND

AD4 NC

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

676-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-29

AD5 IO94NPB4V0

AD6 GND

AD7 VCC33N

AD8 AT0

AD9 ATRTN0

AD10 AT1

AD11 AT2

AD12 ATRTN1

AD13 AT3

AD14 AT6

AD15 ATRTN3

AD16 AT7

AD17 AT8

AD18 ATRTN4

AD19 AT9

AD20 VCC33A

AD21 GND

AD22 IO76NPB2V0

AD23 NC

AD24 GND

AD25 NC

AD26 NC

AE1 GND

AE2 GND

AE3 NC

AE4 NC

AE5 NC

AE6 NC

AE7 NC

AE8 NC

AE9 GNDA

AE10 NC

AE11 NC

AE12 GNDA

AE13 NC

AE14 NC

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

AE15 GNDA

AE16 NC

AE17 NC

AE18 GNDA

AE19 NC

AE20 NC

AE21 NC

AE22 NC

AE23 NC

AE24 NC

AE25 GND

AE26 GND

AF1 NC

AF2 GND

AF3 NC

AF4 NC

AF5 NC

AF6 NC

AF7 NC

AF8 NC

AF9 VCC33A

AF10 NC

AF11 NC

AF12 VCC33A

AF13 NC

AF14 NC

AF15 VCC33A

AF16 NC

AF17 NC

AF18 VCC33A

AF19 NC

AF20 NC

AF21 NC

AF22 NC

AF23 NC

AF24 NC

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

AF25 GND

AF26 NC

B1 GND

B2 GND

B3 NC

B4 NC

B5 NC

B6 VCCIB0

B7 NC

B8 NC

B9 VCCIB0

B10 IO15NDB0V2

B11 IO15PDB0V2

B12 VCCIB0

B13 IO19NDB0V2

B14 IO19PDB0V2

B15 VCCIB1

B16 IO25NDB1V0

B17 IO25PDB1V0

B18 VCCIB1

B19 IO33NDB1V1

B20 IO33PDB1V1

B21 VCCIB1

B22 NC

B23 NC

B24 NC

B25 GND

B26 GND

C1 NC

C2 NC

C3 GND

C4 NC

C5 GAA1/IO01PDB0V0

C6 GAB0/IO02NDB0V0

C7 GAB1/IO02PDB0V0

C8 IO07NDB0V1

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-30 v2.0

C9 IO07PDB0V1

C10 IO09PDB0V1

C11 IO13NDB0V2

C12 IO13PDB0V2

C13 IO24PDB1V0

C14 IO26PDB1V0

C15 IO27NDB1V1

C16 IO27PDB1V1

C17 IO35NDB1V2

C18 IO35PDB1V2

C19 GBC0/IO40NDB1V2

C20 GBA0/IO42NDB1V2

C21 IO43NDB1V2

C22 IO43PDB1V2

C23 NC

C24 GND

C25 NC

C26 NC

D1 NC

D2 NC

D3 NC

D4 GND

D5 GAA0/IO01NDB0V0

D6 GND

D7 IO04NDB0V0

D8 IO04PDB0V0

D9 GND

D10 IO09NDB0V1

D11 IO11PDB0V1

D12 GND

D13 IO24NDB1V0

D14 IO26NDB1V0

D15 GND

D16 IO31NDB1V1

D17 IO31PDB1V1

D18 GND

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

D19 GBC1/IO40PDB1V2

D20 GBA1/IO42PDB1V2

D21 GND

D22 VCCPLB

D23 GND

D24 NC

D25 NC

D26 NC

E1 GND

E2 IO122NPB4V0

E3 IO121PDB4V0

E4 IO122PPB4V0

E5 IO00NDB0V0

E6 IO00PDB0V0

E7 VCCIB0

E8 IO05NDB0V1

E9 IO05PDB0V1

E10 VCCIB0

E11 IO11NDB0V1

E12 IO14PDB0V2

E13 VCCIB0

E14 VCCIB1

E15 IO29NDB1V1

E16 IO29PDB1V1

E17 VCCIB1

E18 IO37NDB1V2

E19 GBB0/IO41NDB1V2

E20 VCCIB1

E21 VCOMPLB

E22 GBA2/IO44PDB2V0

E23 IO48PPB2V0

E24 GBB2/IO45PDB2V0

E25 NC

E26 GND

F1 NC

F2 VCCIB4

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

F3 IO121NDB4V0

F4 GND

F5 IO123NDB4V0

F6 GAC2/IO123PDB4V0

F7 GAA2/IO125PDB4V0

F8 GAC0/IO03NDB0V0

F9 GAC1/IO03PDB0V0

F10 IO10NDB0V1

F11 IO10PDB0V1

F12 IO14NDB0V2

F13 IO23NDB1V0

F14 IO23PDB1V0

F15 IO32NPB1V1

F16 IO34NDB1V1

F17 IO34PDB1V1

F18 IO37PDB1V2

F19 GBB1/IO41PDB1V2

F20 VCCIB2

F21 IO47PPB2V0

F22 IO44NDB2V0

F23 GND

F24 IO45NDB2V0

F25 VCCIB2

F26 NC

G1 NC

G2 IO119PPB4V0

G3 IO120NDB4V0

G4 IO120PDB4V0

G5 VCCIB4

G6 GAB2/IO124PDB4V0

G7 IO125NDB4V0

G8 GND

G9 VCCIB0

G10 IO08NDB0V1

G11 IO08PDB0V1

G12 GND

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

676-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-31

G13 IO22NDB1V0

G14 IO22PDB1V0

G15 GND

G16 IO32PPB1V1

G17 IO36NPB1V2

G18 VCCIB1

G19 GND

G20 IO47NPB2V0

G21 IO49PDB2V0

G22 VCCIB2

G23 IO46NDB2V0

G24 GBC2/IO46PDB2V0

G25 IO48NPB2V0

G26 NC

H1 GND

H2 NC

H3 IO118NDB4V0

H4 IO118PDB4V0

H5 IO119NPB4V0

H6 IO124NDB4V0

H7 GND

H8 VCOMPLA

H9 VCCPLA

H10 VCCIB0

H11 IO12NDB0V1

H12 IO12PDB0V1

H13 VCCIB0

H14 VCCIB1

H15 IO30NDB1V1

H16 IO30PDB1V1

H17 VCCIB1

H18 IO36PPB1V2

H19 IO38NPB1V2

H20 GND

H21 IO49NDB2V0

H22 IO50PDB2V0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

H23 IO50NDB2V0

H24 IO51PDB2V0

H25 NC

H26 GND

J1 NC

J2 VCCIB4

J3 IO115PDB4V0

J4 GND

J5 IO116NDB4V0

J6 IO116PDB4V0

J7 VCCIB4

J8 IO117PDB4V0

J9 VCCIB4

J10 GND

J11 IO06NDB0V1

J12 IO06PDB0V1

J13 IO16NDB0V2

J14 IO16PDB0V2

J15 IO28NDB1V1

J16 IO28PDB1V1

J17 GND

J18 IO38PPB1V2

J19 IO53PDB2V0

J20 VCCIB2

J21 IO52PDB2V0

J22 IO52NDB2V0

J23 GND

J24 IO51NDB2V0

J25 VCCIB2

J26 NC

K1 NC

K2 NC

K3 IO115NDB4V0

K4 IO113PDB4V0

K5 VCCIB4

K6 IO114NDB4V0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

K7 IO114PDB4V0

K8 IO117NDB4V0

K9 GND

K10 VCC

K11 VCCIB0

K12 GND

K13 VCCIB0

K14 VCCIB1

K15 GND

K16 VCCIB1

K17 GND

K18 GND

K19 IO53NDB2V0

K20 IO57PDB2V0

K21 GCA2/IO59PDB2V0

K22 VCCIB2

K23 IO54NDB2V0

K24 IO54PDB2V0

K25 NC

K26 NC

L1 GND

L2 NC

L3 IO112PPB4V0

L4 IO113NDB4V0

L5 GFB2/IO109PDB4V0

L6 GFA2/IO110PDB4V0

L7 IO112NPB4V0

L8 IO104PDB4V0

L9 IO111PDB4V0

L10 VCCIB4

L11 GND

L12 VCC

L13 GND

L14 VCC

L15 GND

L16 VCC

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-32 v2.0

L17 VCCIB2

L18 GCB2/IO60PDB2V0

L19 IO58NDB2V0

L20 IO57NDB2V0

L21 IO59NDB2V0

L22 GCC2/IO61PDB2V0

L23 IO55PPB2V0

L24 IO56PDB2V0

L25 IO55NPB2V0

L26 GND

M1 NC

M2 VCCIB4

M3 GFC2/IO108PDB4V0

M4 GND

M5 IO109NDB4V0

M6 IO110NDB4V0

M7 GND

M8 IO104NDB4V0

M9 IO111NDB4V0

M10 GND

M11 VCC

M12 GND

M13 VCC

M14 GND

M15 VCC

M16 GND

M17 GND

M18 IO60NDB2V0

M19 IO58PDB2V0

M20 GND

M21 IO68NPB2V0

M22 IO61NDB2V0

M23 GND

M24 IO56NDB2V0

M25 VCCIB2

M26 IO65PDB2V0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

N1 NC

N2 NC

N3 IO108NDB4V0

N4 VCCOSC

N5 VCCIB4

N6 XTAL2

N7 GFC1/IO107PDB4V0

N8 VCCIB4

N9 GFB1/IO106PDB4V0

N10 VCCIB4

N11 GND

N12 VCC

N13 GND

N14 VCC

N15 GND

N16 VCC

N17 VCCIB2

N18 IO70PDB2V0

N19 VCCIB2

N20 IO69PDB2V0

N21 GCA1/IO64PDB2V0

N22 VCCIB2

N23 GCC0/IO62NDB2V0

N24 GCC1/IO62PDB2V0

N25 IO66PDB2V0

N26 IO65NDB2V0

P1 NC

P2 NC

P3 IO103PDB4V0

P4 XTAL1

P5 VCCIB4

P6 GNDOSC

P7 GFC0/IO107NDB4V0

P8 VCCIB4

P9 GFB0/IO106NDB4V0

P10 VCCIB4

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

P11 VCC

P12 GND

P13 VCC

P14 GND

P15 VCC

P16 GND

P17 VCCIB2

P18 IO70NDB2V0

P19 VCCIB2

P20 IO69NDB2V0

P21 GCA0/IO64NDB2V0

P22 VCCIB2

P23 GCB0/IO63NDB2V0

P24 GCB1/IO63PDB2V0

P25 IO66NDB2V0

P26 IO67PDB2V0

R1 NC

R2 VCCIB4

R3 IO103NDB4V0

R4 GND

R5 IO101PDB4V0

R6 IO100NPB4V0

R7 GND

R8 IO99PDB4V0

R9 IO97PDB4V0

R10 GND

R11 GND

R12 VCC

R13 GND

R14 VCC

R15 GND

R16 VCC

R17 GND

R18 GDB2/IO83PDB2V0

R19 IO78PDB2V0

R20 GND

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

676-Pin FBGA

v2.0 4-33

R21 IO72NDB2V0

R22 IO72PDB2V0

R23 GND

R24 IO71PDB2V0

R25 VCCIB2

R26 IO67NDB2V0

T1 GND

T2 NC

T3 GFA1/IO105PDB4V0

T4 GFA0/IO105NDB4V0

T5 IO101NDB4V0

T6 IO96PDB4V0

T7 IO96NDB4V0

T8 IO99NDB4V0

T9 IO97NDB4V0

T10 VCCIB4

T11 VCC

T12 GND

T13 VCC

T14 GND

T15 VCC

T16 GND

T17 VCCIB2

T18 IO83NDB2V0

T19 IO78NDB2V0

T20 GDA1/IO81PDB2V0

T21 GDB1/IO80PDB2V0

T22 IO73NDB2V0

T23 IO73PDB2V0

T24 IO71NDB2V0

T25 NC

T26 GND

U1 NC

U2 NC

U3 IO102PDB4V0

U4 IO102NDB4V0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

U5 VCCIB4

U6 IO91PDB4V0

U7 IO91NDB4V0

U8 IO92PDB4V0

U9 GND

U10 GND

U11 VCC33A

U12 GNDA

U13 VCC33A

U14 GNDA

U15 VCC33A

U16 GNDA

U17 VCC

U18 GND

U19 IO74NDB2V0

U20 GDA0/IO81NDB2V0

U21 GDB0/IO80NDB2V0

U22 VCCIB2

U23 IO75NDB2V0

U24 IO75PDB2V0

U25 NC

U26 NC

V1 NC

V2 VCCIB4

V3 IO100PPB4V0

V4 GND

V5 IO95PDB4V0

V6 IO95NDB4V0

V7 VCCIB4

V8 IO92NDB4V0

V9 GNDNVM

V10 GNDA

V11 NC

V12 AV4

V13 NC

V14 AV5

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

V15 AC5

V16 NC

V17 GNDA

V18 IO77PPB2V0

V19 IO74PDB2V0

V20 VCCIB2

V21 IO82NDB2V0

V22 GDA2/IO82PDB2V0

V23 GND

V24 GDC1/IO79PDB2V0

V25 VCCIB2

V26 NC

W1 GND

W2 IO94PPB4V0

W3 IO98PDB4V0

W4 IO98NDB4V0

W5 GEC1/IO90PDB4V0

W6 GEC0/IO90NDB4V0

W7 GND

W8 VCCNVM

W9 VCCIB4

W10 VCC15A

W11 GNDA

W12 AC4

W13 VCC33A

W14 GNDA

W15 AG5

W16 GNDA

W17 PUB

W18 VCCIB2

W19 TDI

W20 GND

W21 IO84NDB2V0

W22 GDC2/IO84PDB2V0

W23 IO77NPB2V0

W24 GDC0/IO79NDB2V0

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-34 v2.0

W25 NC

W26 GND

Y1 NC

Y2 NC

Y3 GEB1/IO89PDB4V0

Y4 GEB0/IO89NDB4V0

Y5 VCCIB4

Y6 GEA1/IO88PDB4V0

Y7 GEA0/IO88NDB4V0

Y8 GND

Y9 VCC33PMP

Y10 NC

Y11 VCC33A

Y12 AG4

Y13 AT4

Y14 ATRTN2

Y15 AT5

Y16 VCC33A

Y17 NC

Y18 VCC33A

Y19 GND

Y20 TMS

Y21 VJTAG

Y22 VCCIB2

Y23 TRST

Y24 TDO

Y25 NC

Y26 NC

676-Pin FBGA

Pin Number AFS1500 Function

Part Number and Revision Date

v2.0 4-35

Part Number and Revision Date

Part Number 51700092-016-1

Revised July 2009

List of Changes

The following table lists critical changes that were made in the current version of the chapter.

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Preliminary v1.7

(October 2008)

The version number category was changed from Preliminary to Production,

which means the datasheet contains information based on final

characterization. The version number changed from Preliminary v1.7 to v2.0.

N/A

"180-Pin QFN" table was updated to remove the duplicates of pins B12 and B34. 4-4

Advance v1.6

(August 2008)

The version number category was changed from Advance to Preliminary, which

means the datasheet contains information based on simulation and/or initial

characterization. The information is believed to be correct, but changes are

possible.

N/A

Advance v1.4

(July 2008)

The title of the datasheet changed from Actel Programmable System Chips to

Actel Fusion Mixed-Signal FPGAs. In addition, all instances of programmable

system chip were changed to mixed-signal FPGA.

N/A

Advance v1.1

(May 2008)

The "108-Pin QFN"figure was updated. D1 to D4 are new and the figure was

changed to bottom view. The note below the figure is new.

4-1

The "180-Pin QFN"figure was updated. D1 to D4 are new and the figure was

changed to bottom view. The note below the figure is new.

4-3

Advance v0.9

October 2007

This change table states that in the "208-Pin PQFP" table listed under the

Advance v0.8 changes, the AFS090 device had a pin change. That is incorrect. Pin

102 was updated for AFS250 and AFS600. The function name changed from

VCC33ACAP to VCC33A.

4-8

Advance v0.8

(June 2007)

In the "108-Pin QFN" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pin:

B25

4-2

In the "180-Pin QFN" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pins:

AFS090: B29

AFS250: B29

4-4

In the "208-Pin PQFP" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pins:

AFS090: 102

AFS250: 102

4-8

In the "256-Pin FBGA" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pins:

AFS090: T14

AFS250: T14

AFS600: T14

AFS1500: T14

4-12

Actel Fusion Family of Mixed-Signal FPGAs Package Pin Assignments

4-36 v2.0

Advance v0.8

(continued)

In the "484-Pin FBGA" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pins:

AFS600: AB18

AFS1500: AB18

4-20

In the "676-Pin FBGA" table, the function changed from VCC33ACAP to VCC33A for

the following pins:

AFS1500: AD20

4-28

Advance v0.7

(January 2007)

The VMV pins have now been tied internally with the VCCI pins. N/A

The AFS090"108-Pin QFN" table was updated. 4-2

The AFS090 and AFS250 devices were updated in the "108-Pin QFN" table.4-2

The AFS250 device was updated in the "208-Pin PQFP" table.4-8

Advance v0.7

(continued)

The AFS600 device was updated in the "208-Pin PQFP" table.4-8

The AFS090, AFS250, AFS600, and AFS1500 devices were updated in the "256-Pin

FBGA" table.

4-12

The AFS600 and AFS1500 devices were updated in the "484-Pin FBGA" table.4-20

The AFS600 device was updated in the "676-Pin FBGA" table.4-28

Advance v0.5

(June 2006)

The heading was incorrect in the "208-Pin PQFP" table. It should be AFS250 and

not AFS090.

4-8

Advance v0.4

(April 2006)

The "256-Pin FBGA" table for the AFS1500 is new. 4-12

Advance v0.2

(April 2006)

The "108-Pin QFN" table for the AFS090 device is new. 4-2

The "180-Pin QFN" table for the AFS090 device is new. 4-4

The "208-Pin PQFP" table for the AFS090 device is new. 4-8

The "256-Pin FBGA" table for the AFS090 device is new. 4-12

The "256-Pin FBGA" table for the AFS250 device is new. 4-12

Previous Version Changes in Current Version (v2.0) Page

Datasheet Categories

v2.0 4-37

Datasheet Categories